MOE Rev 18 DTD 01 - Nov - 2021

D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LL
RO
NT
EXPOSITION
CO
DOC No.: ABY/QAM/MOE/032

UN
IS
Revision No: 18
NT
Effective Date: 01 Nov 2021

EM
CU
DO
S I
TH
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH
This document is published by and property of Air Arabia PJSC.

© 2003 Air Arabia PJSC.
All rights reserved.
This publication may not be reproduced, whether in whole or part, in any material form without the
written consent of Air Arabia PJSC.
This Manual is uncontrolled when printed.

GCAA ACCEPTANCE SHEET Chapter APS Page 1
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION Rev.18 – 01 Nov 2021
EXPOSITION
GCAA ACCEPTANCE SHEET
D
TE
IN
PR
3ULQWHGRQ :HGQHVGD\2FWREHU
IF
ED
LL
*&$$$33529$/$&&(37$1&(&21752/3$*(
RO
2UJDQL]DWLRQ $LU$UDELD3-6&$%<
NT
0DQXDO7LWOH 0DLQWHQDQFH2UJDQLVDWLRQ([SRVLWLRQ
CO
5HYLVLRQ1XPEHU
'RFXPHQW1XPEHU $:02(
UN
2WKHU5HI 8$(
IS
(IIHFWLYH'DWH
NT
$SSURYHG%\ 0XVD2PDU%LQ
1RWH
EM
$FRS\RIWKLVDSSURYDODFFHSWDQFHSDJHVKRXOGEHLQVHUWHGZLWKLQWKHPDQXDOKHOGE\WKHRUJDQLVDWLRQ
7KLVLVDQHOHFWURQLFDSSURYDODFFHSWDQFHDQGGRHVQRWUHTXLUHVLJQDWXUHRUVWDPS
7KHPDVWHUFRS\RIWKLVPDQXDOLVUHWDLQHGZLWKWKH*&$$LQDQHOHFWURQLFIRUPDW
CU
DO
I S
TH
8$(*&$$
3DJHRI
© Air Arabia PJSC – Maintenance Organisation Exposition

GCAA ACCEPTANCE SHEET Chapter APS Page 2
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

STRUCTURE OF MANUAL Chapter SOM Page 1
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
The Operations Manual Part A: General/Basic contains the following chapters. Every chapter is preceded by a
STRUCTURE OF MANUAL
Table of Content for that chapter.
D
TE
PART PART NAME
APS UAE GCAA Approval
IN
SOM Structure of Manual
PR
LEP List of Effective Pages
ROR Record of Normal Revisions
IF
RTR Record of Temporary Revisions
ED
DL Distribution List
FI Filing Instructions – Normal Revision
LL
RVH Revision Highlights (if available)
ETR RO
List of Effective Temporary Revision (if available)
ABR Abbreviations
NT
DEF Definitions
CO
0 General Organisation
1 Management
UN
2 Maintenance Procedures
L2 Additional Line Maintenance Procedures

IS
3 Quality System Procedures
4 Contracted Operators/Maintenance Organizations

NT
5 Appendices
EM
IDX Index
Note 1: Prevision number and Revision date are both defined in Chapter LEP – “List of Effective Pages”.
CU
Note 2: Reason for change is defined in Chapter RVH – “Revision Highlights”.

DO
I S
TH

STRUCTURE OF MANUAL Chapter SOM Page 2
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Chapter LEP Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
N = New R = Revised
List of Effective Pages
GCAA Acceptance Sheet Record of Temporary Revisions
D
Page Rev No Date Page Rev No Date
TE
R APS–1 18 01 Nov 2021 R RTR–1 18 01 Nov 2021
IN
APS–2 13 30 Jun 2020 RTR–2 13 30 Jun 2020
PR
Structure of Manual Distribution List
IF
SOM–1 14 19 Jan 2021 R DL–1 18 01 Nov 2021
ED
SOM–2 13 30 Jun 2020 DL–2 13 30 Jun 2020
LL
List of Effective Pages Filing Instructions – Normal Revision
Page Rev No Date RO Page Rev No Date
N LEP–1 18 01 Nov 2021 FI–1 13 30 Jun 2020

NT
N LEP–2 18 01 Nov 2021 FI–2 13 30 Jun 2020
N LEP–3 18 01 Nov 2021

CO
Revision Highlights
N LEP–4 18 01 Nov 2021
Page Rev No Date
N LEP–5 18 01 Nov 2021
UN
R RVH–1 18 01 Nov 2021

N LEP–6 18 01 Nov 2021
R RVH–2 18 01 Nov 2021
N LEP–7 18 01 Nov 2021
IS
N LEP–8 18 01 Nov 2021 Abbreviations

NT
Page Rev No Date

Verification of List of Effective Pages
ABR–1 16 14 Jul 2021
EM
Page Rev No Date

ABR–2 16 14 Jul 2021
R VLEP–1 18 01 Nov 2021
CU
ABR–3 16 14 Jul 2021

VLEP–2 14 19 Jan 2021
ABR–4 16 14 Jul 2021
DO
Record of Normal Revisions ABR–5 16 14 Jul 2021
Page Rev No Date ABR–6 16 14 Jul 2021

S
R ROR–1 18 01 Nov 2021

I
TH
ROR–2 13 30 Jun 2020

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
N = New R = Revised
Definitions Management
D
TE
DEF–1 14 19 Jan 2021 1–9 16 14 Jul 2021
IN
DEF–2 14 19 Jan 2021 1–10 16 14 Jul 2021
PR
DEF–3 14 19 Jan 2021 1–11 16 14 Jul 2021
DEF–4 14 19 Jan 2021 1–12 14 19 Jan 2021
IF
DEF–5 16 14 Jul 2021 1–13 14 19 Jan 2021
DEF–6 14 19 Jan 2021 1–14 14 19 Jan 2021
ED
DEF–7 14 19 Jan 2021 1–15 14 19 Jan 2021
LL
DEF–8 14 19 Jan 2021 1–16 14 19 Jan 2021
DEF–9 14 19 Jan 2021 RO 1–17 14 19 Jan 2021
DEF–10 14 19 Jan 2021 1–18 14 19 Jan 2021

NT
1–19 16 14 Jul 2021
Introduction and Structure of MOE
1–20 14 19 Jan 2021
CO
Page Rev No Date

1–21 14 19 Jan 2021
0–1 13 30 Jun 2020
1–22 16 14 Jul 2021
UN
0–2 13 30 Jun 2020

1–23 16 14 Jul 2021
0–3 14 19 Jan 2021
1–24 14 19 Jan 2021
IS
0–4 14 19 Jan 2021

1–25 14 19 Jan 2021
NT
R 0–5 18 01 Nov 2021

1–26 16 14 Jul 2021
0–6 13 30 Jun 2020
1–27 14 19 Jan 2021
EM
Management 1–28 14 19 Jan 2021

CU
Page Rev No Date 1–29 16 14 Jul 2021
1–1 16 14 Jul 2021 1–30 16 14 Jul 2021

DO
1–2 14 19 Jan 2021 1–31 14 19 Jan 2021
R 1–3 18 01 Nov 2021 1–32 14 19 Jan 2021

S
R 1–4 18 01 Nov 2021 1–33 16 14 Jul 2021

I
TH
1–5 13 30 Jun 2020 R 1–34 18 01 Nov 2021
R 1–6 18 01 Nov 2021 1–35 14 19 Jan 2021
1–7 14 19 Jan 2021 1–36 16 14 Jul 2021
1–8 14 19 Jan 2021 1–37 16 14 Jul 2021

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
N = New R = Revised
Management Maintenance Procedures
D
TE
1–38 17 01 Aug 2021 2–8 14 19 Jan 2021
IN
1–39 16 14 Jul 2021 2–9 14 19 Jan 2021
PR
1–40 16 14 Jul 2021 2–10 14 19 Jan 2021
1–41 14 19 Jan 2021 2–11 14 19 Jan 2021
IF
1–42 14 19 Jan 2021 2–12 14 19 Jan 2021
1–43 14 19 Jan 2021 2–13 14 19 Jan 2021
ED
1–44 14 19 Jan 2021 2–14 14 19 Jan 2021
LL
1–45 14 19 Jan 2021 2–15 14 19 Jan 2021
1–46 14 19 Jan 2021 RO 2–16 14 19 Jan 2021
R 1–47 18 01 Nov 2021 2–17 14 19 Jan 2021

NT
R 1–48 18 01 Nov 2021 2–18 14 19 Jan 2021
R 1–49 18 01 Nov 2021 2–19 16 14 Jul 2021

CO
R 1–50 18 01 Nov 2021 2–20 14 19 Jan 2021
R 1–51 18 01 Nov 2021 2–21 14 19 Jan 2021

UN
R 1–52 18 01 Nov 2021 2–22 16 14 Jul 2021
R 1–53 18 01 Nov 2021 2–23 14 19 Jan 2021

IS
R 1–54 18 01 Nov 2021 2–24 14 19 Jan 2021

NT
R 1–55 18 01 Nov 2021 2–25 14 19 Jan 2021
R 1–56 18 01 Nov 2021 2–26 14 19 Jan 2021

EM
2–27 16 14 Jul 2021

Maintenance Procedures
CU
2–28 16 14 Jul 2021

Page Rev No Date
2–29 14 19 Jan 2021
DO
2–1 14 19 Jan 2021

2–30 16 14 Jul 2021
2–2 14 19 Jan 2021
2–31 14 19 Jan 2021
2–3 14 19 Jan 2021
S
2–32 14 19 Jan 2021

I
2–4 14 19 Jan 2021

TH
2–33 14 19 Jan 2021

2–5 14 19 Jan 2021
2–34 14 19 Jan 2021
2–6 14 19 Jan 2021
2–35 16 14 Jul 2021
2–7 14 19 Jan 2021
2–36 16 14 Jul 2021

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
N = New R = Revised
Maintenance Procedures Maintenance Procedures
D
TE
2–37 16 14 Jul 2021 2–66 14 19 Jan 2021
IN
2–38 16 14 Jul 2021 2–67 14 19 Jan 2021
PR
2–39 16 14 Jul 2021 2–68 14 19 Jan 2021
2–40 14 19 Jan 2021 2–69 14 19 Jan 2021
IF
2–41 14 19 Jan 2021 2–70 14 19 Jan 2021
2–42 14 19 Jan 2021 2–71 14 19 Jan 2021
ED
2–43 14 19 Jan 2021 2–72 14 19 Jan 2021
LL
2–44 14 19 Jan 2021 2–73 16 14 Jul 2021
2–45 14 19 Jan 2021 RO 2–74 14 19 Jan 2021
2–46 14 19 Jan 2021 2–75 14 19 Jan 2021

NT
2–47 14 19 Jan 2021 2–76 14 19 Jan 2021
2–48 14 19 Jan 2021 2–77 14 19 Jan 2021

CO
2–49 16 14 Jul 2021 2–78 16 14 Jul 2021
2–50 14 19 Jan 2021 2–79 16 14 Jul 2021

UN
2–51 14 19 Jan 2021 2–80 14 19 Jan 2021
2–52 14 19 Jan 2021 2–81 14 19 Jan 2021

IS
2–53 14 19 Jan 2021 2–82 14 19 Jan 2021

NT
2–54 14 19 Jan 2021 2–83 14 19 Jan 2021
2–55 14 19 Jan 2021 2–84 16 14 Jul 2021

EM
2–56 14 19 Jan 2021 2–85 14 19 Jan 2021

CU
2–57 16 14 Jul 2021 2–86 14 19 Jan 2021
2–58 14 19 Jan 2021 2–87 14 19 Jan 2021

DO
2–59 14 19 Jan 2021 2–88 14 19 Jan 2021
2–60 14 19 Jan 2021 2–89 14 19 Jan 2021

S
2–61 14 19 Jan 2021 2–90 14 19 Jan 2021

I
TH
2–62 14 19 Jan 2021 2–91 14 19 Jan 2021
2–63 14 19 Jan 2021 2–92 14 19 Jan 2021
2–64 14 19 Jan 2021 2–93 14 19 Jan 2021
2–65 14 19 Jan 2021 2–94 14 19 Jan 2021

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
N = New R = Revised
Maintenance Procedures Additional Line Maintenance Procedures
D
TE
2–95 14 19 Jan 2021 L2–13 14 19 Jan 2021
IN
2–96 14 19 Jan 2021 L2–14 14 19 Jan 2021
PR
2–97 14 19 Jan 2021 L2–15 14 19 Jan 2021
2–98 14 19 Jan 2021 L2–16 14 19 Jan 2021
IF
2–99 14 19 Jan 2021
Quality System Procedures
2–100 14 19 Jan 2021
ED
Page Rev No Date
2–101 14 19 Jan 2021
3–1 13 30 Jun 2020
LL
2–102 16 14 Jul 2021
3–2 14 19 Jan 2021
2–103 16 14 Jul 2021 RO 3–3 14 19 Jan 2021
2–104 16 14 Jul 2021
3–4 14 19 Jan 2021
NT
2–105 16 14 Jul 2021
3–5 14 19 Jan 2021
2–106 16 14 Jul 2021
CO
3–6 14 19 Jan 2021

2–107 14 19 Jan 2021
3–7 14 19 Jan 2021
2–108 14 19 Jan 2021
UN
3–8 13 30 Jun 2020
Additional Line Maintenance Procedures 3–9 14 19 Jan 2021

IS
Page Rev No Date 3–10 13 30 Jun 2020

NT
L2–1 14 19 Jan 2021 3–11 14 19 Jan 2021
L2–2 14 19 Jan 2021 3–12 14 19 Jan 2021

EM
L2–3 14 19 Jan 2021 3–13 14 19 Jan 2021
L2–4 14 19 Jan 2021 3–14 14 19 Jan 2021

CU
L2–5 14 19 Jan 2021 3–15 14 19 Jan 2021

DO
L2–6 14 19 Jan 2021 3–16 13 30 Jun 2020
L2–7 14 19 Jan 2021 3–17 13 30 Jun 2020
L2–8 14 19 Jan 2021 3–18 14 19 Jan 2021

I S
L2–9 14 19 Jan 2021 3–19 13 30 Jun 2020

TH
L2–10 14 19 Jan 2021 3–20 14 19 Jan 2021
L2–11 14 19 Jan 2021 3–21 14 19 Jan 2021

L2–12 14 19 Jan 2021 3–22 16 14 Jul 2021

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
N = New R = Revised
Quality System Procedures Quality System Procedures
D
TE
3–23 16 14 Jul 2021 3–50 14 19 Jan 2021
IN
3–24 14 19 Jan 2021 3–51 14 19 Jan 2021
PR
3–25 14 19 Jan 2021 3–52 14 19 Jan 2021
3–26 14 19 Jan 2021
IF
3–27 13 30 Jun 2020 Contracted Operations/Maintenance
Organizations
3–28 14 19 Jan 2021
ED
Page Rev No Date
3–29 14 19 Jan 2021
4–1 13 30 Jun 2020
LL
3–30 14 19 Jan 2021
4–2 13 30 Jun 2020
3–31 14 19 Jan 2021 RO 4–3 14 19 Jan 2021
3–32 14 19 Jan 2021
4–4 14 19 Jan 2021
NT
3–33 16 14 Jul 2021
4–5 13 30 Jun 2020
3–34 14 19 Jan 2021
CO
4–6 13 30 Jun 2020

3–35 16 14 Jul 2021
4–7 13 30 Jun 2020
3–36 14 19 Jan 2021
UN
4–8 14 19 Jan 2021

3–37 14 19 Jan 2021
4–9 14 19 Jan 2021
3–38 14 19 Jan 2021
IS
4–10 13 30 Jun 2020

3–39 14 19 Jan 2021
NT
3–40 16 14 Jul 2021 Appendices

3–41 14 19 Jan 2021
EM
Page Rev No Date

3–42 16 14 Jul 2021 5–1 13 30 Jun 2020
CU
3–43 14 19 Jan 2021 5–2 13 30 Jun 2020

3–44 14 19 Jan 2021 5–3 14 19 Jan 2021
DO
3–45 14 19 Jan 2021 5–4 13 30 Jun 2020

3–46 14 19 Jan 2021 5–5 13 30 Jun 2020
S
3–47 14 19 Jan 2021 5–6 13 30 Jun 2020

I
TH
3–48 14 19 Jan 2021 5–7 13 30 Jun 2020

3–49 14 19 Jan 2021 5–8 13 30 Jun 2020
5–9 13 30 Jun 2020
5–10 13 30 Jun 2020

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
N = New R = Revised
Appendices Appendices
D
TE
5–11 13 30 Jun 2020 5–38 14 19 Jan 2021
IN
5–12 13 30 Jun 2020 5–39 14 19 Jan 2021
PR
5–13 13 30 Jun 2020 5–40 14 19 Jan 2021
5–14 13 30 Jun 2020

Index
IF
5–15 13 30 Jun 2020
Page Rev No Date
5–16 13 30 Jun 2020
ED
IDX–1 14 19 Jan 2021
5–17 14 19 Jan 2021
IDX–2 14 19 Jan 2021
LL
5–18 13 30 Jun 2020
IDX–3 14 19 Jan 2021
5–19 13 30 Jun 2020 RO IDX–4 14 19 Jan 2021
5–20 13 30 Jun 2020
IDX–5 14 19 Jan 2021
NT
5–21 14 19 Jan 2021
IDX–6 14 19 Jan 2021
5–22 14 19 Jan 2021
CO
IDX–7 16 14 Jul 2021

5–23 13 30 Jun 2020
IDX–8 14 19 Jan 2021
5–24 13 30 Jun 2020
UN
IDX–9 14 19 Jan 2021

5–25 13 30 Jun 2020
IDX–10 14 19 Jan 2021
5–26 13 30 Jun 2020
IS
IDX–11 14 19 Jan 2021

5–27 13 30 Jun 2020
NT
IDX–12 14 19 Jan 2021

5–28 14 19 Jan 2021
5–29 14 19 Jan 2021

EM
5–30 14 19 Jan 2021

CU
5–31 14 19 Jan 2021
R 5–32 18 01 Nov 2021

DO
5–33 14 19 Jan 2021
5–34 14 19 Jan 2021

S
5–35 14 19 Jan 2021

I
TH
5–36 14 19 Jan 2021
5–37 14 19 Jan 2021

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

VERIFICATION OF LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Chapter VLEP Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
VERIFICATION OF LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
MOE Rev. 18 dated 01 Nov 2021
D
Reviewed by: Sandeep Tyagi
Manager Quality Assurance
TE
Air Arabia PJSC
Date: 18 Nov 2021
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

VERIFICATION OF LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Chapter VLEP Page 2
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

RECORD OF NORMAL REVISIONS Chapter ROR Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
For every revision an entire replacement copy will be distributed by the Publication Section to all applicable
RECORD OF NORMAL REVISIONS
manual holders as per the distribution list.
D
TE
REV. NO. ISSUE DATE INSERTED BY/DATE FILED INITIALS
01 01 AUG 2012 ABY QA/01 AUG 2012
IN
02 17 SEP 2013 ABY QA/17 SEP 2013
PR
03 27 JUL 2014 ABY QA/27 JUL 2014
04 20 FEB 2015 ABY QA/20 FEB 2015
IF
05 14 SEP 2015 ABY QA/14 SEP 2015
ED
06 17 JUL 2016 ABY QA/17 JUL 2016
07 29 AUG 2016 ABY QA/29 AUG 2016
LL
08 30 SEP 2016 ABY QA/30 SEP 2016
09 15 APR 2017 RO
ABY QA/15 APR 2017
10 25 SEP 2017 ABY QA/25 SEP 2017

NT
11 11 JUL 2018 ABY QA/11 JUL 2018

CO
12 14 NOV 2018 ABY QA/14 NOV 2018
13 30 JUN 2020 ABY QA/30 JUN 2020

UN
14 19 JAN 2021 ABY QA/19 JAN 2021
15 23 FEB 2021 ABY/QA/23 FEB 2021

IS
16 14 JUL 2021 ABY/QA/14 JUL 2021
17 01 AUG 2021 ABY/QA/01 AUG 2021

NT
18 01 NOV 2021 ABY/QA/01 NOV 2021

EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

RECORD OF NORMAL REVISIONS Chapter ROR Page 2
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS Chapter RTR Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
For every revision an entire replacement copy will be distributed by the Publication Section to all applicable
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
manual holders as per the distribution list.
D
TE
TR No. Issue Date Date Filed Inserted By Removed
Date Reason
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS Chapter RTR Page 2
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

DISTRIBUTION LIST Chapter DL Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
DISTRIBUTION LIST
The Maintenance Organisation Exposition should be distributed as follows:
D
Manual Holder Manual No. Type of Format Remarks
TE
Publications, Air Arabia Soft Copy Company Intranet
IN
UAE GCAA Soft Copy GCAA Q-pulse
PR
Egypt Civil Aviation Authorities (ECAA) Soft Copy CD/e-mail
Pakistan Civil Aviation Authority (PCAA) Soft Copy CD/e-mail
IF
Accountable Manager (Group CEO), Air Arabia Soft Copy Company Intranet
Manager Quality Assurance, Air Arabia Soft Copy Company Intranet
ED
Manager Safety & ERP, Air Arabia Soft Copy Company Intranet
LL
Head of Engineering & Maintenance, Air Arabia Soft Copy Company Intranet
Head of Flight Operations, Air Arabia Soft Copy Company Intranet
Head of Maintenance, Air Arabia

RO Soft Copy Company Intranet
NT
Head of Engineering, Air Arabia Soft Copy Company Intranet
Line/Base Maintenance Dept, Air Arabia Soft Copy Company Intranet

CO
MCC, Air Arabia Soft Copy Company Intranet

Stores, Air Arabia Soft Copy Company Intranet
UN
Air Arabia’s Dhaka Station Soft Copy Company Intranet
Air Arabia’s Chittagong Station Soft Copy Company Intranet

IS
Air Arabia’s Ras Al Khaimah Station Soft Copy Company Intranet

NT
Electronic copy (Soft Copy – SC) of Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) shall be available on Air Arabia
sharepoint in Portable Document Format (PDF). Publications shall manage timely update of the electronic copy.
EM
Printing of Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) is allowed to personnel within the Organization for ease
CU
of consultation/references. Responsibility for ensuring update shall remain with the holder of such printed copy
which consider by the Company as uncontrolled once it is printed as Hard copy.
DO
For some cases when physical delivery of CD is not required or access to Air Arabia sharepoint is not available,
MOE to be delivered by e-mail.
S
The manual including revisions is issued electronically to all concerned users on or before the effective date of
I
the revision and as per the manual distribution list throughout appropriate areas of the organization and also to
TH
all the relevant external service provider that conduct outsourced operational functions.
Copies are distributed to customers, authorities and other parties which are not indicated in this Distribution list
on their request subject to the approval of the Manager QA. This type of external distribution does not form a part
of the controlled distribution. Air Arabia MOE may be provided to such entities in full or partially, in form of
separate chapters, proportionate to the purpose of such distribution and as per discretion of Manager QA.
DISTRIBUTION LIST Chapter DL Page 2
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

FILING INSTRUCTIONS – NORMAL REVISION Chapter FI Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
The current revision is the re-issue of the parts highlighted in the revision highlights. Replace the existing manual
FILING INSTRUCTIONS – NORMAL REVISION
REVISION
contents with the enclosed.
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

FILING INSTRUCTIONS – NORMAL REVISION Chapter FI Page 2
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

REVISION HIGHLIGHTS Chapter RVH Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
The highlights of Revision 18 are as follows:

REVISION HIGHLIGHTS
D
Page Number Change Description
TE
IN
Chapter TTL – Title Page
PR
Chapter APS – GCAA Acceptance Sheet
IF
1 Added new GCAA Acceptance Sheet.
ED
Chapter VLEP – Verification of List of Effective Pages
LL
1 VLEP updated.
Chapter ROR – Record of Normal Revisions

RO
1 Text and table updated.
NT
CO
Chapter RTR – Record of Temporary Revisions
1 Text amended.
UN
Chapter DL – Distribution List

IS
1 Table and text amended.

NT
Chapter FI – Filing Instructions – Normal Revision

EM
Chapter RVH – Revision Highlights

CU
1 Revision highlights updated.

DO
Chapter 0 – Introduction and Structure of MOE

S
5 0.2.2 – Relationships with Other Organisations

• Text removed.
I
TH
5 0.2.4 – Line Maintenance Station

• Section replaced.

REVISION HIGHLIGHTS Chapter RVH Page 2
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Page Number Change Description
D
TE
Chapter 1 – Management
6 1.1 – Corporate Commitment by the Accountable Manager
IN
• Text amended.
PR
34 1.7.2.8 – Air Arabia Line Stations
• Text amended.
IF
48 1.9.2.1 – Aircraft Maintenance
• Text and table replaced.
ED
56 1.11.6 – Distribution of MOE and its Amendments
• Text amended.
LL
Chapter 2 – Maintenance Procedures RO
NT
Chapter L2 – Additional Line Maintenance Procedures
CO
Chapter 3 – Quality System Procedures

UN
Chapter 4 – Contracted Operators/Maintenance Organizations

IS
Chapter 5 – Appendices
NT
32 5.5 – List of Contracted Operators

• Table amended.
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

ABBREVIATIONS Chapter ABR Page 1
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations may be found throughout the manual. Some abbreviations may also appear in
D
lowercase letters. Abbreviations having very limited use are explained in the chapter where they are used.
TE
A
IN
ABY Air Arabia
PR
AD Airworthiness Directive
ADD Acceptable Deferred Defect
IF
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
ED
ALI Airworthiness Limitation Items
ALS Airworthiness Limitation Section
LL
AMC Acceptable Means of Compliance
AMEL Aircraft Maintenance Engineer Licence RO

AMM Aircraft Maintenance Manual
NT
AMO Approved Maintenance Organization
AMOS Aircraft Maintenance and Engineering System

CO
AMP Approved Maintenance Program

UN
AMTO Approved Maintenance Training Organisation
AOC Air Operator Certificate

IS
AOG Aircraft on Ground
AOT All Operator Telex

NT
APU Auxiliary Power Unit

EM
ARC Airworthiness Review Certificate
ASL Approved Suppliers List

CU
ASR Air Safety Report

ATA Air Transport Association
DO
ATL Aircraft Technical Log (TLB+ETLB)

S
B
I
TH
BDD Base Deferred Defect
BER Beyond Economic Repair
BITE Built-in Test Equipment

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
C
TE
CAMO Continuing Airworthiness Management
Organisation
IN
CAP Corrective Action Plan
PR
CEO Chief Executive Officer
CD Compact Disc
IF
CDCCL Critical Design Configuration Control Limitation
ED
C/F Carried Forward
CG Centre of Gravity
LL
CLB Cabin Log Book
CMM Component Maintenance Manual RO

CMP Configuration, Maintenance & Procedures
document
NT
CoC Certificate of Conformity

CO
CPCP Corrosion Prevention Control Program
CRS Certificate of Release to Service

UN
D
IS
DCPM Document Control Procedures Manual

NT
DOC Document
EM
EASA European Union Aviation Safety Agency

CU
ECM Engine Condition Monitoring

DO
ECAM ETOPS Continuing Airworthiness Manual

EO Engineering Order
S
EP Engineering Project
I
ESDS Electro Static Discharge Sensitive

TH
ESR Engineering Safety Report
ETLB Electronic Technical Log Book
ETOPS Extended-range Two-engine Operations

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
ETSO European Technical Standard Order
D
EU European Union
TE
EWI Engineering Work Instruction
EWIS Electrical Wiring Interconnection System
IN
PR
F
FAA Federal Aviation Administration of the United
IF
States of America
ED
FAMO Foreign Approved Maintenance Organisation
FC Flight Cycle
LL
FCM Forms Control Manual
FH Flight Hour RO
FOD Foreign Object Damage
NT
G
CO
GCAA General Civil Aviation Authority (UAE)

UN
GSE Ground Support Equipment

GVI General Visual Inspection
IS
H
NT
HF Human Factors
HIL Hold Item List

EM
HR Human Resources (ABY department)

CU
I
DO
IATA International Air Transport Association
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization

S
IDG Integrated Drive Generator

I
TH
IFSD In-Flight Shutdown
IORS Internal Occurrence Reporting System
IPC Illustrated Parts Catalogue

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
IQSMS Integrated Quality and Safety Management

System (software)
D
TE
L
IN
LLP Life Limited Part
PR
LRU Line Replaceable Unit
IF
M
ED
MCC Maintenance Control Center
MDD MEL Deferred Defect
LL
MEL Minimum Equipment List
MMEL Master Minimum Equipment List RO
MOE Maintenance Organization Exposition
NT
MPD Maintenance Planning Document
MQA Manager Quality Assurance

CO
MRB Maintenance Review Board

UN
MRBR Maintenance Review Board Report
MRO Maintenance and Repair Organization

IS
N
NT
NAA National Civil Aviation Authority
NC Non Conformance
EM
NCR Non Conformance Report

CU
NDT Non Destructive Testing
NHA Next Higher Assembly

DO
NRC Non Routine Card

S
O
I
TH
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
PIREP Pilot Report

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
PMA Parts Manufacturer Approval
D
PPB Principal Place of Business
TE
Q
IN
QA Quality Assurance
PR
QAE Quality Assurance Engineer
QMSM Quality Management System Manual
IF
ED
R
RI Repair Instruction
LL
ROSI Reporting of Safety Incident
RVSM Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum

RO
NT
S
CO
SB Service Bulletin
SCL Shop Capability List

UN
SL Service Letter
SLA Service Level Agreement

IS
SMS Safety Management System
SOP Standard Operating Procedures

NT
SRM Structure Repair Manual

EM
STC Supplemental Type Certificate

CU
TAT Turn Around Time

DO
TC Type Certificate
TCCA Transport Canada

IS
TEM Tools Equipment Manual

TH
TLB Technical Log Book
TPM Technical Procedures Manual
TSM Trouble Shooting Manual

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
TSO Technical Standard Order
D
TSR Trouble Shooting Recommendation
TE
TTM Technical Training Manual
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
IS
TH

DEFINITIONS Chapter DEF Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
DEFINITIONS
The following definitions are for terms commonly used throughout the manual. Items not commonly used will be
D
defined in the respective sections where they apply.
TE
A
IN
Accepted/Acceptable It means not objected to by the Authority as suitable for the purpose intended.
PR
Accountable Manager The person acceptable to the Authority who has corporate authority for
ensuring that all operations and maintenance activities and any additional
requirements defined by the operator can be financed and carried out to the
IF
standard required by the Authority.
ED
Aeroplane It means a power driven heavier-than-air aircraft, deriving its lift in flight chiefly
from aerodynamic reactions on surfaces, which remain fixed under given
conditions of flight.
LL
Aeronautical Product Any part or material that is, or is intended by its manufacturer, to be a part of
or used in an aircraft, unless excluded by the regulations.
RO
Ambiguity Ambiguity is when the meaning of a word, phrase, or sentence is uncertain.
NT
Air Carrier It is a commercial operator of an aeroplane engaged in the transportation of
passengers, cargo and mail for remuneration or hire and offering services to
the public in accordance with a published schedule.
CO
Air Transport Operator An Air Transport Operator is a commercial operator of an aeroplane engaged
in transportation of passengers, cargo and mail for remuneration or hire
UN
offering service to the public on demand and not to a published schedule.
Aircraft Accident An occurrence associated with the operation of an aircraft that takes place
between the time any person boards the aircraft with the intention of flight until
IS
such time as all such persons have disembarked in which a person is fatally or
seriously injured, the aircraft sustains substantial damage, or the aircraft is
NT
missing or is completely inaccessible.
Aircraft Component Any part or equipment for an aircraft that, when fitted to, or provided in an
EM
aircraft may, if it is not sound or functioning correctly, affect the safety of the
aircraft, its occupants or its cargo or cause the aircraft to become a danger to
person or property or flotation equipment, evacuation equipment, ration packs,
CU
portable breathing apparatus, fire-fighting equipment, or any other equipment

or apparatus, fitted to, or provided in, an aircraft for use in an emergency.
DO
Aircraft Incident An occurrence, other than an accident, associated with the operation of an
aircraft which affects or could affect the safety of operation.
Note: The type of incidents which are of main interest to the International
S
Civil Aviation Organization for accident prevention studies are listed in

I
the ICAO Accident/Incident Reporting Manual (Doc 9156).

TH
Aircraft Material Material (including a fluid) for use in the manufacture, maintenance, servicing
or operation of an aircraft or of an aircraft component, but does not include an
aircraft component.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Aircraft Maintenance A document which describes the specific scheduled maintenance tasks and
Program their frequency of completion and related procedures, such as a reliability
D
program, necessary for the safe operation of those aircraft to which it applies.
TE
Air Operator Certificate A certificate authorizing an operator to carry out specified commercial air
(AOC) transport operations.
IN
Appliance It means any instrument, mechanism, equipment, part, apparatus,
PR
appurtenance, or accessory, including communications equipment, that is
used or intended to be used in operating or controlling an aircraft in flight, is
installed in or attached to the aircraft, and is not part of an airframe, engine, or
IF
propeller.
Approved Standard It means a manufacturing, design, maintenance or quality standard approved
ED
by the Manufacturer and/or the applicable NAA.
Aircraft Means a machine that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions
LL
of the air other than the reactions of the air against the earth’s surface.
Aircraft Component RO
Means any assembly/item/component/part of an aircraft up to and including a
complete power plant and/or any operational/emergency equipment.
Airworthiness of Aircraft A quality that conforms to aircraft type design or properly altered condition for
NT
safe operations and aircraft is fitness for flight.

CO
Airworthiness Directive (AD) A directive issued by the UAE GCAA or State of Design that requires specific
action within a specific time frame for specified aircraft, engines or
components. ADs are usually issued to address a current or possible
UN
deficiency.
AMOS MRO software intended to meet the requirements of airlines of all sizes,
maintenance organizations working for airlines, or independent MRO
IS
providers. Developed by Swiss Aviation Software (Swiss-AS), AMOS lets

customers manage their maintenance, engineering, and logistics needs to
NT
ensure compliance with the complex system of aviation regulations.
Assessor Person who evaluates the quality of a person or thing.

EM
Aircraft Technical Log (ATL) Combination of Electronic Tech Log Book and Paper Tech Log Book and used
for recording of flight information, aircraft defect and rectifications, crew liaison
CU
and data source for defect analyses.
Authority Means the General Civil Aviation of the United Arab Emirates and is the
DO
competent body responsible for the safety regulation of Civil Aviation of the
United Arab Emirates.
S
B
I
TH
Beyond Economical Repair A state of a repairable item when its estimated repair cost significantly exceeds
(BER) certain of its replacement value.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Bogus items All aircraft parts not made under proper NAA approval and according to
designated standards to be unapproved parts. This is a broad classification
D
includes counterfeit parts, stolen parts, production overruns, parts that have
TE
exceeded their time limits, approved parts improperly returned to service and
fraudulently marked parts.
IN
PR
C
Calibration A comparison of two instruments or measuring devices, one of which is a

standard of known accuracy traceable to national standards, to detect,
IF
correlate, report, or eliminate by adjustment any discrepancy in accuracy of the
instrument or measuring device being compared with the standard. In the case
ED
where a standard does not exist the bases for calibration will be defined or
verification shall be recorded.
LL
CAR-145 CAR-145 “Approved Maintenance Organisations” is a regulation issued by
UAE GCAA for maintenance organizations involved in maintenance of aircraft
RO
registered in UAE in all categories of operations except the ones below
5700 kg of Maximum Certificated Take-Off Mass (MCTOM) using in
non-commercial air transport, and components intended for fitment thereto.
NT
CAR-145 Certification Means the authorization issued to certifying staff by the CAR-145 approved
Authorization maintenance organization and which specifies the fact that they may sign
CO
CAR-145.50 certificates of release to service within the limitations stated in

such authorization on behalf of the CAR-145 approved maintenance
UN
organization.
Certifying staff Means those personnel who are authorized by the approved maintenance
organization in accordance with a procedure acceptable to the UAE GCAA to
IS
certify aircraft or aircraft components for release to service.

Certificate of Approval A Certificate issued by the applicable NAA (or a delegate) to an operator or
NT
aircraft maintenance organization, which allows the operator or aircraft

maintenance organization to perform aircraft, aircraft engine or aircraft
EM
component maintenance.
Certificate of Conformance Terminology used to describe a certificate issued by the manufacturer of a

standard part.
CU
Certificate of release to Is a document which contains a certification confirming that the maintenance
service (CRS) work to which it relates has been completed in a satisfactory manner, either in
DO
accordance with the approved data and the procedures described in the
maintenance organization’s procedures manual or under an equivalent
system.
S
Certifying Staff Means personnel responsible for the release of an aircraft or a component
I
TH
after maintenance.
Consumables Generally bulk-type materials such as fuel, lubricants, cements, compounds,

paints, chemicals, dyes, splices, patches, etc., called out in maintenance and
repair procedures for aircraft, engines, equipment, and component end items.
These materials are items used only once.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Continuing Airworthiness Generic document that defines how Continuing Airworthiness Management
Management Exposition Organization accomplishes and controls its aircraft maintenance activities, and
D
(CAME) describing system, it is implemented by, determining procedures, means and
TE
methods used.
Compliance The state of meeting the requirements of a regulation, standard or
IN
requirement.
PR
Component Means any engine, propeller, part or appliance.
Commercial Air Transport Means an aircraft operation involving the transport of passengers, cargo or
mail for remuneration or hire. The term encompasses Air Carriers and Air
IF
Transport Operators.
ED
Continuing Airworthiness Means all of the processes ensuring that, at any time in its operating life, the
aircraft complies with the airworthiness requirements in force and is in a
condition for safe operation.
LL
Critical Component Is a part identified as critical by the design approval holder during the product
RO
type validation process, or otherwise by the exporting authority. Typically, such
components include parts for which a replacement time, inspection interval, or
related procedure is specified in the Airworthiness Limitations section or
NT
certification maintenance requirements of the manufacturer’s maintenance
manual or Instructions for Continued Airworthiness.
CO
Critical Design Configuration Identify the critical design features such as proper wire separation, proper
Control Limitations (CDCCL) installation of a panel gasket, minimum bonding jumper resistance levels, etc.,
that must be maintained in exactly the same manner throughout the life of the
UN
aircraft in order to comply with the type certificate and maintain airworthiness.
Critical Maintenance Task Means a maintenance task that involves the assembly or any disturbance of a
system or any part on an aircraft, engine or propeller that, if an error occurred
IS
during its performance, could directly endanger the flight safety. For more
detail definition, please refer to AMC2 145.48(b).
NT
EM
D
Dangerous Goods Dangerous goods or hazardous goods are solids, liquids, or gases that can
CU
harm people, other living organisms, property, or the environment.
Dispensation Special permission to do something that is normally not allowed.

DO
E
S
Error Action or inaction that leads to a deviation from desired intentions or

I
expectations.
TH
Error-capturing methods Are those actions defined by the organization to detect maintenance errors
made when performing maintenance. Please refer to CAR 145/AMC3
145.48(b).

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
GCAA The General Civil Aviation Authority of the United Arab Emirates or any of its
TE
departments to which supervision and development of civil aviation affairs is
assigned.
IN
H
PR
Hazard A condition or an object with the potential to cause injuries to personnel,
damage to assets, loss of material or reduction of ability to perform a
IF
prescribed function.
Hold Item List (HIL) A list of specific work orders that are deferred because a required part, piece
ED
of equipment, or system is missing or inoperable although a limitation might be
associated with the HIL record.
LL
Human Factors Is the scientific discipline concerned with the understanding of interactions
among humans and other elements of a system, and the profession that
RO
applies theory, principles, data and methods to design to optimize human
well-being and overall system performance.
NT
Human Performance Defined as the human capabilities and limitations which have an impact on the
safety and efficiency of aeronautical operations.
CO
I
UN
Incident Means any occurrence, an occurrence, other than an accident, associated with
the operation of an aircraft which affects or could affect the safety of operation.
IS
Inspection Inspection means the examination of an aircraft/aircraft component to

establish conformity with an approved standard.
NT
Intranet A local or restricted communications network, especially a company network

created using World Wide Web software.
EM
Investigation A process conducted for the purpose of incident/accident prevention, which

includes the gathering and analysis of information, the determination of
significant factors, drawing conclusions and, when appropriate, making safety
CU
recommendations.
IQSMS IQSMS is an integrated, web-based Safety, Quality and Risk Management

DO
solution for the aviation, maritime and offshore sector.

S
J
I
TH
Job performance It means to reach a goal or set of goals within a job, role, or organization
(Campbell, 1990), but not the actual consequences of the acts performed
within a job.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) An LRU is an essential support item which is removed and replaced at the field
TE
level to restore the end item to an operational ready condition. Conversely, a
non-LRU is a part, component, or assembly used in the repair of an LRU, when
the LRU has failed and has been removed from the end item for repair.
IN
Location Place from which an organization carries on activities or wishes to carry on
PR
activities for which a CAR-145 approval is required.
Line Maintenance Line maintenance is any maintenance that is carried out before flight to ensure
that the aircraft is fit for the intended flight. Please refer to AMC 145.10.
IF
ED
M
Maintenance The performance of tasks (with the exception of pre-flight inspection) required
LL
to ensure the continuing airworthiness of an aircraft, including any one or
combination of overhaul, inspection, replacement, defect rectification, and the
RO
embodiment of a modification or repair.
Maintenance Data Means any information necessary to ensure that the aircraft or aircraft
NT
component can be maintained in a condition such that airworthiness of the

aircraft, or serviceability of operational and emergency equipment as
CO
appropriate, is assured.
Maintenance Organization A document endorsed by the head of the maintenance organization which
Exposition (MOE) details the maintenance organization’s structure and management
UN
responsibilities, scope of work, description of facilities, maintenance

procedures and quality assurance or inspection systems.
IS
Maintenance Release A document which contains a certification confirming that the maintenance
work to which it relates has been completed in a satisfactory manner, either in
accordance with the approved data and the procedures described in the
NT
maintenance organisation’s procedures manual or under an equivalent

system.
EM
Maintenance Error Decision Is a structured process used to investigate events caused by maintenance
Aid (MEDA) technician and/or inspector performance.
CU
Master Minimum Equipment A list established for a particular aircraft type by the organization responsible
List (MMEL) for the type design with the approval of the State of Design containing items,
DO
one or more of which is permitted to be unserviceable at the commencement

of a flight. The MMEL may be associated with special operating conditions,
limitations or procedures.
S
Minimum Equipment List A list which provides for the operation of aircraft, subject to specified
I
(MEL) conditions, with particular equipment inoperative, prepared by an operator in

TH
conformity with, or more restrictive than, the MMEL established for the aircraft
type.
Modification Means the alteration of an aircraft/aircraft component in conformity with an

approved standard.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
N
TE
Non-conformity Non-conformity is non-satisfaction of special terms set by applicable
regulations.
IN
Near Miss An unplanned event that did not result in injury, illness or damage – but had
the potential to do so.
PR
IF
O
Omission Something neglected, left out, or left undone.
ED
Overhaul Overhaul – means the restoration of an aircraft/aircraft component by
inspection and replacement in conformity with an approved standard to extend
LL
the operational life.
RO
P
NT
Parts Manufacturer Approval Parts Manufacturer Approval (PMA) is an approval granted by the United
(PMA) States Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to a manufacturer of aircraft
parts.
CO
Pre-flight Inspection Pre-flight Inspection is the inspection carried out before flight to ensure that the
aeroplane is fit for the intended flight. It does not include defect rectification.
UN
Principal Place of Business Head office or the registered office of the Organisation within which the
principal financial functions and operational control of the activities referred to
in CAR-145 regulation are exercised.
IS
Procedures Standard provisions and indications set out in guidance and technological
NT
documents of the UAE GCAA or Air Company.
Product The end result of a procedure or process.

EM
Product Audit Assessment of the final product/service and its qualification for use evaluated
versus the intent of the purpose of the product/service. It ensures a thorough
CU
inspection of a final product before delivery to a supplier or a customer.

DO
Quality The totality of features and characteristics of a product or service that bear on
its ability to satisfy stated or implied needs.
I S
Quality Assurance All those planned and systematic actions necessary to provide adequate
TH
confidence that operational and maintenance practices satisfy given

requirements.
Quality Control The operational techniques and activities that are used to fulfill the
requirements for quality by testing a sample of the output against the
specification.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Quality Audit A systematic and independent examination to determine whether quality

activities and related results comply with planned arrangements and whether
D
these arrangements are implemented effectively and are suitable to achieve
TE
objectives.
Quality Inspection An inspection is the act of observing a particular event or action to ensure that
IN
correct procedures and requirements are followed during the accomplishment
of that event.
PR
Quality Management System Collection of business processes focused on consistently meeting customer
(QMS) requirements and enhancing their satisfaction. It is aligned with an
IF
organization’s purpose and strategic direction (ISO9001:2015).
Q-pulse Electronic quality management software; automates and streamlines business
ED
processes for standards and regulatory compliance.
Quarantine Store Quarantine stores means stores where aircraft components, materials
LL
awaiting evidence of having been received from approved sources are
stocked.
RO
R
NT
Raw Materials Materials or substances used in the primary production or manufacturing of

CO
goods. The most important raw materials required for the company's
aerospace products are aluminum (sheet, plate, forgings and extrusions),
titanium (sheet, plate, forgings and extrusions) and composite materials
UN
(including carbon and boron fibers).
Reinspection Reinspection is an error-capturing method subject to the same conditions as

an independent inspection is. Except that the “authorised person” performing
IS
the maintenance task is also acting as “independent qualified person” and

performs the inspection. Please refer to CAR 145/AMC4 145.48(b).
NT
Repair Restoration of an aeronautical product to an airworthy condition to ensure that

the aircraft continues to comply with the design aspects of the appropriate
EM
airworthiness requirements used for the issuance of the type certificate for the
respective aircraft type, after it has been damaged or subjected to wear.
CU
Risk Risk is the potential of gaining or losing something of value. Values can be
gained or lost when taking risk resulting from a given action or inaction,
foreseen or unforeseen.
DO
S
S
Safety A state in which risk of harm or damage is reduced to a level that is as low as
I
TH
is reasonably practicable.
Safety Management System Systematic approach to managing safety, including the necessary
(SMS) organizational structures, accountabilities, policies and procedures.
Service Provider Organization, business or individual which offers service to others in exchange
for payment. It is usually a third party or outsourced supplier.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Serviceable An aeronautical product is serviceable if the product conforms with its

approved design and is fit for its intended use.
D
TE
Sign off A ‘sign-off’ is a statement issued by the ‘authorised person’ which indicates
that the task or group of tasks has been correctly performed. A ‘sign-off’ relates
to one step in the maintenance process and is, therefore, different to a
IN
certificate of release to service.
PR
Standard An established criterion used as a basis for measuring an auditee’s level of
conformance.
Standard Part A part that complies with a specification that is established, published and
IF
maintained by an organisation that sets consensus standards for products or
a government agency and includes design, manufacturing, test and
ED
acceptance criteria and requirements for the uniform identification
Standard Operating Documented processes that a company has in place to ensure services and/
LL
Procedures (SOPs) or products are delivered consistently every time.
Subcontracted organisation RO
An organisation, not itself appropriately approved to CAR 145 that carries out
aircraft line maintenance or minor engine maintenance or maintenance of
other aircraft components or a specialised service as a subcontractor for an
NT
organisation appropriately approved under CAR 145, as per 145.75 (d).
Supplemental Type National Aviation Authority – approved major modification or repair to an

CO
Certificate existing type certified aircraft, engine or propeller.
Supplier Any source providing components, standards or materials to be used for

UN
maintenance.
System A collection of processes supported by an infrastructure to manage and

coordinate its function.
IS
System audit A systematic, independent and documented process for obtaining audit
evidence and evaluating it objectively to determine the extent to which audit
NT
criteria are fulfilled.

EM
T
CU
Technical Library A curated collection of sources of technical information and similar resources,
selected by experts and made accessible to the company staff.
DO
Technician Worker in a field of technology who is proficient in the relevant skill and
technique, with a relatively practical understanding of the theoretical principles.
Traceability Ability to identify when, where, and by whom a product or commodity was
S
obtained, produced, processed, stored, transported, consumed, and disposed

I
of.
TH

Chapter DEF Page 1
DEFINITIONS 0
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
Unsalvageable An aeronautical product is unsalvageable if the product is unserviceable and
TE
cannot be made serviceable.
IN
W
PR
Work Order a work order is a unit of work or a job which generally does not recur
predictably.
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

INTRODUCTION AND STRUCTURE OF MOE Chapter 0 Page 1
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION TABLE OF CONTENTS Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
EXPOSITION
CHAPTER 0 – INTRODUCTION AND STRUCTURE OF MOE

Introduction and Structure of MOE
D
TE
0.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................3
0.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................3
IN
0.1.2 Structure ...............................................................................................................................3
PR
0.1.3 Low Level Documents ..........................................................................................................4
IF
0.2 GENERAL INFORMATION ................................................................................................5
0.2.1 Brief Description of Organisation..........................................................................................5
ED
0.2.2 Relationships with Other Organisations ...............................................................................5
LL
0.2.3 Fleet Composition.................................................................................................................5
0.2.4 Line Maintenance Station .....................................................................................................5

RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION INTRODUCTION Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
0 INTRODUCTION AND STRUCTURE OF MOE
D
0.1 INTRODUCTION
TE
This Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) details the management, quality and maintenance systems
and procedures by which Air Arabia (further ABY) shall ensure continued compliance with General Civil Aviation
IN
Authority (GCAA) CAR 145 “Approved Maintenance Organisation” and CAR-M “Continuing Airworthiness
Requirements” as Subpart A, B, C, D, E, G, H where applicable.
PR
It is issued with the authority of the Accountable Manager and must be complied with all times. It is therefore
incumbent on all company personnel to periodically familiarize themselves with the contents of this manual,
IF
together with the supporting procedures specified herein, in order that they become properly familiar with the
processes and procedures that are designed to ensure continued compliance with regulatory requirements and
the safety, operational and economic objectives of the company.
ED
Should there be any need to deviate from this MOE, or any of the supporting procedures specified herein, it is
LL
the responsibility of all staff, prior to adopting the deviation, to ensure the requirements of Part 3 Section 3.10
are complied with.
0.1.1 PURPOSE
RO
Purpose of Air Arabia Maintenance Organization Exposition is to present the UAE GCAA with facilities and
NT
policies/procedures, followed by personnel in the Organization, while performing maintenance on aircraft.

Compliance with these organizational procedures shall finally demonstrate compliance with UAE GCAA CAR
CO
145 requirements.
0.1.2 STRUCTURE
UN
This Maintenance Organization Exposition has been divided into chapters and numbered pages. Each page is
identified with the revision number and date. Following are the chapters of this Exposition:
IS
PART 0: General Organization

PART 1: Management
NT
PART 2: Maintenance Procedure

EM
PART L2: Additional Line Maintenance Procedures

PART 3: Quality System Procedures
CU
PART 4: Contracted Operators/Maintenance Organizations
PART 5: Appendices
DO
All revisions to this Exposition are numbered in sequence and each revision must be approved by the UAE
General Civil Aviation Authority (GCAA).
IS
The GCAA approval will be issued on a separate letter which will be copied and distributed with each revision.
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
0.1.3 LOW LEVEL DOCUMENTS

Low level documents are documents developed by Air Arabia to describe the details of maintenance processes
D
in some areas where it is necessary. It may be SOPs and process documents or manuals containing work
TE
instructions, charts, drawings and forms. Those detailed procedures shall be collected into separate manual as
indicated below and subject to approval by Air Arabia official.
IN
Low Level documents referred in MOE are:
PR
• Technical Procedures Manual (TPM),
• Technical Training Manual (TTM),
IF
• NDT Written Practice Manual,
ED
• Forms Control Manual,
• Work Shop Manual, and
LL
• Outstation Maintenance Procedures Manual.
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
IS
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION GENERAL INFORMATION Rev.18 – 01 Nov 2021
EXPOSITION
0.2 GENERAL INFORMATION
D
0.2.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF ORGANISATION
TE
Air Arabia, founded in September 2003, has been officially declared as the third national carrier of the UAE.
The airline operates in the commercial air transport category to destinations in the Gulf and international routes
IN
and expanding rapidly in terms of fleet and manpower. The head office is located at Sharjah International Airport
at the following address:
PR
Air Arabia PJSC
Air Arabia Head Office,
IF
Sharjah International Airport,
ED
Next to the Cargo Center Entrance,
A1 Building, PO Box 132,
Sharjah, United Arab Emirates
LL
Maintenance activities performed by Air Arabia AMO shall be in accordance with UAE GCAA CAR 145
requirements and certified under its own AMO approval number.
RO
0.2.2 RELATIONSHIPS WITH OTHER ORGANISATIONS
NT
Air Arabia PJSC currently operates under AOC approval AC-0002 and holds GCAA CAR M Approval for
Engineering Services (Approval No. CAMO/024/12).
CO
Air Arabia PJSC AMO as and when required may subcontract minor line maintenance tasks to appropriately
qualified organisations i.a.w CAR 145.75 (b).
UN
Air Arabia PJSC may perform maintenance for other Air Operators as stated in MOE Part 4.
IS
0.2.3 FLEET COMPOSITION

Air Arabia PJSC operates a fleet of Airbus A320 aircraft fitted with CFMI CFM56-5 series engines and Airbus
NT
A321 aircraft with CFMI LEAP 1A engines.
0.2.4 LINE MAINTENANCE STATION

EM
Air Arabia has the following Line Maintenance Stations:

CU
Sharjah (UAE – Main Base)
Ras Al Khiamah (UAE – Operational

DO
Base) Line Maintenance up to and including ‘A’ checks

Dhaka (Bangladesh – Outstation)
S
Chiitagong (Bangladesh – Outstation)

I
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION GENERAL INFORMATION Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MANAGEMENT Chapter 1 Page 1
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION TABLE OF CONTENTS Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
CHAPTER 1 – MANAGEMENT
Management
D
TE
1.0 ORGANISATION ADDRESS AND CONTACT DETAILS ..................................................5
IN
1.1 CORPORATE COMMITMENT BY THE ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER .............................6
PR
1.2 SAFETY AND QUALITY POLICY ......................................................................................7
IF
1.3 MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL...........................................................................................9
ED
1.3.1 General.................................................................................................................................9
1.3.2 Organisational Designations...............................................................................................10
LL
1.4 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL .........................11
1.4.1
RO
General...............................................................................................................................11
NT
1.4.2 Accountable Manager.........................................................................................................12
1.4.3 Head of Engineering and Maintenance ..............................................................................13

CO
1.4.4 Manager Quality Assurance ...............................................................................................14
1.4.5 Manager Safety & Emergency Response ..........................................................................16

UN
1.4.6 Head of Maintenance .........................................................................................................16
1.4.7 Manager Line Maintenance ................................................................................................18

IS
1.4.8 Manager Base Maintenance...............................................................................................19

NT
1.4.9 Manager MCC & Technical Performance...........................................................................20
1.4.10 Manager Aviation Security..................................................................................................21

EM
1.4.11 Line and Base Shift Managers ...........................................................................................21

CU
1.4.12 Maintenance Engineers (Line, Base and Workshop) .........................................................22
1.4.13 Maintenance Technicians...................................................................................................23

DO
1.4.14 MCC Engineers ..................................................................................................................24
1.4.15 Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records ....................................................................24

S
1.4.16 Production Controller..........................................................................................................25

I
TH
1.4.17 Manager Workshops ..........................................................................................................26
1.4.18 Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control ...............................................................................26
1.4.19 Technical Instructor ............................................................................................................27
1.4.20 Responsible NDT Level 3 Staff ..........................................................................................27

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION TABLE OF CONTENTS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
1.5 MANAGEMENT ORGRANIZATION CHART ...................................................................29
D
1.5.1 AMO Organizational Chart .................................................................................................29
TE
1.6 LIST OF CERTIFYING STAFF AND SUPPORT STAFF .................................................30
IN
1.6.1 General...............................................................................................................................30
PR
1.6.2 Management of List of Certifying Staff ...............................................................................30
1.6.3 Base Certifying Staff (Category C) .....................................................................................30
IF
1.6.4 Base Maintenance Category B1 & B2 Support Staff ..........................................................31
1.6.5 Line Maintenance Certifying Staff.......................................................................................31
ED
1.6.6 Component Certifying Staff ................................................................................................31
LL
1.6.7 Specialised Services (NDT) Certifying Staff .......................................................................31
1.7
RO
MANPOWER RESOURCES AND TRAINING POLICY ...................................................32
1.7.1 General...............................................................................................................................32
NT
1.7.2 Manpower Resources – CAR 145.30 (d)............................................................................32

CO
1.7.2.1 Corporate ............................................................................................................32
1.7.2.2 Quality Assurance ...............................................................................................32

UN
1.7.2.3 Aircraft Maintenance Management Team ...........................................................33
1.7.2.4 Line Maintenance................................................................................................33

IS
1.7.2.5 Base Maintenance ..............................................................................................33

NT
1.7.2.6 Workshops ..........................................................................................................33
1.7.2.7 Maintenance Control Centre (MCC)....................................................................34

EM
1.7.2.8 Air Arabia Line Stations.......................................................................................34

CU
1.7.2.9 QA Engineers......................................................................................................34
1.7.2.10 Technical Training Instructors .............................................................................34

DO
1.7.3 Training Policy ....................................................................................................................34
1.7.3.1 Initial Training......................................................................................................35

S
1.7.3.2 Recurrent Training ..............................................................................................35

I
TH
1.7.3.3 Continuation Training ..........................................................................................35
1.7.3.4 Tailored Training Programs.................................................................................36
1.7.3.5 Authorisation Specific Trainings..........................................................................37
1.7.3.6 Training Records.................................................................................................37

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION TABLE OF CONTENTS Rev.18 – 01 Nov 2021
EXPOSITION
1.8 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE FACILITIES AT EACH ADDRESS

INTENDED TO BE APPROVED.......................................................................................38
D
1.8.1 General...............................................................................................................................38
TE
1.8.2 Line Maintenance Stations .................................................................................................40
IN
1.8.3 Administrative Facilities, Sharjah........................................................................................41
PR
1.8.4 Facilities – Sharjah Base Maintenance ..............................................................................42
1.8.4.1 ABY Hangar Ground Level..................................................................................43
IF
1.8.5 Administrative Facilities – Sharjah Line Maintenance ........................................................44
ED
1.8.6 Administrative Facilities – Dhaka Office .............................................................................45
1.8.7 Administrative Facilities – Chittagong Office ......................................................................45
LL
1.8.8 Administrative Facilities – Ras Al Khaimah Office & Stores ...............................................46
1.9
RO
SCOPE OF WORK ...........................................................................................................47
NT
1.9.1 General...............................................................................................................................47
1.9.2 Scope of Work ....................................................................................................................48

CO
1.9.2.1 Aircraft Maintenance ...........................................................................................48
1.9.2.2 Component Maintenance ....................................................................................49

UN
1.9.2.3 Specialized Services Maintenance .....................................................................50
1.9.2.4 Maintenance Away from the Approved Location as per 145.75 (c) ....................50
IS
1.9.2.5 Parts Fabrication as per 145.42 (c).....................................................................50

NT
1.9.2.6 Limitations of the Organisation............................................................................50

EM
1.10 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE TO THE AUTHORITY REGARDING

CHANGES TO THE ORGANIZATION’S ACTIVITIES/APPROVAL/
LOCATION/PERSONNEL ................................................................................................52
CU
1.10.1 General...............................................................................................................................52
DO
1.10.2 Notifiable Changes .............................................................................................................52
1.10.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................52

S
1.10.4 Notifications not Requiring Amendment of the Approval/MOE...........................................52

I
TH
1.11 EXPOSITION AMENDMENT PROCEDURES INCLUDING, IF

APPLICABLE, DELEGATED PROCEDURES.................................................................53
1.11.1 Management of MOE .........................................................................................................53
1.11.2 Knowledge of MOE.............................................................................................................53

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION TABLE OF CONTENTS Rev.18 – 01 Nov 2021
EXPOSITION
1.11.3 Associated Procedures, Lists and Forms ..........................................................................53
1.11.4 Approval of MOE Amendments ..........................................................................................54
D
TE
1.11.4.1 Types of Amendments ........................................................................................54
1.11.4.2 Direct Approval of Changes in MOE ...................................................................55
IN
1.11.4.3 Indirect Approval of Changes in MOE .................................................................55
PR
1.11.4.4 Periodic Review of MOE .....................................................................................55
1.11.4.5 MOE Distribution .................................................................................................55
IF
1.11.5 Incorporation of Amendment ..............................................................................................55
ED
1.11.6 Distribution of MOE and its Amendments...........................................................................56
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION ORGANISATION ADDRESS AND CONTACT DETAILS Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
EXPOSITION
1 MANAGEMENT
D
1.0 ORGANISATION ADDRESS AND CONTACT DETAILS
TE
Name of Organization: Air Arabia PJSC
IN
Address for which approval is held: Air Arabia Head Office,
Sharjah International Airport,
PR
Next to the Cargo Center Entrance,
A1 Building, PO Box 132,
IF
Tel No.: +971 6 5088904
ED
Fax No.: +971 6 5581733
Name & Designation of Coordinator: Sandeep Tyagi
LL
Manager Quality Assurance
Email: styagi@airarabia.com
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CORPORATE COMMITMENT BY THE ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER Rev.18 – 01 Nov 2021
EXPOSITION
1.1 CORPORATE COMMITMENT BY THE ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER

UAE CAR 145.70(a)1, GM 70(a), 90(a)
D
This exposition and any associated referenced manuals define the organisation and procedures upon which the
TE
CAR-145 approval is based as required by 145.70. These procedures are approved by the undersigned and
should be complied with, as applicable, when work orders are being progressed under the terms of the CAR-145
approval.
IN
PR
It is accepted that these procedures do not override the necessity of complying with any new or amended
regulation published by the GCAA from time to time where these new or amended regulations are in conflict with
these procedures.
IF
It is understood that the GCAA will approve this organisation whilst the GCAA is satisfied that the procedures
are being followed and work standards maintained. It is further understood that the GCAA reserves the right to
ED
suspend, limit or revoke the approval of the organisation if the GCAA has evidence that procedures are not
followed or standards not upheld.
LL
RO
NT
__________________
CO
Adel A. Ali,
Accountable Manager and Chief Executive Officer
UN
For and on behalf of Air Arabia PJSC

Dated 01 Oct 2021
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION SAFETY AND QUALITY POLICY Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
1.2 SAFETY AND QUALITY POLICY

UAE CAR 145.30(a)2, 65(a), AMC 65(a), 70(a)2, ABY SMS Manual, ABY Corporate Manual
D
Air Arabia PJSC (further ref. as Air Arabia or ABY) is fully committed to regard Safety and Quality as its foremost
TE
priority, and to continuously strive to maintain and improve the safety and quality standards of its practices,
processes, services and products.
IN
This MOE sets Air Arabia’s Safety and Quality Standards, and lays down the basic requirements to achieve the
PR
intended standards.
Under the direction of the Accountable Manager, all Air Arabia Management members are responsible for
IF
ensuring that their subordinates fully adhere to these Safety and Quality Standards.
ED
Quality Assurance Department has established a compliance monitoring system and an audit program to ensure
that all departments, personnel, facilities, locations, and products comply with the regulatory authorities
requirements and company procedures, with the objective of maintaining Quality and Safety Standards and
LL
implementing effective corrective actions as detailed in MOE Part 3.
RO
Safety and Quality is everybody’s responsibility, and it is the duty of every member in the organization to comply
with this policy and with the procedures contained in the MOE and other approved company manuals, and to
NT
report any deviation he may observe.
Maintaining and enhancing a positive Air Arabia Safety and Quality culture is achieved by a commitment to
CO
address and correct all operational short coming as soon as they become evident. This in turn relies on
comprehensive reporting of all incidents and risk exposures, whether large or small, which may pose hazards to
the organization, customers, staff or operations.
UN
Those who observe, discover, are involved in, or are even responsible for such incidents and risk exposure have
no discretion as to whether or not to report the circumstances.
IS
As a matter of Air Arabia policy, all safety issues without exception must be reported immediately through
NT
appropriate channels to the Manager Safety and ERP and Manager Quality Assurance. Refer to MOE 2.18.
EM
As a feature of this policy, Air Arabia is committed to greatest possible openness and frankness in reporting
safety issues, no blame will be apportioned to individuals following their reporting of operational incidents or other
risk exposures concerning safety.
CU
While all efforts should be directed to avoid incidents, errors and violations, it is of paramount importance that if
an error is encountered, an efficient and effective system is employed to ensure that such event is properly
DO
reported, investigated and corrected.
Great lessons can be learnt from every event to avoid reoccurrence.

I S
1. Every employee involved or affected by an incident, error or violation is responsible to report such event
TH
immediately to his line manager.

2. Line Managers should inform QA verbally or via phone at once, and should submit report through IQSMS
online module within 24 hours.
3. IQSMS Reporting Module to be used for reporting incidents/accidents/abnormal systems wear or
malfunction.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION SAFETY AND QUALITY POLICY Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
4. Formal letter/e-mail could be used for reporting errors and violations.
D
Air Arabia recognized Safety and Quality as a prime consideration at all times for all the staff.
TE
Safety and quality are enhanced by compliance and adherence to the following issues:
IN
1. Encourage personnel to report maintenance related errors/incidents to meet CAR 145 requirements.
PR
2. Ensure the safety standards are not reduced by commercial imperatives.
3. Ensure good use of resources and pay particular attention to carry out correct maintenance at the first
attempt.
IF
4. Apply the human factors and human performance principles at all times.
ED
5. Train all organisation staff on human factors and maintain their recurrence.
6. Set a suitable work environment to attract and keep competent and motivated personnel.
LL
7. Ensure availability of tools, equipment, sufficient instructions to the working personnel and time to carry out
required maintenance in accordance with the set procedures.
8.
RO
Recognize that compliance with procedures, quality standards, safety standards and regulations are the
duty of all personnel.
NT
9. Recognize the need for all personnel to cooperate with the Quality Auditors.
CO
Note: Safety and Quality Policy Statement signed by the Accountable Manager can be found in Corporate
Manual and Safety Management System Manual, para. 1.1.1. The Safety and Quality Policy Statement
is displayed in the company premises.
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
1.3 MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

UAE CAR GM 145.10, 70(a)3, 30(a), 30(b)1, 30(b)2, 30(b)4, 30(f), UAE CAR GM AMC 145.30(a), 30(b),
D
30(f)
TE
1.3.1 GENERAL
Purpose of this Chapter is to provide organizational designations and nominated management personnel
IN
involved in maintenance activities on aircraft/aircraft components in Air Arabia.
PR
All Management persons are holding the necessary qualifications and have received the required training as
necessary for the occupied post.
IF
In addition to the Accountable Manager, it is Air Arabia policy to assign the Manager Quality Assurance as the
Focal Contact Point with all authorities.
ED
All key managers (nominated personnel) are to be acceptable to GCAA.
LL
Application for Nominated Personnel is filled and submitted via GCAA E-services for each of the following
positions:
RO
• Accountable Manager & Group Chief Executive Officer
NT
• All key managers (nominated personnel) are to be acceptable to GCAA.
Application for Nominated Personnel is filled and submitted via GCAA E-services for each of the following
CO
positions:
UN
• Accountable Manager & Chief Executive Officer

• Head of Engineering & Maintenance
• Manager Quality Assurance
IS
• Manager Safety & ERP

NT
• NDT Level III

EM
CU
DO
IS
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
1.3.2 ORGANISATIONAL DESIGNATIONS

The following personnel have special responsibilities and represent the Management of Air Arabia for the
D
purpose of Maintenance Organization Approval.
TE
TITLE NAME
IN
CEO – Accountable Manager (PH AM) Adel A. Ali
PR
Head of Engineering and Maintenance (PH Ismail Mohamed
Maintenance System)
IF
Manager Quality Assurance (PH Quality Sandeep Tyagi
Assurance)
ED
Manager Safety & ERP (PH Safety/SMS) Maskoor Chaaya Raina
Manager Aviation Security (PH Aviation Mohammed Al Shaibani
LL
Security)
Head of Maintenance TBA RO

The following arrangement ensures continuity of supervision in the absence of above mentioned management
NT
personnel:
CO
TITLE DEPUTY
CEO – Accountable Manager Head of Engineering and Maintenance

UN
Manager Quality Assurance Manager Safety & ERP
Manager Safety & ERP Manager Quality Assurance

IS
Manager Aviation Security Manager Quality Assurance
Each revision to the management personnel shall be identified and the personnel’s credentials submitted to
NT
GCAA for acceptance and approval. Refer to MOE Chapter 1.11 for details of the procedure on changes to the
nominated senior personnel.
EM
The following arrangement ensures continuity of supervision in the absence of nominated post holder.
CU
Note: Nominated Persons indicated above shall inform his/her deputy by e-mail in case of his permanent
absence in the office for the period exceeding 5 working days.
DO
Succeeding Individual or Deputy shall acknowledge via email or any other means that he/she is aware
of the absence and assumes the responsibility of the person he/she is deputizing.
S
I
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
1.4 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

UAE CAR 145.70(a)4, 30(a)1, 30(a)2, 30(b)1, 65(c)1, 65(c)2, 30(c), 35(i), 90(b), AMC 145.10, 30(b),
D
30(c), 30(d), 65(c)(1), 65(c)(2), 30(a), 30(f), GM 145.70(a), CAR Part X 2.1.1 and 2.1.3
TE
1.4.1 GENERAL
Purpose of this chapter is to detail duties and responsibilities of management personnel, for accomplishment of
IN
maintenance activities while ensuring compliance with UAE GCAA CAR 145 requirements.
PR
Prerequisites for management positions are defined in HR Job Descriptions.In the Organization, management
personnel are listed hereafter:
IF
• Accountable Manager
• Head of Engineering and Maintenance
ED
• Manager Quality Assurance
LL
• Manager Safety and ERP
• Manager Line Maintenance
• Manager Base Maintenance
RO
• Manager MCC & Technical Performance
NT
In terms of compliance with CAR Part X, the above-mentioned senior management staff is responsible for:
CO
• Establishment and implementation of departmental Safety Management System

UN
• Promoting and disseminating safety information

• Guiding and coordination of departmental safety efforts
• Ensuring line managers support and encourage hazard reporting, risk assessment of all hazards, safety
IS
reporting, safety audits, safety promotions and continuous improvement of the SMS
NT
• Inspecting safety standards of the service providers

• Implementation and acceptance of corrective actions and recommendations.
EM
CU
DO
IS
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
1.4.2 ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER

Chief Executive Officer of Air Arabia is the Accountable Manager for AMO in accordance with GCAA CAR 145
D
requirements.
TE
The Accountable Manager may delegate all duties assigned to any qualified assistant as necessary, however,
such delegation does not relieve the Accountable Manager of the overall responsibilities.
IN
The Accountable Manager is responsible for ensuring that all necessary resources are available to accomplish
PR
maintenance in accordance with CAR 145.65(b) to support the organization CAR 145 approval and continue
maintaining the repair station maintenance work according to GCAA requirements.
IF
The main responsibility of the Accountable Manager is the overall management of Air Arabia including planning
and supervising its short term and long term business development and manages the financial, human and
ED
physical resources in a manner that could ensure safe, efficient and quality provision of services.
The Accountable Manager shall be responsible to:
LL
1. Endorse Corporate Commitment as per MOE Chapter 1.1;
2.
RO
Establish and promote the safety and quality policy; He is also responsible for nominating the management
staff;
NT
3. Ensure that the necessary finance, manpower resources and facilities are available to enable the company
to perform the maintenance to which it is committed for contracted operators and any additional work which
CO
may be undertaken;
4. Ensure that all maintenance carried out by Air Arabia meets the standards required by the GCAA;
UN
5. Ensure supervision of the progress of the corrective actions/review of the overall results in terms of quality;
Administrate Management Reviews with Post Holder Maintenance System and Manager Quality
Assurance;
IS
6. Ensure the competence of all personnel including management personnel has been assessed;
NT
7. Ensure implementation of Safety Management System, promoting and supporting SMS and effectiveness
of Air Arabia’s SMS;
EM
8. Ensure that any charges are paid, as prescribed by GCAA i.w. the fees & charge regulation;
9. Ensure free access of the UAE GCAA authorized personnel to Air Arabia CAMO & maintenance facilities,
whenever called for, CAR 145 Approval and CAR 145 requirements;
CU
10. Return the AMO Approval to the GCAA in case of surrender or revocation.
DO
Accountable Manager shall be acceptable for UAE GCAA.

IS
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
1.4.3 HEAD OF ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE

Head of Engineering and Maintenance is the nominated Post Holder – Maintenance System for the overall
D
activity within the maintenance organization.
TE
The Head of Engineering and Maintenance directly reports to CEO & Accountable Manager.
IN
The Accountable Manager relies on Head of Engineering and Maintenance for performing all maintenance
PR
activities according to the requirements as defined in the GCAA CAR 145 Approval.
He is responsible for monitoring and ensuring that the entire maintenance system conforms to and is being
IF
conducted in accordance with UAE GCAA procedures.
HoE&M represents the Organization in his authorized position for all correspondences with the UAE GCAA and
ED
other organizations.
LL
Head of Engineering and Maintenance shall be responsible for the following activities and will be assisted by
Head of Maintenance:
1.
RO
Satisfactory completion and certification of all work required by contracted operators/customers in
accordance with the work specification, CAR 145 requirements and organizational procedures (Work Order
NT
and approved MOE procedures);

2. Ensuring that the organization's procedures and standards are complied with CAR-145 requirements when
CO
carrying out maintenance; actual implementation of Company’s Safety and Quality Policy.
3. Ensuring the competence of all personnel engaged in maintenance;
UN
4. Establishing a programme of training and continuation training using internal and/or external sources;
5. Ensuring that any work for internal workshops or external contracted/subcontracted organisations are
IS
correctly detailed in a work order/contract and that the requirements of the contract/work order are fulfilled
in respect of inspection;
NT
6. Providing feedback to the Quality Management System about the services provided by contracted
Organisations, Subcontractors;
EM
7. Responding to quality deficiencies in the area of activity for which he is responsible, which arise from
independent quality audits; Participate in Quality Management Review.
CU
8. Ensuring, through the workforce under his/her control, that the quality of workmanship in the final product
is to a standard acceptable to the organisation and GCAA; He is responsible for the implementation of the
safety policy and human factor issues;
DO
9. Availability of facilities appropriate to the planned work including hangars, workshops office
accommodation, stores as applicable for the planned work;
S
10. Availability of a working environment appropriate to the tasks being undertaken; He/she is responsible for
I
the incoming inspection of components, parts, materials, tools and equipment, the related classification,
TH
segregation and storage according to the manufacturer’s recommendations;

11. Developing a production planning system appropriate to the amount and complexity of the maintenance
scope of work;
12. Availability of tools, equipment and materials to perform the planned tasks and utilized as per CAR 145
requirements;
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
13. Availability of sufficient competent personnel to plan, perform, supervise, inspect and certify the work being
performed;
D
14. Availability of all necessary maintenance data;
TE
15. Record and notify any inaccurate, incomplete or ambiguous procedure, practice information or maintenance
instruction contained in the maintenance data used by maintenance personnel to the author of maintenance
IN
data;
PR
16. Providing a common work card or worksheet system to be used throughout relevant parts of the
organisation and ensure such documents comply with 145.45 (e);
17. Notifying the Accountable Manager whenever deficiencies emerge which require his attention in respect of
IF
finance and the acceptability of standards (Accountable Manager and Quality Manager to be officially
informed of any lack of 25% of available man-hours over a calendar month);
ED
18. Report without any delay to Manager Quality Assurance and ultimately to the Accountable Manager in case
of an un-airworthy condition or a deviation from organizational procedures.
LL
19. Ensure maintenance records completion, supplying the necessary technical documents for customers and
storage of the organisation’s technical records;
RO
20. Ensure coordination between Air Arabia and any other approved organization to guarantee timely
performance of outsourced maintenance.
NT
21. Establish system for review of all applicable technical standards, in order to maintain airworthiness of
aircraft/aircraft components and associated systems.
CO
22. Implementation of departmental Safety Management System, corporate safety policy and establishment of
departmental objectives and requirements to meet the safety policy objectives.
UN
23. Ensuring the management of safety risks and security threats to aircraft operations within his operational
area.
24. Monitoring adherence to safety standards, Promoting and disseminating safety information.
IS
25. Conduct of risk assessment for every planned changes as part of Management of Change.
NT
26. Make arrangements for free access for GCAA authorized personnel to Air Arabia CAMO & maintenance
facilities whenever it is required in respect to GCAA CAR 145 approval.
EM
Post Holder Maintenance shall be acceptable for UAE GCAA.

CU
1.4.4 MANAGER QUALITY ASSURANCE

Manager Quality Assurance (MQA) is responsible for surveillance of all activities ensuring that the Organization
remains in compliance with GCAA CAR 145 requirements.
DO
Manager Quality Assurance will serve as the primary company focal point with the UAE GCAA on all matters
concerning CAR 145 Approvals, requirements and standards.
IS
MQA reports to the Accountable Manager/Accountable Executive (Chief Executive Officer) and ensures that the
TH
Accountable Manager is kept properly informed on quality and compliance matters.
Manager Quality Assurance has the responsibility to:
1. Coordinate with UAE General Civil Aviation Authority in relation to aircraft safety, continued airworthiness
and quality assurance with reference to GCAA CAR 145 Approval.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2. Establish an independent quality assurance system to monitor compliance of the CAR 145 organisation with
GCAA requirements, through annual audit plan for procedure and product audits.
D
3. Manage scheduled, unscheduled process and products audit, request corrective actions against findings,
TE
generate audit reports as quality feedback, and hence monitor implementation of remedial actions by
respective divisions.
IN
4. Define the human factors principles to be implemented within the organisation;
PR
5. Implement a quality audit programme in which compliance with all maintenance procedures is reviewed at
regular intervals in relation to each type of aircraft (or component) maintained (including the management
and completion of audits and production of audit reports). He should ensure that any observed
IF
non-compliances or poor standards are brought to the attention of the person concerned via his/her
manager;
ED
6. Follow up and closure of any non-conformance;
7. Establish regular meetings with the Accountable Manager to appraise the effectiveness of the Quality
LL
Management System. This will include details of any reported discrepancy not being adequately addressed
by the relevant person or in respect of any disagreement concerning the nature of a discrepancy;
8.
RO
Notify the Accountable Manager and senior managers when Management Review meetings are scheduled
and will present internal inspection and audit reports, together with relevant information relating to Quality
NT
Assurance.
9. Manage effective technical qualifications system for AME Licenses applications processing in close liaison
CO
with the UAE General Civil Aviation Authority.

10. Monitor the amendment of the organisation’s procedures and standard practices (MOE, including the
UN
associated procedure(s)) and their compliance with the current revision of CAR 145 plus any other
applicable regulatory requirement and guidance material issued by GCAA; He/she is responsible for
submission of the MOE and any associated amendments, to the GCAA for approval;
IS
11. Assess providers of materials, standard parts, components and contracted organisations for satisfactory
product quality in relation to the needs of the organisation;
NT
12. Assess subcontractors working under the Air Arabia Quality Management System (QMS) and maintaining
the expertise necessary to be able to do so to the satisfaction of GCAA.
EM
13. Issue/renewal/cancellation of GCAA CAR 145 C/S – S/S individual authorisation, manage certification
authorisation records and maintain the list of carrying staff; He is responsible for coordinating action on
CU
airworthiness occurrences and for initiating any necessary further investigation and follow-up activity.
14. Enforce quality control standards for material receiving, shipping, storage, handling, repair and overhaul.
Interface with Technical Stores and Materials Purchasing for the inspection of materials.
DO
15. Devote maximum time to activities for continual improvement, in respect of quality assurance concept.
16. Supervise personnel assigned with duties in Quality Assurance Department.
I S
17. Establish feedback from maintenance incidents/issues and feeding these back into the continuation training
TH
programme;
18. Accept on temporary or occasional cases base maintenance tasks (AD’s, SB’s) to be performed by a line
maintenance organisation.
19. Ensure that Quality Bulletins are promulgated and issued for all quality related issues pertaining to the
handling and maintenance in connection with aircraft and aircraft components.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
20. Overall responsibility for planning of Quality Assurance activities.
21. Overall responsibility for the control of Quality Records.
D
TE
22. When applicable, organize external audits of contractors/sub-contractors.
23. Promote a corporate culture in which quality and safety have always first priority in all activities of all
IN
employees (quality and safety awareness), and ensure all aspects of Air Arabia operations comply with Air
Arabia’s SMS requirements.
PR
24. Carry out Safety responsibilities as per Air Arabia’s SMS Manual.
IF
Post Holder Quality shall be acceptable for UAE GCAA.
1.4.5 MANAGER SAFETY & EMERGENCY RESPONSE
ED
Manager Safety & ERP is reporting to the Accountable Manager and is in charge of:
LL
1. Establishing a Safety Management System (SMS).
2. RO
Ensuring that processes needed for the SMS are established, implemented and maintained.
3. Collecting and analysing safety information.

NT
4. Monitoring and evaluating the results of corrective actions.

5. Ensuring that risk assessments are conducted when applicable.
CO
6. Determining the adequacy of SMS training.

UN
7. Authority to delegate specific SMS tasks/roles to persons within the organization.

8. Ensuring that periodic reviews of the SMS are conducted.
IS
9. Monitoring the industry for safety concerns that could affect the SMS program.
10. Promote safety throughout the organisation by ensuring safety-related information, including organization
NT
goals and objectives, are made available to all personnel through established communication processes.
11. Communicate safety concerns to the Nominated Personnel and other operational managers.
EM
12. Report to Accountable Manager of the performance of the SMS and any need for improvements.
13. The responsibilities related to Emergency Response.

CU
For other responsibilities of Manager Safety & ERP please refer to ABY SMS Manual, Section 1.3.9.
DO
Manager Safety & ERP shall be acceptable for UAE GCAA.

S
1.4.6 HEAD OF MAINTENANCE

I
Head of Maintenance shall assist the Head of Engineering & Maintenance for all Air Arabia maintenance
TH
activities defined under GCAA CAR – 145 Approval.
The Head of Maintenance reports to Head of Engineering & Maintenance.
From work pack evaluation through to operational availability – to allow operational staff to deliver aircraft in
accordance with agreed turnaround time (TAT) and to budget.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Head of Maintenance shall be responsible to:
D
1. Overall ownership, accountability & responsibility of – maintenance department.
TE
2. Support Head of Engineering and Maintenance for the review the requirements related to human resource,
facilities, equipment, spares and maintenance capability enhancement. Such requirements must be brought
IN
into the knowledge of Head of Engineering and Maintenance without any delay.
3. Continuously improve staff knowledge & performance.
PR
4. Collaborate with Quality Assurance Department to ensure that all activities are accomplished to the highest
standards of airworthiness and workmanship.
IF
5. Ensure that required facilities, tooling, test equipment and spares are procured, maintained and utilized as
per GCAA CAR 145 requirements.
ED
6. Ensure that all maintenance activities are performed and certified as per the standard required by the GCAA
CAR 145 requirements and organizational procedures.
LL
7. Ensure coordination between Air Arabia and any approved organization to guarantee timely performance
of Maintenance.
8. Ensure maintenance records completion.
RO
NT
9. Ensure compliance with all mandatory modifications, repairs and inspections required by the OEM and
responsible Authority.
CO
10. Provide feedback to Fleet Technical Management & Technical planning to ensure company objectives are
met.
11. Ensure effective communication with Aircraft manufacturers, OEM’s, Suppliers, Customers and other
UN
companies where necessary.

12. Report without any delay, to Head of Engineering & Maintenance, in case of an un-airworthy condition,
IS
detected deficiencies during maintenance or a deviation from organizational procedures.

13. Propose plans for organizational capability enhancement in Air Arabia and supervise timely
NT
accomplishment of all such approved plans.

14. Ensure research, generation of proposals and incorporation of alternative, more cost effective maintenance
EM
practices are adopted.

15. Develop & implement an effective management development and technical training program for all
CU
maintenance personnel & maintain training records.

16. Identify training needs for the business and regulation.
DO
17. Maintain the training needs analysis annually.

18. Identify staff for career development and create associated plan.
S
19. Review maintenance errors with QA and Safety department; and identify training need as results of
I
investigations.
TH
20. Develop the annual budget for Maintenance and Technical Training & exercise control over expenditures.
21. Implement CA/PA as raised by QA Department.
22. Carry out any other assignment as directed by the Head of Engineering & Maintenance.
23. Ensure personnel report all hazards, accidents and incidents.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
24. Ensure risk assessments are carried out on all hazards reported pertaining to Engineering matters
25. Promotion safety culture in their departments through training and awareness.
D
26. Continuously seeking ways to improve SMS.
TE
1.4.7 MANAGER LINE MAINTENANCE
IN
Manager Line Maintenance reports directly to Head of Maintenance and is responsible for the management and
control of aircraft and/or component during maintenance activities, and for ensuring that technical standards and
PR
performance of Line Maintenance department and outstations are satisfied in a safe and cost effective manner.
Manager Line Maintenance has the following responsibilities in terms of line maintenance:
IF
1. Manages on a day to day basis the Line Maintenance Department and all the associated activities of the
ED
operation in conjunction with MCC.
2. Coordinates the activities of the department, assisting with performance managing maintenance staff
LL
through monitoring their work and reviewing their job tasks.
3. Highlight to management any concerns, issues relating to the performance of staff.
4.
RO
Carries out maintenance work on aircraft in accordance with qualifications, experience and authority.
NT
5. Ensures maintenance work carried out by Air Arabia maintenance engineers, is up to or exceeds Air Arabia
and GCAA standards.
CO
6. Reviews the operational status of the Air Arabia fleet on a daily basis, ensuring that MCC is updated at all
times with any changes to the planned operation.
7. Checks that ABY MCC produce the daily status sheet, reviewing and approving entries made. Organizes
UN
and attends the daily morning maintenance conference call with MCC when required.
8. Regularly monitors the Aircraft Defect Status sheet in conjunction with MCC and ensures defects are
IS
cleared in a timely and cost-effective manner whilst adhering to the required standards.
9. Advises/coordinates MCC to ensure that spares/equipment/documentation moves efficiently at Sharjah and
NT
Ras Al Khaimah.
10. Updates MCC immediately of pending problems with the Air Arabia fleet which cause concern or could
EM
result in operational disruption, or involve a drop in acceptable service standards during their shift.
11. Advises the Head of Maintenance of equipment or tooling shortfalls that could potentially affect
CU
maintenance operations.
12. Assists the Head of Maintenance with the annual budget submission.
DO
13. Maintains the staff, qualifications to the appropriate level in regard to activity.
14. Checks aircraft appearance regularly and carries out audits on the interior identifying discrepancies and
reporting findings to the Head of Maintenance.
S
15. Carries out technical projects as directed by the Head of Maintenance.

I
TH
16. Ensures that all technical manuals are accordance with the latest amendments issued by aircraft
manufacturers and equipment suppliers.
17. Monitors and files technical records [e.g. TDRs’ and TNs’] and maintaining their database, and ensuring
their allocated staff read and understand any changes.
18. Monitors all associated costs with the operation and remain within the agreed budget.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
19. Take responsibility for the 1st line of any disciplinary action required as a result of non-acceptable
performance.
D
20. Maintains the facility/tools/vehicles to the highest possible standards.
TE
21. Identify and report all occurrences, hazards, operational irregularities, unsafe conditions or practices in a
timely manner.
IN
22. Assist Safety Department in Technical Investigations as and when required.
PR
1.4.8 MANAGER BASE MAINTENANCE
Manager Base Maintenance reports directly to Head of Maintenance.
IF
The duties and responsibilities of Manager Base Maintenance are as follows:
ED
1. Manages on a day to day basis the base maintenance and all the associated activities of the operation in
conjunction with ABY CAMO/MCC.
LL
2. Coordinates the activities of the department, assisting with performance managing maintenance staff
RO
through monitoring their work and reviewing their job tasks.
3. Ensuring that all technical staff maintains ATL, this includes reviewing on a regular basis the contents.
NT

5. Carries out maintenance work on aircraft in accordance with qualifications, experience and authority.
CO
and GCAA standards.
UN
7. Reviews the operational status of aircraft on maintenance on a daily basis, ensuring that Planning/MCC is
updated at all times with any changes to the planned operation.
IS
8. Monitors the progress of any maintenance input with regular daily meetings.
9. Conducts Pre-input and Post check meetings at all times.
NT
10. Updates Planning/MCC immediately of pending problems with any aircraft under Base Maintenance which
cause concern or could result in operational disruption, or involve a drop in acceptable service standards.
EM
11. Advises the Head of Maintenance of equipment or tooling shortfalls that could potentially affect
maintenance operations.
CU
12. Assists the Head of Maintenance with the annual budget submission.
DO
13. Maintains the staff, qualifications to the appropriate level in regard to activity.
14. Checks aircraft appearance regularly and carries out audits on the on maintenance input and reporting
findings to the Head of Maintenance of any areas of concern.
S
15. Carries out technical projects as directed by the Head of Maintenance.

I
TH
16. Ensures that all technical manuals are accordance with the latest amendments issued by aircraft
manufacturers and equipment suppliers.
18. Monitors all associated costs with the operation and remain within the agreed budget.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
performance.
D
20. Maintains the facility/tools/vehicles to the highest possible standards.
TE
timely manner.
IN
PR
1.4.9 MANAGER MCC & TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE
Manager MCC & Technical Performance reports directly to Head of Maintenance.
IF
The duties and responsibilities of Manager MCC & Technical Performance are as follows:
ED
1. To ensure that the performance of the ABY felt is maintained to the highest operational performance.
LL
2. Maintain the aircraft within agreed technical standards as set and agreed on yearly basis, or in line with
operational changes or needs.
3.
RO
Provide technical guidance to line and hangar maintenance and outstations in order to have the aircraft
back in service safely and in a timely manner.
NT
4. In liaison with the Operational Managers, ensure that any issue affecting the operational performance is
identified and an action plan created to ensure that no re-occurrence.
CO
5. Review all activity on a regular basis to look for trends and make recommendations for improvements.
6. Will be the first point of contact within for all operational issues.
UN
7. Key decision maker in consultation with management and customers as required on the operation.
8. Monitor and assess customer's daily aircraft maintenance operation at all Line and Outstations to ensure
IS
maximum technical dispatch levels.

9. Ensure accurate and informative reports are submitted to management in a timely manner.
NT
10. Active communication with all MCC staff with regards to aircraft and ensuring adequate support for all
maintenance opportunities.
EM
11. Provide support of line maintenance and outstation during troubleshooting at the aircraft.
12. Ensures work packages are created for all operational areas and ensured they are delivered and
CU
understood. Ensures that MCC follow up on all packages sent.

13. Keep records of all actions taken.
DO
14. Promote effective and accurate communication both internally and externally.
15. Attend and chair meetings as required to ensure operational excellence.
S
16. Constantly review the MCC operation to identify and areas for improvement.
I
TH
17. Ensure that the staff allocated are approved to the highest level of competency. This shall be reviewed each
6 months and training, coaching etc. to be actioned.
18. Identify any area of the business that is affecting the operation and create and agree an action plan to
mitigate the performance issue.
19. Monitor recurring defects and recommend appropriate Troubleshooting actions to the maintenance staff.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
20. Ensure implementation of troubleshooting recommendations from Technical Services in case of recurring
defects.
D
21. Coordinate with FTM team and maintenance staff in case additional technical support from OEMs is
TE
required.
22. Control time limited Deferred Defects.
IN
23. Issue MCC Call ups for Defect Investigation Report or TSR feedback or particular additional preventive
PR
maintenance resulting from analysis of IMS data and maintain records appropriately.
24. Ensures continuity of work by coordinating with OEMs/providing technical support to maintenance during
off hours.
IF
ED
timely manner.
LL
1.4.10 MANAGER AVIATION SECURITY
Refer to ABY AOSP p. 6.5.2. RO
Prerequisites for non-management positions are defined in HR Job Descriptions.
NT
In the Organization, non-management personnel are listed hereafter:

CO
• Line and Base Shift Managers

• Maintenance Engineers (Line, Base & Workshop)
UN
• Maintenance Technicians
• MCC Engineers
IS
• Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records

NT
• Manager Workshops
• Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control
EM
1.4.11 LINE AND BASE SHIFT MANAGERS

Line Maintenance Shift Manager reports to Manager Line Maintenance.
CU
The duties and responsibilities of Line and Base Shift Managers are as follows:
DO
1. Manages on a day to day basis all the associated activities of the operation in conjunction with MCC.
2. Coordinates the activities of the department, assisting with maintenance staff through monitoring their work
S
and reviewing their job tasks.

I
TH
3. Ensuring that all technical staff maintains ATL, this includes reviewing on a regular basis the contents.
5. Carries out maintenance work on aircraft in accordance with qualifications, experience and authority.
and GCAA standards.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
7. Reviews the operational status of the Air Arabia fleet on a daily basis, ensuring that MCC is updated at all
times with any changes to the planned operation.
D
8. Checks that ABY MCC produce the daily status sheet, reviewing and approving entries made. Organizes
TE
and attends the daily morning maintenance conference call with MCC when required.
9. Regularly monitors the Aircraft Defect Status sheet in conjunction with MCC and ensures defects are
IN
cleared in a timely and cost-effective manner whilst adhering to the required standards. Acts as a focal point
for target dates/times for clearing defects on aircraft.
PR
10. Advises/coordinates MCC to ensure that spares/equipment/documentation moves efficiently at Sharjah.
11. Updates MCC immediately of pending problems with the Air Arabia fleet which cause concern or could
IF
result in operational disruption, or involve a drop in acceptable service standards during their shift.
ED
12. Advises the Head of Maintenance or the Manager Line Maintenance of equipment or tooling shortfalls that
could potentially affect maintenance operations.
LL
13. Maintains the facility to the highest possible standards. This includes the office, cars, tooling, etc.
performance.
RO
15. Attends the monthly Technical Review Meetings if required.
NT
16. Checks aircraft appearance regularly and carries out audits on the interior identifying discrepancies and
reporting findings to the Manager Line Maintenance.
CO
17. Carries out technical projects as directed by the Head of Maintenance or the Manager Line Maintenance.
18. Updates technical manuals in accordance with the latest amendments issued by aircraft manufacturers and
UN
equipment suppliers.
IS

20. Ensure that all personnel shall report any hazards, accidents and incidents.
NT
timely manner.
EM
1.4.12 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS (LINE, BASE AND WORKSHOP)

CU
Maintenance Engineers report to the Line and Base Maintenance Shift Managers as well as Manager Line
Maintenance and Manager Base Maintenance as applicable/respectively. Workshop Engineers report to
Manager Workshops and Manager Base Maintenance.
DO
The Duties & Responsibilities of Maintenance Engineers are as follows:

S
1. Carries out maintenance on ABY and 3rd party aircrafts during scheduled and unscheduled inputs in
I
accordance with the latest approved maintenance data and up to or exceeding Air Arabia and GCAA
TH
standards.
2. Perform and certify airworthiness tasks on the component or aircraft and their associated engines and
equipment and accessories within the scope and limitation of his individual authorization.
3. Ensure that Air Arabia procedures, quality and safety standards are followed and aircraft airworthiness is
not affected.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
4. Regularly monitors the Aircraft Defect Status sheet and ensures defects are cleared during maintenance
inputs without causing operational delay while adhering to the required standards.
D
5. Ensuring routine and non-routine cards are action without causing input delay beyond the allocated ground
TE
time for the check and without affecting the quality of maintenance being carried out and safety of the
aircraft.
IN
6. Reports any identified condition of the aircraft or component which has resulted or may result in an unsafe
condition that hazards the flight safety.
PR
7. Utilize the technicians effectively and professionally without violating safety and quality standards.
8. Updates Manager Base Maintenance (in case of base maintenance) or Shift Managers (in case of Line
IF
Maintenance) of any problem rises which can be of a concern or could result in operational disruption, or
involve a drop in acceptable service standards.
ED
9. Advises the Manager Base Maintenance of equipment or tooling shortfalls that could potentially affect
maintenance inputs.
LL
10. Carries out technical and administrative tasks as directed by Manager Base Maintenance or Manager Line
Maintenance.
RO
11. Carries out technical projects as directed by their respective Line Manager.
12. For B1 & B2 Support Staff, at least 8 years in aircraft maintenance and 2 years as certifying staff.
NT
1.4.13 MAINTENANCE TECHNICIANS

CO
Maintenance Technicians report to the Line and Base Maintenance Shift Managers. Workshop Technicians
report to Manager Workshops.
UN
The Duties & Responsibilities of Maintenance Technicians are as follows:
1. Perform routine and non-routine maintenance tasks on ABY and 3rd party aircrafts during maintenance
IS
inputs in accordance with the latest approved maintenance data and up to or exceeding Air Arabia and
GCAA standards.
NT
2. Ensure strict adherence to all pertinent safety precautions as published in manufacturer manuals and other
publications.
EM
3. Ensure that Licensed Engineer and Manager Base Maintenance are kept fully advised of any impending
service disruptions or problems.
CU
4. Ensure that all work meets the standards required of Air Arabia and regulatory authorities.
5. Ensure that replacement parts and components are done is a professional manners and all the required
DO
blanking of ports and covering the exposed areas are covered and meets a high standard quality.
6. Make sure that components are physically checked and inspected prior to fitment to aircraft or component.
S
7. Ensure strict adherence to all pertinent safety precautions as published in manufacturer manuals and other
publications.
I
TH
8. Ensure that removed components are correctly handled, labeled and blanked.
not affected.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
1.4.14 MCC ENGINEERS

Senior MCC Engineers and MCC Engineers report to Manager MCC & Technical Performance.
D
TE
The Duties & Responsibilities of MCC Engineers are as follows:
IN
1. Provide technical guidance to line and hangar maintenance and customer outstation in order to have the
aircraft back in service safely and in a timely manner.
PR
2. Ensure written and daily status reports and ad hoc reports are available for customers as required.
IF
3. Will communicate effectively with customers and management alike the first point of contact within MCC for
any customer or management issues.
ED
4. Key decision maker in consultation with management and customers as required.
5. Will manage the office and provide support to staff as required.
LL
6. Monitor and assess customer's daily aircraft maintenance operation at all Line and Outstations to ensure
maximum technical dispatch levels. RO
7. Ensure quality aircraft maintenance services are maintained, and procedures/processes are written and
NT
adhered to, in order to improve MCC efficiency.
8. Ensure accurate and informative reports are submitted to customers and management in a timely manner.
CO
9. Active communication with all MCC staff with regards to aircraft and ensuring adequate support for all
maintenance opportunities.
UN
10. Provide support of line maintenance and outstation during troubleshooting at the aircraft.
11. Ensures work packages are created for all Line stations and ensured they are delivered and understood.
IS
Ensures that MCC follow up on all packages sent.

NT
12. Keep records of all actions taken. Ensure the latest approved maintenance data is used and aircraft is
released up to or exceeding Air Arabia and regulatory standards.
EM
13. Promote effective and accurate communication both internally and externally.
14. Manage MCC at all times by maintaining control of all aspects of MCC processes.
CU
15. Attend meetings as required by customers and management.

DO
not affected.
S

I
TH
1.4.15 SUPERVISOR MAINTENANCE PLANNING & RECORDS

Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records reports to the Head of Engineering of Air Arabia's CAMO (please
refer to CAME p. ABY 0.3.6.5).
For Duties & Responsibilities of Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records Refer to CAME 0.3.6.6.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
1.4.16 PRODUCTION CONTROLLER

Production Controller reports to Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records.
D
TE
The Duties & Responsibilities of Production Controller are as follows:
IN
1. Carries out necessary document control and verification of all the heavy maintenance tasks and work
packages documentation received from the “Maintenance Planning” ensuring they are all prepared,
PR
distributed, and displayed on the action board.
2. Ensures proper awareness of relevant TPM, MOE Manual procedures for Production Control in all checks
IF
executed, this includes A-checks, C-checks; Engine and APU change checks.
3. Distributes the planned maintenance cards in the Control Docks maintaining proper sequence and order in
ED
the display.
4. Processes, prioritizes, distributes and ensures the proper execution of any additional maintenance cards
LL
resulting from the inspection (Pre-docking, ship-shop-ship/inspection/routine/clean/lube/servicing/final
inspection).
5.
RO
Monitors the maintenance work progress continuously to ensure smooth workflow; reports to the
“Supervisor – Maintenance Planning & Records” any delay or deviation from the planned flow chart and
NT
implements corrective measures accordingly.
6. Raises non routine maintenance cards for all defects incoming from the Crew and recorded in ATL/Cabin
CO
Log; follows up on the proper action as per adopted procedures.
7. Handles all entries related to the deferred defects in AMOS*; efficiently compiles and submits debrief report
UN
on aircraft departure.
8. Monitors the man-hours booking and roster prepared and communicated by the “Planning Engineer” versus
IS
the actual man-hours logged for each aircraft to ensure compatibility and report any variations or changes
accordingly.
NT
9. Reviews the documents of all completed tasks received from the Engineers against the original
pre-documentation approved to identify any variations or discrepancies prior to issuing associated
EM
certification.
10. Prepares list of all the materials/tools shortages; communicates to “Technical Procurement” for proper
CU
action and follows up on status till necessary items are received and handed to concerned personnel.
11. Coordinates with the “Technical Procurement” regarding ad-hoc requirements in case of AOG.
DO
12. Prepares updated records sheets to document all component changes for each hangar input; continuously
updates and maintains the necessary records till the checks are successfully completed.
S
13. Coordinates with MCC and Line Maintenance on the next planning to allow the serviced aircraft proceed
accordingly prior to confirming release.
I
TH
14. Forwards the completed work packages to the “Maintenance Planning” team and the records to the
“Technical Records” team upon the completion of maintenance tasks, and the departure of the aircraft, as
per adopted procedures and in line with approved standards.
15. Prepares necessary status reports and communicates to concerned parties highlighting all completed/
pending jobs; updates the same in the system accordingly.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Note: *Here and further, Air Arabia shall use Rassel Adams (RAL) software until full implementation and trial
period of AMOS to ensure integrity of ABY airworthiness & technical records and safe transition from
D
one system to another.
TE
1.4.17 MANAGER WORKSHOPS
Manager Workshops reports to Manager Base Maintenance.
IN
The Duties & Responsibilities of Manager Workshops are as follows:
PR
1. Manage the day to day operational activities of the workshop and ensure that good communication exists
between workshops, MCC, planning and material Departments.
IF
2. Manage the performance of the maintenance staff through monitoring their work and reviewing their job
ED
tasks. Ensures maintenance work carried out by Air Arabia maintenance engineers, is up to or exceeds Air
Arabia and GCAA standards.
3. Supervise the routine and non-routine maintenance work on aircraft & workshops in accordance with
LL
qualifications, experience and authority.
4. RO
Manage the allocation of the required workshop engineers and technicians for line and base maintenance
checks and non-scheduled maintenance inputs and ensure that sufficient manpower are allocated to cater
the tasks.
NT
5. Deputize Manager Base Maintenance as and when required.

CO
6. Monitor the maintenance work carried out by workshop engineers and ensure that the performance exceeds
Air Arabia and GCAA standards.
7. Review the line and base maintenance workshops related inputs work pack with planning department
UN
before the scheduled input date.

8. Regularly monitors the Aircraft Defect Status sheet and ensures defects are cleared during A check and C
IS
check inputs.
9. Updating the Manager Base Maintenance on all the problems appears during maintenance inputs and come
NT
up with permanent and long term solution.

10. Advises the Base and Line Manager of equipment or tooling shortfalls that could potentially affect
EM
maintenance inputs.
11. Carries out technical projects and upgrade Shop capabilities as directed by the Base and Line Manager.
CU
12. Coordinate with Technical Library on availability of the latest issues of CMM and SRM for the shops as
required.
DO
13. Close monitor on hangar facilities Maintenance provider and reporting any breakdown to the maintenance
provider and updating Base and Line Manager.
S
timely manner.
I
TH
1.4.18 SUPERVISOR STORES & INVENTORY CONTROL

The Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control reports to Head of Maintenance.
The Duties & Responsibilities of Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control as follows:
1. Maintain an adequate system of Receiving, Storage and Issuance of aircraft parts, Tools and equipment.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2. Maintain and ensure controlled movements of parts, tools and equipment in and out of Technical Stores.
3. Ensure proper documentation of all transactions relevant to Stores updating AMOS as required.
D
TE
4. Maintain control of Turkish Technics Consignment Store ensuring handling of parts issuance in accordance
with Turkish Technics – ABY interface procedures.
IN
5. Monitor stock level of frequently demanded items, such as Wheels, batteries, oils, fluids etc. taking
appropriate actions to alert concerned in case stock of such gets below minimum.
PR
6. Maintain a Receiving Inspection function, to control inward Goods receipts in accordance with Quality
Procedures.
IF
7. Ensure and maintain 24/7 duty coverage of Technical Stores functions both Base and Line.
8. Maintain a system to control Material Shelf Lives and Tools Calibrations.
ED
9. Monitor Temperature and Humidity control in Technical Stores to ensure proper storage conditions in line
with procedures.
LL
10. Maintain generally clean Stores and ensure appropriate storage conditions of aircraft supplies in
accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations. RO
11. Ensure that all safety regulations are being followed by all Stores staff.
NT
12. Monitor and follow up on all loaned out parts in liaison with Finance department.
13. Ensure adequate training to newly joined staff.
CO
14. Procure stock and supply all commercial office supplies required for Stores.
15. Carry out other related assignments and projects that may be requested by management.
UN
timely manner.
IS
1.4.19 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTOR

Technical Instructor reports directly to Head of Maintenance.
NT
The duties and responsibilities of Technical Instructor are the following:

EM
1. Carry out necessary training (instruct) for all engineering, maintenance personnel.
CU
2. Working with ABY Academy, ensure all training records are maintained with accuracy.
3. Provide a yearly training plan (working with direct line managers) to be agreed & published annually.
DO
4. Prepare and develop training programs in order to meet departmental needs.

5. Inculcate any recommendations from Safety Department or Quality Assurance Department or from Head of
Maintenance into the training programme.
S
6. Carry out any other assignment as directed by Head of Maintenance.

I
TH
1.4.20 RESPONSIBLE NDT LEVEL 3 STAFF

Responsible NDT Level 3 staff is responsible for the following:
1. Ensure that the applicable NDT requirements (i.e. 145.30(e), EN4179, etc.) are met and to act on behalf of
the employer in this area;
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2. Develop the MOE 3.11 procedures related to the qualification of NDT staff.
3. Develop and keep approved the NDT Written Practices Manual for specific technique(s) within each method
D
used within the maintenance organisation.
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

1.5
1.5.1
EXPOSITION
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION
TH
I S
DO
CU
Group Chief Executive Officer
(PH Accountable Manager)
EM
Adel A. Ali
Manager Quality Assurance Manager Safety & ERP Manager - Aviation Security
(Acting PH Maintenance System)
NT
(PH Quality Assurance) (PH Safety / SMS) (PH Aviation Security)
AMO ORGANIZATIONAL CHART
Ismail Mohamed
Sandeep Tyagi Maskoor Chhaya Raina Mohammed Al Shaibaini
ABY CAMO
CAR 145.30 (b)(c), 70 (a) (3) & 5, 65 (d)
IS
Head of Engineering Allan
Head of Maintenance
Fullilove
UN
Manger MCC & Techincal Supervisor Stores &
MANAGEMENT ORGRANIZATION CHART
Manager Line Maintenance Manager Base Maintenance Technical Training Instructor

Performance Manager Inventory control
CO
Supervisor Planning &
Line Shift Manager Base Shift Manager Senior MCC Engineer Stores Inspector QA Engineers/Auditors Safety Investigator Security Officer
Technical Recoirds
MANAGEMENT
NT
SHJ & RKT
Production Controller Base Maintenance Staff MCC Engineer Stores Staff Part Time Auditors SMS Administrator Security Administrator
Line Maintenance Staff
Outstation (DAC & CGP)

Technical publications Staff Manager Workshops Outstation Coordinator ERP Officer
Line Maintenance Staff
RO
Technical Records Staff Workshop Staff
MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION CHART
LL

Hangar Staff
ED
IF
PR
IN
TE
D
Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
Chapter 1 Page 29
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LIST OF CERTIFYING STAFF AND SUPPORT STAFF Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
1.6 LIST OF CERTIFYING STAFF AND SUPPORT STAFF

UAE CAR 145.30(g), 30(h)1, 30(h)2, 30(j)1, 30(j)2, 30(i), 35(a), 70(a)6, AMC 145.30(g), 30(h) and
D
Appendix IV
TE
1.6.1 GENERAL
IN
Manager Quality Assurance shall issue and control certification authorizations in the Organization (Refer MOE
Chapter 3.4 for details). Certification authorizations shall be managed through controlled ‘List of Certifying Staff,
PR
(ABY/QAM/038)’, providing details of certifying staff, authorized to issue Certificate of Release to service, upon
completion of required maintenance on aircraft/aircraft components. The list shall be considered as an
associated document to Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE).
IF
Certifying staff shall produce their certification authorization to any authorized person within 24 hours.
ED
1.6.2 MANAGEMENT OF LIST OF CERTIFYING STAFF
LL
Persons qualified to certify for maintenance, preventive maintenance, alterations and release to service of an
aircraft, carried out under the AMO Approval, shall be authorized by the Manager Quality Assurance.
RO
Certification Authorisation outlines the scope when assigning authority to respective certifying staff. The register
of Authorized Personnel shall be maintained and controlled by the Manager Quality Assurance and available on
NT
Air Arabia Company Intranet.
CO
Authorized personnel, upon completing the inspection, must certify ATL entries, worksheets and Forms in legible
format, using their names, authorization number, and approved Signatory Stamp as applicable.
UN
Procedure for issuance, revalidation, suspension, limitation, revocation and withdrawal of Certification
Authorization is detailed in MOE Chapter 3.4. ‘List of Certifying Staff’ shall be reviewed and updated in
accordance with procedure in MOE Chapter 3.5. ‘List of Certifying Staff’ shall provide, as a minimum, following
IS
information for each personnel:

NT
• Name, Surname and Patronymic (as applicable)
• GCAA Certifying Staff Category and AMEL number (if applicable);

EM
• Scope and limitation of the Certification Authorization

CU
• Date of first issue of Certification Authorisation and Identification number;
• Expiry date of Certification Authorization, if necessary

DO
• Identification number of Certification Authorization
• Identification of Support Staff for Base maintenance activity (if applicable)

I S
TH
1.6.3 BASE CERTIFYING STAFF (CATEGORY C)

The master listing of certifying staff is held by the Manager Quality Assurance and updated on a regular basis.
This list is available to the Head of Engineering and Maintenance and to others as required.
Ref MOE Chapter 3.5.2

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LIST OF CERTIFYING STAFF AND SUPPORT STAFF Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
1.6.4 BASE MAINTENANCE CATEGORY B1 & B2 SUPPORT STAFF

B1/B2 Support Staff is an employee who is a holder of Aircraft Maintenance License and also the holder of
D
company authorization as Cat. B1 or B2 with additional authorization as Support Staff.
TE
IN
1.6.5 LINE MAINTENANCE CERTIFYING STAFF
PR
The master listing of certifying staff is held by the Manager Quality Assurance and updated on a regular basis.
This list is available to the Head of Engineering and Maintenance and to others as required for line stations.
IF
1.6.6 COMPONENT CERTIFYING STAFF
ED
A master list of GCAA AW Form 1 signatories is retained on file by the Manager QA.
LL
1.6.7 SPECIALISED SERVICES (NDT) CERTIFYING STAFF RO

A master list of NDT certifying staff is retained on file by the Manager QA.
NT
Ref. MOE 3.5.3.

CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
IS
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION MANPOWER RESOURCES AND TRAINING POLICY Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
1.7 MANPOWER RESOURCES AND TRAINING POLICY

UAE CAR 145.30(d), 70(a)7
D
1.7.1 GENERAL
TE
The Maintenance Organization shall ensure that sufficient manpower is available for all maintenance activities.
Process for the manpower resources, in a sequential manner, shall be based on manpower assessment for
IN
intended scope of work, recruitment of new personnel and training need analysis.
PR
To ensure organizational stability, sufficient staff of at least 50% permanent employees should be available at
each work shop, hangar or line to perform the maintenance work. The manpower process includes the following
steps:
IF
• Determining the required number of staff.
ED
• Acquiring new staff.
• Determining the required level of training.
LL
The task of establishing and controlling Air Arabia manpower/hour plan is essential in order to monitor and
RO
ensure that the available manpower numbers and qualifications are sufficient to meet the planned workload and
make the necessary changes whenever deemed necessary.
NT
Head of Maintenance is responsible for man-hour planning, ensures that Maintenance Department’s Man-Hour
Plan is reviewed and updated every 3 months and all shortfalls, if any, are reported to Manager QA and
CO
Accountable Manager.
1.7.2 MANPOWER RESOURCES – CAR 145.30 (D)

UN
Allocation of manpower distribution in each division as per specialized skill/trades including out-stations are
demonstrated in the following sections. The staffing levels in each department are controlled by the respective
Line Managers and the updated Comprehensive manpower status is available with the Head of Maintenance.
IS
1.7.2.1 Corporate
NT
Head of Engineering and Maintenance manages the overall activity within the CAR 145 organization at the
corporate level.
EM
1.7.2.2 Quality Assurance

The Quality Assurance department comprises of Manager Quality Assurance (MQA) and the Quality Assurance
CU
Engineers (QAE).The updated list of QAEs is available with the department.

DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION MANPOWER RESOURCES AND TRAINING POLICY Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
1.7.2.3 Aircraft Maintenance Management Team

Following enlisted personnel form the Maintenance Management team and are responsible to run the
D
maintenance operations in compliance with CAR 145 provisions.
TE
SNO. DESIGNATION MANPOWER STATUS
IN
1. Head of Engineering and Maintenance 01
PR
2. Head of Maintenance 01
3. Manager Line Maintenance 01
IF
4. Manager Base Maintenance 01
ED
5. Manager MCC and Technical 01
Performances
LL
6. Manager Workshops 01
7. Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control 01

8. Manager Quality Assurance
RO 01
NT
TOTAL 08
1.7.2.4 Line Maintenance

CO
The available manpower in line maintenance (Certifying Staff and technicians) is controlled by the Manager Line
Maintenance. Maintenance roster is divided into four teams which are led by Shift Managers.
UN
1.7.2.5 Base Maintenance

The available manpower in base maintenance (Certifying Staff, Support staff and technicians) is controlled by
IS
Manager Base Maintenance and same is reflected in the Maintenance Man hour plan.
NT
In case of need due to high maintenance needs, Air Arabia uses contractual staff to support the permanent staff.
This staff can be composed of Engineers, Technicians/Mechanics or assistants. The selection, training and
qualification of the contractual staff are performed under the same procedures applicable to ABY permanent
EM
staff.
1.7.2.6 Workshops
CU
The current manpower for workshops includes the following personnel and controlled separately by the Manager
Workshops.
DO
• Battery shop Engineers & Technicians

• Wheels and Brakes Shop – Engineers & Technicians
S
• Structure and Composite Shop – Engineers & Technicians

I
TH
• NDT Shop – Engineers & Technicians

• Upholstery Shop – Cabin Appearance Engineers, Technicians and tailors
• Paint Shop technicians
• GSE mechanic
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION MANPOWER RESOURCES AND TRAINING POLICY Rev.18 – 01 Nov 2021
EXPOSITION
1.7.2.7 Maintenance Control Centre (MCC)

The available manpower for MCC department is controlled by the Manager MCC & Technical Performance.
D
TE
1.7.2.8 Air Arabia Line Stations
The manpower resources (Certifying Staff and technicians) based at ABY Line stations (SHJ, DAC, CGP, RKT)
IN
are controlled by the Manager Line Maintenance. Any change in the manpower on Air Arabia Approved Line
Maintenance Stations is highlighted to the QA department by the Head of Maintenance or Manager Line
PR
Maintenance.
1.7.2.9 QA Engineers
IF
Air Arabia has minimum 2 Quality Assurance Engineers for the purpose of CAR-145 AMO. Accurate number of
ED
QA Department staff and list of QA engineers as well as QA department Man-hour plan are kept by Manager
Quality Assurance.
LL
1.7.2.10 Technical Training Instructors
RO
Technical Training Instructors report directly to Head of Engineering & Maintenance. HoE&M keeps a list of
Technical Training Instructors.
NT
1.7.3 TRAINING POLICY

UAE CAR 145.35 (e)
CO
It is Air Arabia policy to provide appropriate training for its staff and contracted staff to ensure that each staff
member is competent to carry out the functions of, and satisfy the responsibilities associated with, CAR 145
UN
maintenance functions. Head of Maintenance shall be responsible to ensure that sufficient number of staff are
suitably trained and qualified to satisfy its aircraft maintenance requirements.
IS
Air Arabia Technical training management system is described in the Technical Training Manual, a manual
approved by the Head of Engineering and Maintenance and accepted by the Manager Quality Assurance.
NT
Technical Training Section is subject to audit by Quality Assurance Department in accordance with QMSM
Chapter 3.4. The courses imparted to maintenance staff can be internally developed and delivered or provided
EM
by external organizations (OEM/organizations acceptable to the GCAA – in case of type training – or other).
Specific procedures for the control of material, qualification and selection of supplier, as described in the TTM
section 5.2 shall be applied.
CU
The training needs of maintenance organisation staff are defined, and complied with, in accordance with
DO
applicable regulatory/company requirements (ref. training requirements matrix in TTM 1.3.1) and in line with the
qualifications required for the specific job function.
S
The main contexts of training delivery are:

I
TH
• Initial training
• Recurrent training
• Continuation training
• Tailored training programs

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION MANPOWER RESOURCES AND TRAINING POLICY Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
1.7.3.1 Initial Training

This includes all the trainings imparted to new joiners (or staff members promoted to new job functions) before
D
taking up unsupervised and active role in the organization; it is carried out upon joining and anyway (in case of
TE
classroom training) not later than 6 months from joining.
The initial training may include, but it is not limited to, the following:
IN
• Air Arabia policies and procedures as laid down in this MOE
PR
• Company procedures relevant to job function
• Human Factors
IF
• Fuel Tank Safety (FTS) Level I/II as applicable
ED
• Electrical Wiring Interconnection System (EWIS)
• Relevant aircraft familiarization course
LL
• UAE Air Legislation
• Safety Management System (SMS) RO
• Special operations (e.g. RVSM, ETOPS, AWOPs, RNP-AR), as applicable.
NT
Training on AMOS is provided as part of on Job experience and may be tailored to the individual role.
CO
1.7.3.2 Recurrent Training

The term “recurrent training” indicates those courses which candidates are required to attend in accordance with
UN
an assigned frequency established by the Authority and/or ABY in order to maintain their knowledge current and
be aware of any changes to Organization, technology and regulations.
Typically recurrent training includes, as applicable:

IS
• Human Factors, Fuel Tank Safety, EWIS (every 2 years)

NT
• Safety Management System (every 2 years)

EM
1.7.3.3 Continuation Training

The purpose of this training is to keep staff’s knowledge current in terms of procedures, organization, regulations
CU
and technology. Continuation training is normally delivered as instructor lead training with a frequency of 2 years.
Additional solutions (e.g. CBT and/or read and sign) might also be implemented in case of substantial and/or
high-impact changes of which staff needs to be made aware as soon as practicable.
DO
The main topics covered in the continuation training are, as applicable:
• Highlights of revised company manuals e.g. MOE, CAME, TPM, ECAM etc.
I S
• Highlights of changes in UAE GCAA regulations

TH
• High work-impact TNs

• Relevant QBs
• UAE GCAA/ABY QA relevant findings
• Recurrent maintenance errors
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
• Changes to aircraft systems and/or configuration

• Submission of Safety Reports on IQSMS
D
TE
Note: For any amendment or new issuance of Technical Notice related to RNP-AR/RVSM/All Weather
Operations/ETOPS system’s modification and/or configuration changes or related manuals, information
IN
of such change will be delivered through continuation training.Training Records.
PR
1.7.3.4 Tailored Training Programs
The Head of Maintenance or Manager Line Maintenance or Manager Base Maintenance via review and or
developments may at times have a need for specific specialist training programmes.The HOM will determine the
IF
departmental need and the time scales required. HOM shall assign the requisite training programme to an
appropriate Technical Instructor who will ensure that the timescales requested by the line managers are met and
ED
followed.
Any deviation on timing will need to be agreed with the HOM and relevant line manager. Specific training
LL
programs can be defined, implemented and monitored for effectiveness from time to time and when deemed
necessary.
RO
The need for such tailored training program may arise from the results of:
NT
• Pre-assessment of candidates qualifications and training (recruitment/internal promotion phase).

• Competence assessment.
CO
• Investigations related to maintenance errors.

UN
Manager Line Maintenance/Manager Base Maintenance is responsible to provide Technical Training with all the
information and documents required to initiate the training needs analysis and draft the training program. These
documents and information typically consist of:
IS
• Training/qualification records (new joiners)

NT
• Current competence/performance level (competence assessment checklist, where applicable)

• Error investigation reports
EM
• Training program objectives (required skills, competence and knowledge)

CU
Based on the information shared by the line managers, Technical Training develops a draft of the training
program and calls for a meeting with them and, where applicable, MQA to discuss it and submit it to acceptance.
DO
Attendance and minutes of the meeting are recorded and kept in file by Technical Training. HOM is responsible
to ensure that special training needs are identified and implemented as required.
S
The efficiency of the training program on the candidate performance/competence is evaluated by the line
manager, as applicable, through:
I
TH
• Feedback from the candidate supervisor

• Direct on-the-job observation
• Review of documentation produced by the candidate
• Results of following assessments
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Line Managers are responsible to ensure that the feedback on the candidate performance/competence is shared
with Technical Training. Technical Training might also be invited to observe competence assessments, from time
D
to time, with the purpose of getting direct feedback on the training provided to staff and take input for further
improvement.
TE
1.7.3.5 Authorisation Specific Trainings
IN
Additionally, in order to enhance the certification authorization of certifying staff as per TPM 07.01, additional
trainings (E.g.: Engine run up, Boroscope etc.) may be requested by the line managers.
PR
1.7.3.6 Training Records
Head of Maintenance is responsible to ensure that all training is documented and that evidence of training
IF
attended (original certificate, when available, and/or attendance sheets) is delivered to candidates. Staff
members are responsible to provide a copy of the certificate/attendance sheet of the training attended to
ED
Maintenance Administrator for filing in their personal file and to QA in case of Company Authorization holders.
LL
It is responsibility of Manager Line Maintenance/Manager Base Maintenance to ensure that the training records
are stored in the personal files required for each staff for at least 3 years after the staff has left. Head of
RO
Maintenance is responsible to ensure compliance of staff with mandatory training requirements; for this purpose
Technical Instructors keeps the record of training dates and produces the yearly training plan on the basis of the
due training dates for recurrent training.
NT
Further details on ABY technical training management system can be found in the Technical Training Manual.
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE FACILITIES AT EACH ADDRESS

ORGANISATION Rev.17 – 01 Aug 2021
INTENDED TO BE APPROVED
EXPOSITION
1.8 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE FACILITIES AT EACH ADDRESS INTENDED TO BE

APPROVED
D
UAE CAR 145.70(a)8, 25(a)1, 25(a)2, 25(b), 25(c)1, 25(c)3, 25(c)4, 25(c)5, 25(c)6, 75(d), 40(a)3, AMC
TE
145.25(a), 25(b) and Appendix III
1.8.1 GENERAL
IN
Air Arabia's Principal Place of Business (PPB) is the A1 Building located near the entrance to Cargo Terminal of
PR
the Sharjah International Airport. Maintenance facilities are located on the territory of the Sharjah International
Airport.
IF
Air Arabia Base Maintenance Facilities consist of Hangar Area, Workshops, Stores, Office/Administration,
Speciality Areas and Building Utilities Areas designed and maintained to:
ED
• Protect products, materials, equipment and documents from adverse weather conditions such as excessive
temperature, moisture, dust; damage, and fire.
LL
• Create appropriate working condition for personnel.
RO
The hangar facilities are equipped with necessary devices in order to ensure the lighting is sufficient, and keep
parameters of working environment such as noise and temperature etc. on acceptable levels.
NT
Air Arabia postal address to be used by GCAA for formal mail communication is indicated in p. 0.2.1 & 1.0 MOE.
CO
The hangar can fully accommodate one Airbus A320 (CEO or NEO) Family aircraft for base maintenance input
and partly a second narrow body aircraft for line maintenance or lengthy defect rectification.
UN
There is enough space for workshops, offices and stores.
The Manager Base Maintenance is responsible for hangar space availability and for maintaining the facilities of
IS
the repair station, aircraft support equipment and ground support equipment including Line Maintenance, any
Special Support Project and control sub-contractor activities for such tasks.
NT
The facilities are leased from Department of Civil Aviation – Sharjah (DCA) in accordance with long-term lease
EM
agreement.
1. Aircraft Hangar: A closed area for weather protection. Maintenance Hangar is air-conditioned, clean and
CU
well-ventilated premises to ensure appropriate working environment required for aviation heavy
maintenance.
DO
Hangar is one bay, equipped with manually controlled/electrically operated rail sliding main doors. Electrical
power of 115/220 V 400 Hz receptacles, 220 V/50 Hz receptacles and pneumatic power receptacles are
disseminated in the hangar to cover all needs during maintenance.
S
Hangar earthing or grounding system allow to connect aircraft structures with the ground, typically the
I
Earth's conductive surface, for safety and functional purposes.

TH
It’s provided with two fire extinguisher systems (foam and sprinklers water system), which can reach any
part of the hangar bay. Fire protection and firefighting equipment are computerized control system
supported by manual back up system.
Hangar constructed of reinforced steel structure with reinforce concrete flooring for all hangar. Drainage
system designed to accommodate any maintenance activities at all hangars.

EXPOSITION
All necessary GSEs are available to support scheduled and unscheduled aircraft base & line maintenance
as applicable including inspection platforms such as scissor or boom lifts required for inspections at height.
D
Aircrafts parts are packed in protective material to minimize damage and corrosion during storage. All parts
TE
are identified and tagged. Stores facilities are restricted to authorized personnel only.
Racks and tables for segregation of serviceable parts from the unserviceable ones are available.
IN
Production Control Center to control the aircraft work package during maintenance work until the
PR
accomplishment and release to service is composed of “A check” control office and “C check” control office
and additional work stations for certifying staff to perform their work in the proper environment.
Hangar electronic library is based on company intranet, computers and printers available within the vicinity
IF
of the maintenance area to facilitate for all aircraft latest revision manuals access (IPC, AMM, SRM, etc…).
Also, line & base maintenance offices are provided with necessary number of AMOS Mobile based Tablet
ED
PCs that allow remote access of maintenance staff to airworthiness data and task cards assigned to them.
Such Tablet PCs have necessary free-fall and security protection to ensure integrity of data, user-friendly
LL
and reliable work of the devices.
2. Specialised Support Shops: Air Arabia facilities have several support shops to carry out the requested
RO
repairs according to the approved capability list. All shops are equipped with climate control. Fabrication of
floor and ceiling panels is done in the sheetmetal shop. Hangar area adjacent to the structure repair shops
shall be used for accommodation of oversized aeronautical items such as Aircraft Flaps or Passenger Door
NT
etc. when dimensions of such items do not allow to accommodative them in specialised support shop. Such
area shall be properly designated for the time required for work performance and equipped with the
CO
necessary equipment required for support and access, for example trussel or bench.
3. Stores: Air Arabia main stores areas have the space and capacity to stock Air Arabia and Customers parts/
UN
tools. Stores, have in general: Racks and shelves to store and segregate parts and Environment control of
temperature and humidity. Remote stores area is provided for line maintenance.
4. Line maintenance facility: Air Arabia has dedicated line maintenance office, with enough space to
IS
accommodate electronic library, personnel rest facilities and appropriate storage for spares and materials.
It’s located on the ramp at proximity of the aircraft stands.
NT
5. Safety Management System: Safety training is done to all newly joining staff during his/her induction in ABY
system. The initial and continuation training is done i.a.w ABY SMS Manual, Chapter 4.
EM
6. Quality Assurance Department office: Air Arabia QA Department office is located at Air Arabia H.Q., A1
Building, 2nd floor.
CU
Air Arabia’s Safety Department and Security Department are located near Quality Department on the 2nd
floor of right wing A1 Building as well.
7. Planning & Technical records: Maintenance planning & technical records control function is provided by own
DO
Air Arabia CAMO located on the first floor of service adjacent building to the Hangar at Air Arabia Base
Maintenance Facilities.
I S
TH


EXPOSITION
1.8.2 LINE MAINTENANCE STATIONS

Sharjah International Airport (SHJ) Station
D
Next to the Cargo Center Entrance, A1 Building, PO Box 132, Sharjah International Airport, U.A.E
TE
P.O. Box: 132
Tel: +971 6 5088882/+971 6 50888721
Email: mcc@airarabia.com
IN
Chittagong (CGP)
PR
Shah Amanat International Airport,
Potenga Road, South Patenga, Chittagong 4206,
Bangladesh
IF
Phone number: +8801766680939
Email: cgp-eng@airarabia.com
ED
Dhaka (DAC) Station
Harat Shahjalal International Airport, Dhaka, Bangladesh
LL
Phone number: +8801981309244
Email: dac-eng@airarabia.com
RO
Ras Al Khaimah (RKT)
NT
Ras Al Khaimah International Airport
Digdaga, Ras Al Khaimah
United Arab Emirates
CO
Phone number: +971 56 1889965

Email: rkt-eng@airarabia.com
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
S
I
TH


EXPOSITION
1.8.3 ADMINISTRATIVE FACILITIES, SHARJAH
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
SI
TH


EXPOSITION
1.8.4 FACILITIES – SHARJAH BASE MAINTENANCE
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
SI
TH


EXPOSITION
1.8.4.1 ABY Hangar Ground Level
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH


EXPOSITION
1.8.5 ADMINISTRATIVE FACILITIES – SHARJAH LINE MAINTENANCE
D
Elevation Ground Floor
TE
IN
PR
IF
First floor
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
SI
TH


EXPOSITION
1.8.6 ADMINISTRATIVE FACILITIES – DHAKA OFFICE
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
1.8.7 ADMINISTRATIVE FACILITIES – CHITTAGONG OFFICE
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
SI
TH


EXPOSITION
1.8.8 ADMINISTRATIVE FACILITIES – RAS AL KHAIMAH OFFICE & STORES
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
SI
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION SCOPE OF WORK Rev.18 – 01 Nov 2021
EXPOSITION
1.9 SCOPE OF WORK

UAE CAR 145.70(a)9, 10, 20, 42(c), 75(a), 75(b), 75(c), 75(d), 75(e), AMC 145.10, 20, GM 145.10,
D
Appendix II, III
TE
1.9.1 GENERAL
Air Arabia will only carry out work on an aircraft or component for which it is approved, holds the technical data,
IN
necessary tooling and at locations identified in the exposition. Air Arabia may carry out work on aircraft or
component for which it is approved at any location subject to the need for such work arising only from
PR
unserviceability of the aircraft or component.
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
IS
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
1.9.2 SCOPE OF WORK
1.9.2.1 Aircraft Maintenance
D
Air Arabia PJSC is authorized to carry out the work defined below:
TE
Aircraft
IN
TC
Rating Type/Group Limitations Maintenance Level Station Base Line
Holder
PR
Rating
A1 Airbus A318 A318 (CFM56) Scheduled and SHJ X L4

unscheduled
IF
maintenance
A319 A319 (CFM56) Scheduled and SHJ X L4
ED
unscheduled
maintenance
LL
A320 A320 (CFM56) Scheduled and SHJ X L4
unscheduled
RO maintenance
Scheduled and RKT – L4

NT
unscheduled
maintenance up to and
CO
including ‘A’ Check
Scheduled and DAC – L4

unscheduled CGP – L4
UN
IS
A321 A321 Scheduled and SHJ X L4

(LEAP-1A) unscheduled
maintenance
NT
Scheduled and RKT – L4

EM
unscheduled
CU
Scheduled and DAC – L4

unscheduled CGP – L4
DO
Line Maintenance
S
Line Maintenance should be understood as any maintenance that is carried out before flight to ensure that the
I
TH
aircraft is fit for the intended flight.
Line Maintenance may include:
• Trouble shooting.
• Defect rectification.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
• Component replacement with use of external test equipment if required. Component replacement may
include components such as engines.
D
• Scheduled maintenance and/or checks including visual inspections that will detect obvious unsatisfactory
TE
conditions/discrepancies but do not require extensive in depth inspection. It may also include internal
structure, systems and powerplant items which are visible through quick opening access panels/doors.
IN
• Minor repairs and modifications which do not require extensive disassembly and can be accomplished by
simple means.
PR
Base Maintenance
IF
Maintenance tasks falling outside criteria defined above are considered to be Base Maintenance.
ED
1.9.2.2 Component Maintenance
Rating ATA Part Number
LL
C4 – Door – Hatches 52 Components in accordance with the Air Arabia Shop
Capability List with ref. ABY/QAM/SCL/037
C5 – Electrical Power 24, 33 RO
C6 – Equipment 25
NT
C7 – Engine/APU (Limited) 71, 78
C8 – Flight Controls 57
CO
C14 – Landing Gear 32

UN
C17 – Pneumatic and Vacuum 36
C20 – Structures 53
IS
1.9.2.2.1 Shop Capability List (SCL)

The Shop Capability List (SCL) includes all components that Air Arabia PJSC – Approved Maintenance
NT
Organization is able to maintain.

EM
The insertion of new Part Numbers into the Shop Capability List is proposed, through a dedicated form
(Application for Capability List Extension), ABY/QAM/020 duly filled, by the involved responsible section to the
QA department.
CU
QA Department will perform all necessary verifications to demonstrate compliance to the applicable
requirements.
DO
The outcome of the verifications shall put Quality Assurance Engineer/Approved person in position to validate
the proposal and forward it to Manager Quality Assurance, indicating the involved Authorities for review and
S
approval.
I
TH
Manager Quality Assurance shall approve the Capability List extension validation document (ref. ABY/QAM/020
as revised) by his signature when he satisfied with the outcomes of verifications submitted to him i.e.:
1. For minor changes (such as addition of similar or new components under existing C-Rating, different Part
no. for existing component), validates amendment to the Shop Capability List and has to be submitted to
the UAE GCAA/Authority for notification purpose;
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2. For major changes (such as addition of new components under new C-rating) Shop Capability List has to
be submitted to UAE GCAA/Authority for approval purpose with all relevant evidences.
D
Detailed procedure for addition of components under existing or new C-rating is detailed in ABY Shop
TE
Capability List (Document Reference – ABY/QAM/SCL/037).
IN
Each issue of present document cancels and replaces, integrally, the previous edition.
PR
1.9.2.3 Specialized Services Maintenance
1.9.2.3.1 NDT with D1 Rating
IF
Rating Limitations Maintenance Level
Eddy Current According to NDT Written Practice Manual,
ED
Ultrasonic approved by the Nominated NDT Level 3
D1 Magnetic Particle
LL
Dye Penetrant
Thermography
1.9.2.3.2
RO
NDT without D1 Rating (“in the Course of Maintenance”)
• Borescope Inspection of CFMI CFM56 Series Engines
NT
• Borescope Inspection of CFMI LEAP-1A Series Engines

• Borescope Inspection of Honeywell GTCP 131-9 Series (APU)
CO
• Borescope Inspection of APIC/Pratt & Whithey APS3200 (APU)

UN
1.9.2.3.3 Other Specialized Activities

• Touch up paint of aircraft structures.
IS
• Full paint of small aeronautical items in paint chamber in accordance with OEM recommendations.
• Sandblasting/abrasive blasting machining.
NT
1.9.2.4 Maintenance Away from the Approved Location as per 145.75 (c)
In some exceptional circumstances, for example AOG of its own or Customer aircraft at location where adequate
EM
maintenance support is not available. Air Arabia may deploy a team of qualified personnel and provide required
equipment, tools, documentation and materials for the purpose to conduct required maintenance at such
CU
location.
Manager Quality Assurance shall contact GCAA/Customer’s NAA to ensure that Authority has no objections
DO
against such work & CRS.
1.9.2.5 Parts Fabrication as per 145.42 (c)

S
Please refer to. p. 2.9.3.3 ABY MOE.

I
TH
1.9.2.6 Limitations of the Organisation

CAR 145.80
Maintenance activities are limited to those activities specified in the Aircraft Maintenance Manual, Service
Bulletins/Service Informative Letters and applicable Component Maintenance Manual issued by the
manufacturers and includes borescope inspection, trouble shooting, defect rectification and component
replacement.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
No work may be certified by Air Arabia personnel which is outside of the terms of the approved work scope.
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE TO THE AUTHORITY REGARDING CHANGES

TO THE ORGANIZATION’S ACTIVITIES/APPROVAL/LOCATION/
EXPOSITION
1.10 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE TO THE AUTHORITY REGARDING CHANGES TO THE

ORGANIZATION’S ACTIVITIES/APPROVAL/LOCATION/PERSONNEL
D
UAE CAR 145.70(a)10, 85, 15, AMC 145.80, 15, Appendix III
TE
1.10.1 GENERAL
IN
With due consent of the Accountable Manager, Manager Quality Assurance shall be responsible to notify the
UAE GCAA of any change concerning organizational activities/approval/location/management personnel and
PR
implementation of the Exposition Amendment procedure.
1.10.2 NOTIFIABLE CHANGES
IF
Following are the changes, subject to notification to the UAE GCAA:
ED
• Ownership of the company
LL
• The name of the organization
• The location of the organization RO

• Additional locations of the organization
NT
• Accountable Manager
CO
• Maintenance Management Personnel listed in MOE Chapter 1.3.1
• Facilities, equipment, tools, material, procedures, work scope and certifying staff that could affect the
UN
approval
The Purpose of this notification is to enable the GCAA to determine continued compliance and amend, if
IS
necessary, GCAA CAR 145 approval certificate.
1.10.3 PROCEDURE
NT
Any changes will be notified to the UAE GCAA as soon as practicable, by the Accountable Manager or Manager
Quality Assurance to enable the UAE GCAA to determine continued compliance with UAE GCAA CAR145 and
EM
to amend the approval certificate if necessary.

CU
The UAE General Civil Aviation Authority may prescribe the conditions under which Air Arabia may operate
during such changes unless the UAE General Civil Aviation Authority determines that the approval should be
suspended/restricted.
DO
Manager Quality Assurance shall also amend the MOE as required reflecting the change.
S
Air Arabia shall submit necessary application to GCAA if organizational change affects AMO approval or
I
TH
approved scope of work via GCAA CAR-145 E-services.
1.10.4 NOTIFICATIONS NOT REQUIRING AMENDMENT OF THE APPROVAL/MOE

In case of Air Arabia temporarily does not hold all the necessary tools, equipment, material, maintenance data,
etc., the GCAA shall be informed by Manager Quality Assurance to determine if a need exist to amend the
approval or if it may be maintained subject to further conditions.
MAINTENANCE EXPOSITION AMENDMENT PROCEDURES INCLUDING, IF APPLICABLE,

DELEGATED PROCEDURES
EXPOSITION
1.11 EXPOSITION AMENDMENT PROCEDURES INCLUDING, IF APPLICABLE, DELEGATED

PROCEDURES
D
UAE CAR 145.70(a)11, 70(a)12, 70(b), 70(c), 85, 65(b)2, AMC 145.65(b), 65(b)(2), GM 145.70(a),
TE
Appendix III, AMC to Appendix III
1.11.1 MANAGEMENT OF MOE
IN
The Head of Maintenance on behalf of Head of Engineering and Maintenance is responsible for reviewing the
PR
MOE and for preparing any amendments as and when required. All amendments will be submitted to the UAE
GCAA for approval prior to their incorporation in the MOE.
IF
Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) shall be internally approved by the Head of Engineering and
Maintenance and accepted by Manager Quality Assurance prior to be submitted to GCAA for review and
ED
approval.
Any proposed amendment in MOE affecting the scope of GCAA CAR 145 Approval, must be submitted to the
LL
UAE GCAA for approval, prior to the implementation. Manager Quality Assurance shall submit a copy of revised
MOE to GCAA for their necessary review and approval. Whenever an alteration is recommended by the UAE
RO
GCAA/Competent Authority in the proposed amendment, Manager Quality Assurance shall prepare an
acceptable revision for re-submission to the UAE GCAA/Competent Authority.
NT
1.11.2 KNOWLEDGE OF MOE

Manager Quality Assurance shall ensure that personnel of respective divisions are well acquainted with
CO
contents/application of Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) and other associated procedures related to
job roles assigned to the individuals.
UN
Personnel in the Organization are equally responsible to notify respective Manager whenever there is a need for
an improvement/change. Whenever, a typographic error or other discrepancy is found in any procedure, same
shall be reported without any delay. In all cases, after initial assessment, concerned Manager shall forward
IS
recommendations to Manager Quality Assurance for evaluation of an amendment for compliance with the
CAR145 requirements.
NT
1.11.3 ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES, LISTS AND FORMS

EM
The below-identified procedures/lists to be considered are all those identified in AMC 145.70(a), which are
therefore integrally part of the Exposition. In addition, the MOE together with the associated procedures shall be
such to cover all aspects of carrying out maintenance, including the provision and control of specialized services
CU
and lay down the standards to which the organisation intends to work.
DO
Indirect
Approval
Type of Document Document Ref. (Y/N) Approved by
S
Technical Procedures Manual * ABY/QAM/TPM/015 YES ABY MQA

I
TH
Technical Training Manual * ABY/QAM/TTM/035 YES ABY MQA
Shop Capability List ABY/QAM/SCL/037 YES ABY MQA

NDT Written Practice Manual * ABY/QAM/NDT/031 YES NDT Level 3 Ins.
Work Shop Manual * ABY/ENG/WSM/034 YES ABY MQA


EXPOSITION
Indirect
Approval
D
Type of Document Document Ref. (Y/N) Approved by
TE
Forms Control Manual * ABY/ENG/FCM/020 YES ABY MQA
IN
AWO Continuing Airworthiness Manual * ABY/QAM/AWO/001 YES ABY MQA
ETOPS Continuing Airworthiness Manual * ABY/QAM/ECAM/024 NO GCAA
PR
RVSM Continuing Airworthiness Manual * ABY/QAM/RVSM/044 YES ABY MQA
IF
Outstation Maintenance Procedures Manual * ABY/ENG/OMP/038 YES ABY MQA
List of certifying staff ABY/QAM/038 YES ABY MQA
ED
Note: * – Low level document.
LL
1.11.4 APPROVAL OF MOE AMENDMENTS
1.11.4.1 Types of Amendments

RO
Major amendment means introduction of a new process, process equipment, or regulated substance, an
NT
alteration of process that results in any change to safe operating limits, or other alteration that introduces a new
hazard. Any proposed amendment in Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) affecting the approved scope
CO
of work of CAR-145 AMO Approval is considered as Major amendment as well.
Therefore, Major updates concern any change involving:

UN
• The name or headquarters of the organization,

IS
• The area of approval: addition, modification or deletion of one of the field of activity privilege specified in the
certificate and/or in the §1.9 of the MOE on a base maintenance site, line maintenance site, engine or
NT
component shop or NDT shop already approved,
• The Accountable Manager and management personnel,

EM
• Maintenance locations and facilities: addition or deletion of a base maintenance site, a line maintenance site,
an engine or component shop, a NDT shop,
CU
• Field of activity, means that can affect the approval:

DO
– Important decrease of human resources,
– Important decrease of tools, maintenance data or materials,

S
– Unviability of some facilities,

I
TH
– New facilities, important increase of staff on a site for the same field of activity,
• Complete update or new edition of the MOE and associated procedures as well as on the form that the
content.
The Manager Quality Assurance endorses any major changes and submit them to GCAA for approval.

EXPOSITION
All updates other than major updates are deemed minor updates. Any amendments within text that are not
substantial including the correction of typographical errors and does not affect prime intent of any procedure in
D
Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE), is considered as “Minor Amendment”. Every completed
amendment to the present MOE shall be considered as the “Revision” notwithstanding of the volume of the
TE
amendment. The term “Issue” shall not used for the purpose of this MOE.
IN
1.11.4.2 Direct Approval of Changes in MOE
All Major amendments to MOE shall be approved by the GCAA prior to incorporation. Manager Quality
PR
Assurance shall submit a copy of revised MOE through GCAA Q-pulse for review and approval.
1.11.4.3 Indirect Approval of Changes in MOE
IF
Proposed ‘Minor Amendment’ shall be submitted to Manager Quality Assurance for indirect approval. However,
Manager Quality Assurance shall notify about such indirect approval to the UAE GCAA for endorsement at the
ED
earliest, through a copy of revised MOE pages under a covering letter.
LL
Minor amendments shall be incorporated as Temporary Revisions and printed on yellow pages. Temporary
revisions shall be included in the next regular revision of MOE.
RO
The list of documents for which an indirect approval privilege is granted is listed in the table provided in paragraph
1.11.3.
NT
1.11.4.4 Periodic Review of MOE

The routine review cycle for the MOE is every 12 months if not amended earlier. Head of Maintenance shall
CO
conduct the MOE review. Any amendments generated as the consequence of review is actioned in accordance
with this chapter.
UN
1.11.4.5 MOE Distribution

After approval, the update is circulated internally in electronic format via ABY Sharepoint & provisions of Chapter
IS
DL. A vertical line in the left-hand margin, adjacent to each change, identifies any amended text. Any questions
or remarks concerning this manual must be submitted to Manager Quality Assurance.
NT
1.11.5 INCORPORATION OF AMENDMENT

Subparagraph of the amended text/content in the MOE will be highlighted in the revision highlight and a vertical
EM
bar will be displayed at the left or right of the changed text/content depending on the pagination.
A List of Effective Pages will be issued with each revision so that each exposition can be checked and kept
CU
current.
Upon grant of Approval from the UAE GCAA/Competent Authority for an amendment affecting scope of the UAE
DO
CAR-145 or NAA AMO Approval, Technical Publications department shall issue an amendment as per the
distribution list. Technical Librarian shall also maintain records for all amendments.
I S
TH


EXPOSITION
1.11.6 DISTRIBUTION OF MOE AND ITS AMENDMENTS

Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) in electronic copy format shall be available on Air Arabia
D
Sharepoint for secured accessibility through corporate accounts. Publications Section shall arrange in-time
TE
updates of electronic copy.
Certifying staff shall be trained on amendments in Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE), through
IN
continuation training program. Each manual holder shall communicate any amendment in Maintenance
Organization Exposition (MOE) to all concerned personnel of the respective division.
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Chapter 2 Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Maintenance Procedures
CHAPTER 2 – MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
D
TE
2.1 SUPPLIER EVALUATION AND SUBCONTRACT CONTROL
PROCEDURE ...................................................................................................................11
IN
2.1.1 Purpose and Terminology ..................................................................................................11
PR
2.1.2 General...............................................................................................................................11
2.1.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................13
IF
2.1.3.1 Supplier Evaluation Criteria.................................................................................13
ED
2.1.3.2 Supplier Follow-up ..............................................................................................14
LL
2.1.3.3 Management of Supplier’s Arrangements ...........................................................14
2.1.3.4 RO
Management of Contracted Organization ...........................................................15
2.1.3.5 Procurement of Stores ........................................................................................15

NT
2.1.3.6 Monitoring Subcontractors ..................................................................................15

CO
2.2 ACCEPTANCE/INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND

MATERIAL........................................................................................................................16
UN
2.2.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................16
2.2.1.1 Classification .......................................................................................................16

IS
2.2.2 General...............................................................................................................................16
NT
2.2.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................16

EM
2.2.3.1 Determination of Goods Conformity ....................................................................16
2.2.3.2 Airworthiness Determination ...............................................................................17

CU
2.2.3.3 Aircraft Component/Material Segregation ...........................................................20

DO
2.2.3.4 Quarantine Store Area ........................................................................................20
2.2.3.5 Bogus Items ........................................................................................................21

S
2.2.3.6 Acceptance/Inspection Records..........................................................................21

I
TH
2.2.3.7 Acceptance of Sizeable Aircraft Components .....................................................22
2.2.3.8 Register of Components and Material.................................................................22
2.2.4 Qualification of the Store Inspectors...................................................................................22
2.2.5 Installation of Components/Standard Parts/Use of Materials .............................................23

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.3 STORAGE, TAGGING AND RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS

AND MATERIAL TO AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ..........................................................24
D
2.3.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................24
TE
2.3.2 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................24
IN
2.3.2.1 Management and Storage of Aircraft Components/Material ...............................24
PR
2.3.2.2 Tagging/Labeling.................................................................................................25
2.3.2.3 Control Access ....................................................................................................25
IF
2.3.2.4 Airworthiness Directives Control for Stored Items...............................................26
2.3.2.5 Inventories...........................................................................................................26
ED
2.3.2.6 Control of Shelf Life.............................................................................................26
LL
2.3.2.7 Distribution/Release of Material to Maintenance.................................................26
2.3.2.8 RO
Return of Serviceable Items to Stores ................................................................27
2.3.2.9 Storage of Dangerous Goods .............................................................................27

NT
2.3.2.10 Control of Alternate Materials..............................................................................28

CO
2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT...............................................................29

2.4.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................29
UN
2.4.2 General...............................................................................................................................29
2.4.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................29

IS
2.4.3.1 Tools and Equipment Procurement.....................................................................29

NT
2.4.3.2 Acceptance of Tools and Equipment ..................................................................29
2.4.3.3 Tool Store Inventory Management......................................................................30

EM
2.4.3.4 Tool Service Provider..........................................................................................31
2.4.3.5 Categorization of Tools .......................................................................................31

CU
2.5 CALIBRATION OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT ...............................................................32

DO
2.5.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................32
2.5.2 General...............................................................................................................................32
S
2.5.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................32

I
TH
2.5.3.1 Calibration Control ..............................................................................................32
2.5.3.2 Process ...............................................................................................................32
2.5.3.3 Calibration by Contracted Organization ..............................................................33
2.5.3.4 Tools Found Out of Tolerance during Calibration ...............................................33

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.6 USE OF TOOLING AND EQUIPMENT BY STAFF INCLUDING

ALTERNATE TOOLS .......................................................................................................34
D
2.6.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................34
TE
2.6.2 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................34
IN
2.6.2.1 Management of Tooling and Equipment .............................................................34
PR
2.6.2.2 Training on Tooling and Equipment ....................................................................35
2.6.2.3 Distribution/Use/Return of Tooling and Equipment .............................................35
IF
2.6.2.4 Use of Alternate Tooling and Individual Toolkits .................................................35
ED
2.6.2.5 Unserviceable Tooling and Equipment ...............................................................36
2.6.2.6 Tooling Modifications ..........................................................................................36
LL
2.6.2.7 Procedure to Control Tools and Equipment After Completion of
RO
Maintenance........................................................................................................36
2.6.2.8 Missing Tool ........................................................................................................36

NT
2.7 CLEANLINESS STANDARDS OF MAINTENANCE FACILITIES ...................................37

CO
2.7.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................37
2.7.2 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................37

UN
2.7.2.1 General Facilities and Cleaning ..........................................................................37
2.7.2.2 Safety Issues.......................................................................................................37

IS
2.7.2.3 Personnel Awareness .........................................................................................38

NT
2.8 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATIONSHIP TO AIRCRAFT/

EM
AIRCRAFT COMPONENT MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS

INCLUDING UPDATING AND AVAILABILITY TO STAFF .............................................39
CU
2.8.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................39
2.8.2 General...............................................................................................................................39
DO
2.8.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................40
2.8.3.1 Maintenance Data Coming from External Sources .............................................40

S
2.8.3.2 Manufacturer Documentation..............................................................................40

I
TH
2.8.3.3 Documentation/Maintenance Instruction Issued by the

Maintenance Organization ..................................................................................41
2.8.3.4 Maintenance Instructions Issued in Conformity to Approved Data in

Order to Facilitate/Customize the Maintenance, i.e. Work Card/
Work Sheet, EOs, Tech Specs etc......................................................................42
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.8.3.5 Documentation Issued for Internal Information Purposes (i.e.

Quality Information Bulletins, Alerts, Occurrence Investigation
D
Reports, etc.) as applicable.................................................................................42
TE
2.8.3.6 Control of Information..........................................................................................42
IN
2.9 REPAIR PROCEDURE.....................................................................................................43
PR
2.9.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................43
2.9.2 General...............................................................................................................................43
IF
2.9.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................43
2.9.3.1 Repair Process....................................................................................................43
ED
2.9.3.2 Component Repair ..............................................................................................44
LL
2.9.3.3 Fabrication of Parts .............................................................................................45
2.10
RO
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM COMPLIANCE ...............................................47
2.10.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................47
NT
2.10.2 General...............................................................................................................................47
CO
2.10.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................47
2.10.3.1 Maintenance Program Creation ..........................................................................47

UN
2.10.3.2 Maintenance Program Update ............................................................................48
2.10.3.3 Aircraft Maintenance Program Launching and Achievement ..............................48

IS
2.10.3.4 Work Deferrals ....................................................................................................49

NT
2.11 AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES PROCEDURE .............................................................50

EM
2.11.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................50
2.11.2 General...............................................................................................................................50
CU
2.11.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................51
2.11.3.1 Airworthiness Directive Compliance Process......................................................51

DO
2.11.3.2 Airworthiness Directive on Aircraft Components by Contracted

Organization........................................................................................................52
S
2.11.3.3 Procedure for Customers’ Aircraft/Component ...................................................52

I
TH
2.11.3.4 Procedure for Alert Service Bulletins ..................................................................52
2.12 OPTIONAL MODIFICATION PROCEDURE ....................................................................53

2.12.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................53
2.12.2 General...............................................................................................................................53
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.12.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................53
D
2.12.3.1 Optional Modification Process – Air Arabia Fleet................................................53
TE
2.12.3.2 Third Party Customers ........................................................................................53
IN
2.13 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION IN USE AND COMPLETION OF THE
SAME ................................................................................................................................54
PR
2.13.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................54
2.13.2 General...............................................................................................................................54
IF
2.13.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................55
ED
2.13.3.1 Documentation for Scheduled Aircraft Maintenance (A and C
checks)................................................................................................................55
LL
2.13.3.2 Documentation for Line Maintenance Defect Rectification .................................56
RO
2.13.3.3 Documentation for Component Maintenance......................................................56
2.13.3.4 Documentation Completion.................................................................................57

NT
2.13.3.5 Independent Inspection.......................................................................................58

CO
2.14 TECHNICAL RECORD CONTROL ..................................................................................59

UN
2.14.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................59
2.14.2 General...............................................................................................................................59
IS
2.14.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................59
2.14.3.1 Recording of Maintenance/Operation Data.........................................................59

NT
2.14.3.2 Technical/Maintenance Records.........................................................................59

EM
2.14.3.3 Maintenance Record Retention...........................................................................60
2.14.3.4 Maintenance Record Preservation......................................................................61

CU
2.14.3.5 Maintenance Record Re-construction .................................................................61
2.14.3.6 Transfer of Maintenance Records.......................................................................62

DO
2.15 RECTIFICATION OF DEFECTS ARISING DURING MAINTENANCE ............................63

S
2.15.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................63

I
TH
2.15.2 General...............................................................................................................................63
2.15.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................63
2.15.3.1 Recording of Defects...........................................................................................63
2.15.3.2 Rectification of Defects .......................................................................................64

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.15.3.3 Reporting of Defects ...........................................................................................64
2.15.3.4 Deferments of Defects Rectification ....................................................................64
D
TE
2.16 RELEASE TO SERVICE PROCEDURE...........................................................................66
IN
2.16.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................66
PR
2.16.2 General...............................................................................................................................66
2.16.2.1 Aircraft CRS ........................................................................................................66
IF
2.16.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................67
2.16.3.1 Aircraft Line/Base Maintenance ..........................................................................67
ED
2.16.3.2 Release of Aircraft with Deferred Defects ...........................................................68
LL
2.16.3.3 Release of Aircraft with Component not having Appropriate
Release Form......................................................................................................69
RO
2.16.3.4 Release to Service of Maintained Components ..................................................69
2.16.3.5 NDT Release to Service......................................................................................71

NT
2.17 RECORDS FOR THE OPERATOR ..................................................................................72

CO
2.17.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................72
2.17.2 General...............................................................................................................................72
UN
2.17.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................72
2.17.3.1 Operator Records................................................................................................72

IS
2.17.3.2 Maintenance Records Retention.........................................................................72

NT
2.18 REPORTING OF DEFECTS TO THE AUTHORITY/OPERATOR/

EM
MANUFACTURER............................................................................................................73
2.18.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................73
CU
2.18.2 General...............................................................................................................................73
2.18.2.1 Internal Occurrence Reporting System ...............................................................73

DO
2.18.2.2 ROSI ...................................................................................................................73
2.18.2.3 VORSY................................................................................................................73
S
2.18.2.4 Policy...................................................................................................................73
I
TH
2.18.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................73
2.18.3.1 Internal Occurrence Reporting System ...............................................................73
2.18.3.2 ROSI Procedure..................................................................................................74
2.18.3.3 Occurrence Reporting .........................................................................................74

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.18.3.4 Reportable Occurrences .....................................................................................74
D
2.18.3.5 Investigation/follow-up of Technical Incident.......................................................76
TE
2.18.3.6 Un-airworthy Conditions Reporting Records .......................................................76
IN
2.19 RETURN OF DEFECTIVE AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS TO STORE...............................77
PR
2.19.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................77
2.19.2 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................77
IF
2.19.2.1 Defective Aircraft Components Removal ............................................................77
ED
2.19.2.2 Defective Aircraft Components Handing Over ....................................................77
LL
2.19.2.3 Defective Aircraft Components Handling ............................................................77
RO
2.19.2.4 Loaned Aircraft Components Management ........................................................78
2.19.2.5 Aircraft Components Storage Conditions ............................................................79

NT
2.20 DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS TO OUTSIDE CONTRACTORS .......................................80

CO
2.20.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................80

UN
2.20.2 General...............................................................................................................................80
2.20.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................80

IS
2.20.3.1 Issuance of the Repair Order ..............................................................................80

NT
2.20.3.2 Dispatch/Receipt and Monitoring of Unit Movement ...........................................81
2.20.3.3 Component Sent Back to the Customer/Operator ..............................................81

EM
2.20.3.4 Warranty Repairs ................................................................................................81

CU
2.20.3.5 Aircraft/Aircraft Component Maintenance at Supplier's Facility ..........................81
2.20.3.6 Beyond Economic Repair....................................................................................81

DO
2.20.3.7 Management of the Packaging and Special Transportation

Condition .............................................................................................................81
S
I
TH
2.21 CONTROL OF COMPUTER MAINTENANCE RECORD SYSTEMS...............................82
2.21.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................82
2.21.2 General...............................................................................................................................82
2.21.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................82

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.22 CONTROL OF MAN-HOUR PLANNING VERSUS SCHEDULED

MAINTENANCE WORK ...................................................................................................84
D
2.22.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................84
TE
2.22.2 General...............................................................................................................................84
IN
2.22.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................84
PR
2.22.3.1 Man–Hour Planning and Control.........................................................................84
2.22.3.2 Contingencies .....................................................................................................85
IF
2.22.3.3 Hangar Capacity Plan .........................................................................................85
ED
2.23 CONTROL OF CRITICAL TASKS AND ERROR CAPTURING METHODS ...................86
LL
2.23.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................86
2.23.2 RO
Critical Maintenance Tasks ................................................................................................86
2.23.2.1 General ...............................................................................................................86

NT
2.23.2.2 Critical Maintenance Task Analyses (CMTA)......................................................86
2.23.2.3 Procedure to Identify a List of “Critical Maintenance Tasks” ...............................87

CO
2.23.2.4 Procedure to Review Critical Maintenance Tasks and Assess their

Impact on Flight Safety .......................................................................................88
UN
2.23.2.5 Independent Inspection Procedure .....................................................................89
2.23.2.6 Re-Inspection Procedure ....................................................................................90

IS
NT
2.24 REFERENCE TO SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES.......................................91

2.24.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................91
EM
2.24.2 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................91
2.24.2.1 Engine Ground-Run ............................................................................................91

CU
2.24.2.2 Aircraft Pressure-Run..........................................................................................91

DO
2.24.2.3 Aircraft Towing & Taxiing ....................................................................................91
2.24.2.4 Technical Cleaning of Aircraft .............................................................................91

S
2.24.2.5 Jacking Up of Aircraft ..........................................................................................91

I
TH
2.24.2.6 Ground and Flight Test .......................................................................................92
2.24.2.7 Extended Range Twin Engine Operations ..........................................................92
2.24.2.8 Maintenance on Fuel Systems and Fuel Tank Safety.........................................92
2.24.2.9 RNP-AR Operation..............................................................................................93

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.25 PROCEDURES TO DETECT AND RECTIFY MAINTENANCE ERRORS ......................94
D
2.25.1 Procedure to Minimize the Risk of Multiple Errors and Preventing Omissions....................94
TE
2.25.2 Procedure to Minimize the Risk of Errors Being Repeated in Identical
Maintenance Tasks Compromising More Than One System or Function ..........................95
IN
2.25.2.1 Criteria to Define the Identical Maintenance Tasks.............................................95
PR
2.25.2.2 Critical Task Determination Flow Chart...............................................................96
2.25.3 Identification of Methods in Use to Minimize the Risks ......................................................98
IF
2.25.3.1 Planning Method .................................................................................................98
ED
2.25.3.2 Identification of the Error-capturing Methods to be Used....................................98
LL
2.25.4 Error Management..............................................................................................................98
2.25.4.1 Introduction .........................................................................................................98

RO
2.25.4.2 MEDA Process....................................................................................................98
NT
2.26 SHIFT/TASK HANDOVER PROCEDURES ...................................................................100

CO
2.26.1 Purpose ............................................................................................................................100
2.26.2 General.............................................................................................................................100
UN
2.26.3 Procedure .........................................................................................................................101

IS
2.26.3.1 Line Maintenance Shift Handover .....................................................................101
2.26.3.2 Base Maintenance Shift Handover....................................................................101

NT
2.27 PROCEDURES FOR NOTIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE DATA

EM
INACCURACIES AND AMBIGUITIES, TO THE TYPE CERTIFICATE

HOLDER .........................................................................................................................102
CU
2.27.1 Purpose ............................................................................................................................102

DO
2.27.2 General.............................................................................................................................102
2.27.3 Procedure .........................................................................................................................102

S
2.27.3.1 Notification Process ..........................................................................................102

I
TH
2.27.3.2 Maintenance Instructions Modification ..............................................................102
2.27.3.3 Incorporation of Amendments ...........................................................................103
2.27.3.4 Maintenance Data Modifications Records.........................................................103
2.27.3.5 Customer Aircraft ..............................................................................................103

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.28 PRODUCTION PLANNING PROCEDURES ..................................................................104
D
2.28.1 Purpose ............................................................................................................................104
TE
2.28.2 General.............................................................................................................................104
2.28.3 Procedure .........................................................................................................................104
IN
2.28.3.1 Organizing Shifts and Human Performance Limitations ...................................104
PR
2.28.3.2 Line/Base Maintenance.....................................................................................104
IF
2.29 RESERVED.....................................................................................................................107
ED
2.30 CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS FOR FLIGHT....................................................................108
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
S
I
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION SUPPLIER EVALUATION AND SUBCONTRACT CONTROL PROCEDURE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
D
2.1 SUPPLIER EVALUATION AND SUBCONTRACT CONTROL PROCEDURE
TE
UAE CAR 145.42(a), 75(b), 70(a)12, AMC 145.75(b)
2.1.1 PURPOSE AND TERMINOLOGY
IN
To describe Air Arabia policies regarding suppliers evaluation, qualification, Approved Supplier List and
PR
performance follow-up of such approved Suppliers for aircraft components (rotables/repairables/consumables),
material (consumable/raw), tools, test equipment and maintenance services.
Manager Technical Procurement (please refer to company CAME with ref. ABY/QAM/CAME/033 for details) is
IF
in charge of the process implementation and requests necessary approvals.
ED
For the purpose of the present Section 2 MOE the following terminology shall be used:
LL
PROVIDER Any source of components, material, maintenance services external to the
maintenance organisation. Any provider may fall in one of the following category:
• SUPPLIER; RO
• CONTRACTED ORGANISATION;
• SUBCONTRACTED ORGANISATION.
NT
SUPPLIER Any source providing components, standard parts or materials to be used for
maintenance. Possible sources could be: CAR 145 organisations, CAR-21 Subpart G
CO
organisations, operators, distributors, brokers, CAR-M Subpart F organisations,

aircraft owners, etc.
UN
CONTRACTED A GCAA CAR 145 maintenance organisation that carries out maintenance under its
ORGANISATION own approval for another approved maintenance organisation.
The list of contracted organisations shall be included in the MOE Section 5.4.
IS
SUBCONTRACTED An organisation, not itself appropriately approved to CAR 145 that carries out aircraft
ORGANISATION line maintenance or minor engine maintenance or maintenance of other aircraft
NT
components or a specialised service as a subcontractor for an organisation

appropriately approved under CAR 145, as per 145.75 (d).
EM
The list of subcontracted organisations shall be included in the MOE Section 5.2.
2.1.2 GENERAL
CU
All new aircraft components intended to be installed on aircraft/aircraft component (NHA – Next Higher
Assembly), shall be accompanied with the applicable authorized release certificate issued by Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) or OEM Authorized Distributor explicitly EASA Form 1, FAA Form 8130-3 or TCCA
DO
Authorised Release Certificate Form One (Refer MOE Chapter 2.2 for details of authorized released
certificates).
S
For used aircraft component, acceptable release certificate shall be GCAA AW Form 1 or equivalent to GCAA
I
AW Form 1 (EASA Form 1, FAA Form 8130-3 or TCCA Authorised Release Certificate Form One).
TH
Procurement of all aircraft components, material, tooling and their maintenance services shall be made through
a Purchase Order/Repair Order, only from suppliers listed in the ‘Approved Supplier List’. This order shall be
made priority wise to any of the following sources, as per the laid down order/sequence:
1. Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of an aircraft/aircraft component.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2. Supplier/Distributor (approved/authorized by OEM in the maintenance data).

3. Organization holding valid UAE GCAA CAR 145 or EASA Part 145 Approval.
D
TE
4. Organization holding valid UAE CAR 21 Productional Organization Approval (POA) or EASA Part 21 POA.
5. Part supplier providing aircraft components/material with applicable authorized certificates from OEM/CAR/
IN
Part – 145 Approved Maintenance Organization (Components, obtained from suppliers, shall have clear
traceability).
PR
6. Non-critical items such as seat covers, side panels, plastic parts can be accepted with UAE Manufacturing
Release Certificate Form 299.
IF
7. The following PMA are eligible for installation on Air Arabia aircraft:
a. Parts designed and manufactured in the United States of America under the Parts Manufacturer
ED
Approval (PMA parts) system of the FAA can be accepted if the PMA part is released on a FAA Form
8130-3 and specified in the Type Certificate (TC) Holder’s illustrated parts catalogue and/or the
maintenance data or specified in a FAA Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) approved by the GCAA;
LL
and
b. RO
Parts designed and manufactured in the United States of America under the Parts Manufacturer
Approval (PMA parts) system of the FAA can be accepted if all the following conditions are met:
NT
• The PMA part is released on a FAA Form 8130-3;
• The PMA part is a non-critical component.
CO
ABY/Customer CAMO shall authorize ABY AMO to use PMA parts as an alternate replacement for the
components.
UN
Standard parts must be accompanied with documentations that clearly relate to the particular parts and contain
a conformity statement and both manufacturing and supplier source. Standard parts must be traceable to
IS
specifications such as National Aerospace Standard (NAS), Army-Navy Aeronautical Standard (AN), Society of
Automotive Engineers (SAE), and American National Standards Institute (ANSI), EN Specifications etc…
NT
Material (such as consumable, adhesives or raw material) and tooling/test equipment with approved
specifications that do not require airworthiness release document must be provided with certificate of conformity
EM
from the supplier's NAA. Suppliers for such material and tooling/test equipment shall only be added in Approved
Supplier List, if recommended by the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) in maintenance data.
CU
Ref. to TPM 01.21 – Eligibility of parts before Installation.
Maintenance services on Aircraft/Engine/aircraft component including inspection, repair, modification, overhaul

DO
within scope of work (excluding pre-flight inspection to ensure that aircraft is fit for intended flight, not involving
any troubleshooting) may be acquired from approved maintenance organization holding valid CAR – 145
Approval.
I S
Customer provided aircraft components/material for fitment on its own aircraft, with applicable authorized release
TH
certificate showing clear traceability, shall be acceptable. Copy of authorized release certificate must be required
along with customer serviceability documents (certificates, tags, etc.) as demonstration of component/material
traceability.
Aircraft and complete engines and engine modules shall be released to service after maintenance carried out by
UAE GCAA Approved Maintenance Organization.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.1.3 PROCEDURE
D
2.1.3.1 Supplier Evaluation Criteria
TE
Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) are considered directly approved and evaluation is not required.
They are not included in Air Arabia Approved Supplier List.
IN
Supplier evaluation for following categories shall be implemented prior to inclusion in the Approved Supplier List:
PR
1. Maintenance organizations holding a valid UAE GCAA CAR 145 or EASA Part-145 Approval.
IF
2. Part suppliers, providing aircraft components/material with applicable authorized certificates from OEM/
UAE GCAA/EASA Part – 145 Approved Maintenance Organizations.
ED
Manager Technical Procurement shall provide ‘Supplier Approval Request’ Form reference # ABY/QAM/077
along with necessary information and pertinent data/documents showing traceability for such supplier to
LL
Manager Quality Assurance prior to entering into an agreement with a supplier. Only approved suppliers will be
used.
RO
Each potential supplier shall provide detailed information required in ‘Supplier Approval Request’ form
NT
reference # ABY/QAM/077 along with copies of applicable approvals/certificates for intended scope/capabilities.
Quality Assurance Engineer shall evaluate information provided by potential supplier and complete a desktop
audit. Subsequent to the successful evaluation, the supplier is approved by the Manager Quality Assurance
CO
(MQA). Unique approval reference shall be assigned to each approved supplier through Q-Pulse and approval
is limited to the validity of either Air Arabia QMS certification or appropriate regulatory approvals. Record for
UN
particular supplier shall be archived in Q-Pulse. Manager Quality Assurance shall archive following as records
for each approved supplier:
IS
• Preliminary screening questionnaire (Supplier Questionnaire & Approval)
• Copies of Applicable Approvals/Certificates

NT
Qualified supplier shall be added to Approved Supplier List, maintained by Manager Quality Assurance in form
EM
of Q-pulse database, to control aircraft component/material/tooling equipment/maintenance services supplied to

Air Arabia.
CU
Only ABY QA department staff has access to Q-Pulse “Suppliers” Module to ensure integrity of supplier's data
and protection from unauthorized access.
DO
Whenever there arises urgent requirement for an aircraft component/material/tooling/equipment/maintenance

service and in-time availability is only viable from a source out of Approved Supplier List (ASL), Manager
S
Technical Procurement shall submit request for “One Time Approval of Supplier form reference # ABY/MAT/014”
with pertinent information to Manager Quality Assurance. Purchase/Repair Order for such item shall only be
I
TH
issued after obtaining such approval.The procedure is elaborated under TPM section 07.11.
Potential supplier shall be evaluated by Manager Quality Assurance, on priority, on the basis of provided/
available information. Based on satisfactory assessment, Manager Quality Assurance shall issue the “One Time
Approval of supplier” to such supplier.Copies of such approvals are kept in QA department and the original is
filed with the Technical Procurement department.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.1.3.2 Supplier Follow-up

Manager Technical Procurement shall follow supplier qualification recurrently by reviewing the validity of their
D
approval through Q-Pulse. The approved suppliers list is available on Q-Pulse active database. In case any
TE
approved supplier is de-activated in Q-Pulse due to non-submission of documents for the renewal of approval,
a note shall be added to the Q-pulse supplier account reflecting the deactivation date and reason of deactivation
and same shall be notified to Manager Technical Procurement advising them to de-activate the same in AMOS.
IN
Technical Procurement department is responsible to provide the Supplier Approval Form reference # ABY/QAM/
PR
077 along with the appropriate Quality Management System certification and other relevant documentation
during each renewal. For supplier undergoing any change in location/scope of the approval, a new Supplier form
shall be submitted to QA and same will be evaluated by the QAE and approved by MQA, if satisfactory. A new
IF
reference number shall be issued to such supplier and the old reference will be deactivated in Q-pulse. The
reason for de-activation of supplier account on Q-Pulse shall be reflected under NOTES section. Quality results
ED
of suppliers serve to maintain or withdraw supplier qualification. Manager Technical Procurement shall generate
such feedback through annual summary report on objections/discrepancies raised by Stores Inspector. Manager
Quality Assurance, upon receipt of such reports shall determine whether qualification of a supplier shall be
LL
maintained, withdrawn or suspended.
RO
Apart of above said, information regarding significant violations such as delivery of bogus part, inconsistencies
in certification documents and so on shall be reported to Manager Quality Assurance immediately and report
NT
shall be raised in IQSMS.
Manager Quality Assurance shall provide access to Air Arabia Approved Supplier List (Q-pulse Approved
CO
Supplier Database) and Purchase/Repair Orders, whenever deemed necessary by the UAE GCAA or other
competent authorities. Access to supplier’s facility for audit shall also be arranged by Manager Quality Assurance
with prior notification to concerned supplier.
UN
Suppliers of aircraft material, part and components shall be evaluated initially and regularly for their performance
in accordance with TPM 03.18.
IS
2.1.3.3 Management of Supplier’s Arrangements

NT
Arrangements for aircraft components, material, tooling/test, equipment etc. shall be made and specify at least
the following:
EM
• Scope of activity
• Initial provisioning/re-provisioning/shipment/stock management
CU
• Specific maintenance activity

• Lead/Turn Around Time
DO
• Warranties
• UAE GCAA access to contracts and supplier’s facility for audit purpose
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.1.3.4 Management of Contracted Organization

For maintenance services, prior contract shall be made with Customer organization Refer MOE Chapter 4.1 for
D
details).
TE
Contracts shall be formulated in accordance with CAR 145 requirements, containing following information:
IN
• List of requested maintenance tasks
PR
• Applicable maintenance data
• Concerned aircraft/aircraft component identification
IF
• Records requested by Customer
• Specific procedures with the Customer (responsibility for provisioning maintenance data, components/
ED
material, work order, approved maintenance schedule, defect rectification, CRS and all continued
airworthiness requirements)
LL
Contracted maintenance tasks shall never exceed Approved scope of work/capability. Technical elements of
each contract shall be readily available, whenever deemed necessary by the UAE GCAA/Competent Authority.
RO
Manager Technical Procurement in conjunction with ABY Legal Department and Manager Warranty & Technical
NT
Cost shall draft maintenance contracts to be checked further, consulting Manager Quality Assurance with
regards to CAR – 145 Approval. Assistance on financial issues shall be obtained from Finance. Draft contract
may be discussed with the personnel from Legal department (if deemed necessary).
CO
Unless otherwise not possible or not in the interest of the Organization, contracts shall be non-exclusive. For all
contracts (exclusive/non-exclusive), upon recommendation of Head of Maintenance or Head of Engineering and
UN
Maintenance, Accountable Manager shall be the final approving authority. Head of Engineering and
Maintenance or Head of Maintenance upon approval, shall sign the contract on behalf of Air Arabia.
IS
2.1.3.5 Procurement of Stores

Purchase Order for any aircraft component/material/tooling/test equipment shall be generated by Manager
NT
Technical Procurement and the supplier must be listed in Approved Supplier List of Air Arabia. Request for
appropriate release certificates must be stated clearly on the Purchase Order to ensure receipt of parts in
accordance with the MOE Chapter 2.2.
EM
Repair Orders in a similar manner, shall only be generated from Approved Supplier/Subcontractor List for
CU
maintenance services. Request for appropriate release certificates must be stated clearly on the Repair Order
to ensure receipt of parts in accordance with the MOE Chapter 2.2.
DO
2.1.3.6 Monitoring Subcontractors

Please refer to ABY TPM 07.20.
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION ACCEPTANCE/INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND MATERIAL Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.2 ACCEPTANCE/INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND MATERIAL

UAE CAR 145.42(a), 42(b), 42(c), 42(d), 48(b), 70(a)12, AMC 145.42(a), 42(b), M.501(a), 501(c), 501(d)
D
TE
2.2.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policy regarding acceptance/inspection of aircraft components and material received from
IN
outside contractors. This procedure is also applicable to incoming customers’ components for maintenance
services.
PR
2.2.1.1 Classification
• Serviceable components;
IF
• Unserviceable components;
ED
• Standard parts;
• Raw and Consumable material;
LL
• Unsalvageable components.
2.2.2 GENERAL
RO
All aircraft components/standard parts/material/tool/test equipment, intended for fitment to an aircraft/aircraft
NT
component, shall be subjected to an incoming inspection upon receipt. Conformity to the Purchase/Repair Order
and physical condition of items received shall be achieved through this incoming inspection. Different cases for
CO
the receipt of aircraft components/material shall be:
• New aircraft component/standard parts/material/tool/test equipment

UN
• Used (serviceable) component/material/standard parts purchased from approved supplier
• Aircraft component/tool/test equipment standard parts after outside maintenance providers

IS
2.2.3 PROCEDURE
NT
2.2.3.1 Determination of Goods Conformity

EM
In order to determine conformity for an incoming aircraft component/material, under the supervision of
Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control, Stores Inspectors shall mainly follow the inspection rules provided as
under:
CU
• Visual inspection of packing, for possible damage occurred during transportation, shall be performed. In case
of damaged packaging, aircraft component shall undergo a more detailed inspection or quarantined for
DO
investigation (protection of aircraft component/material must be sufficient enough to avoid any possible
damage to structures/systems including large aircraft components).
S
• Verify that items are received in the appropriate package in respect of type of component e.g. correct ATA
I
300 or electrostatic devices packaging, when necessary;

TH
• Conformance of aircraft component/material with accompanying documents and Purchase/Repair Order

such as Nomenclature, Part Number, Serial Number, quantity, life status, maintenance performed (i.e.,
inspected/modified/repaired/overhauled), etc.
• Verification that aircraft component is delivered with authorized release document as defined in p. 2.2.3.2
MOE.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
• Verify that the component has all plugs and caps appropriately installed to prevent damage or internal
contamination.
D
In case of self-adhesive tape is used instead of standard plugs and caps, impact of possible presence of
TE
adhesive residues on electrical connections and contamination of fluid units with the leftover tape should be
assessed. Please also refer to MOE 2.3.2.7.
IN
• For Life Limited Parts (LLP), back-to-birth history must be checked and component shall be accepted only
when such record is among the accompanying documents to ensure that the shelf life of the component has
PR
not expired.
• Endorsement of delivery documents specified in the Purchase/Repair Order (Certificate of Conformity,
IF
Inspection/Test report, etc.).
• In general, the documentation accompanying the material shall contain the applicable specification/standard,
ED
part number, batch number, supplied quantity, and the manufacturing sources. If the material is acquired from
different batches, acceptance documentation for each batch shall be provided.
LL
• Evaluation of other delivery documents not specified in Purchase/Repair Order (conformity to Air Arabia
specifications for such products shall be assessed, i.e. compliance with order/condition and conformity with
company requirements must be ensured. RO
• Verify modification standard and AD compliance.
NT
2.2.3.2 Airworthiness Determination
2.2.3.2.1 New Parts

CO
STATUS “NEW”
UN
Type of part/material Option 1: when the part/material is purchased directly from the
manufacturer, the Certificate of Conformity issued by the manufacturer is
Standard parts
expected;
IS
Materials (raw materials and/ Option 2: when the part/material is purchased thru a third party supplier
or consumables) (i.e. distributor, operator, maintenance organisation, etc.) the
NT
documentation accompanying the part/materials shall contain:

• Conformity certification to the part/material applicable standard/
specification, and;
EM
• Identification of the manufacturing source, and;

• Identification of the supplier source.
CU
For Option 2, the information above may be included in one single

Certificate of Conformity (CoC) issued by the supplier (containing cross
reference to the manufacturer CoC) or be composed by more documents,
DO
such as for example the CoC issued by the manufacturer plus a statement
from the supplier source. In any case, the manufacturer CoC shall be made
available upon request.
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
STATUS “NEW”
D
Aircraft parts AMC 145.42(a)1 & AMC M.501(d)
TE
• GCAA Airworthiness Form (AW Form 1);
• A release document issued by an organisation under the terms of a
bilateral agreement signed by the GCAA;
IN
• Components authorised to be manufactured under CAR-MOA which are
in a satisfactory condition, released on an AW Form 299 and marked in
PR
accordance with CAR-MOA.
• EASA Form 1 issued by a Part 21 organisation approved by an EASA
Member State received from OEM/authorized supplier.
IF
• A JAA Form One issued prior to 28 September 2004 by a production
organisation approved by a competent authority in accordance with its
ED
national regulations;
• FAA Form 8130-3 received from OEM/authorized supplier; or (see Notes
below).
LL
• Transport Canada Form 24-0078 or TCCA Form ONE received from
OEM/authorized supplier;
RO
• For new parts, an authorised released certificate issued by Type
Certificate holder under Authority of the state of Design; or
• Any other equivalent release certificate acceptable to the GCAA
NT
Notes: Note 1: FAA Form 8130-3 shall correspond criteria laid down in MOE
CO
2.1.2 (6) and TPM 01.21.

Note 2: The following PMA are eligible for installation on UAE registered
aircraft:
UN
1. Parts designed and manufactured in the United States of America under

the Parts Manufacturer approval (PMA parts) system of the FAA can be
accepted if the PMA part is released on a FAA Form 8130-3 and
specified in the Type Certificate (TC) Holder's illustrated parts catalogue
IS
and/or the maintenance data or specified in a FAA Supplementary Type

Certificate (STC) approved by the GCAA; and
NT
2. Parts designed and manufactured in the United States of America under

the Parts Manufacturer Approval (PMA parts) system of the FAA can be
EM
accepted if all the following conditions are met

a. The PMA part is released on a FAA Form 8130-3.
b. The PMA part is a non-critical1 component (as referred in the
CU
“Remarks” Block of the accompanying FAA Form 8130-3); and

3. The contracting CAMO has authorised the use of PMA as an alternate
DO
replacement for the component.

I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION ACCEPTANCE/INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND MATERIAL Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
2.2.3.2.2 Used Parts
D
STATUS “USED”
TE
Type of part/material Document to be expected
Aircraft parts • GCAA Airworthiness Form (AW Form 1);
IN
• EASA Form 1 issued by Part 145 organisation approved by an EASA
Member State received from OEM/authorized supplier;
PR
• A JAA Form One issued prior to 28 November 2004 by a JAR-145
organisation approved by a JAA Full member state;
• FAA Form 8130-3 issued by FAA 14 CFR Part 145 Repair Station located
IF
in USA with EASA or GCAA “dual release”.
• TCCA Form One issued by CAR Part V Standard 573 AMO located in
ED
Canada with EASA or GCAA “dual release”.
• In case of restoration of complete engines, the work shall be carried out
in accordance with UAE CAR-145 by the organization approved by the
LL
GCAA and released on a GCAA AW Form 1.
RO
Stores Inspector shall contact Manager Line Maintenance or Manager Base Maintenance, if serviceability of an
item could not be determined by visual inspection or if suspected that component was mishandled during
NT
transportation. If testing capability is available within the Organization, Manager Line Maintenance/Manager
Base Maintenance shall arrange functional tests and send back serviceable component with Certificate of
Release to Service, issued by the Certifying Staff holding appropriate Certification Authorization.
CO
Once serviceability is confirmed, Stores Inspector shall issue a Serviceable Tag and attach it to the component.
Batch number, tag number, shelf life expiry date and any other technical data shall be recorded on the registers.
UN
If the serviceability/functionality are not confirmed, Stores Inspector shall receive the component back with
inspection/tests findings.
IS
For customer-provided new aircraft component/material traceability, a true copy of authorized release certificate
with customer’s own serviceable tag shall be required. For aircraft component, removed as ‘Serviceable’ by the
NT
customer for fitment on its own aircraft/aircraft component swapping), such aircraft component shall only be
acceptable with authorized release certificate (EASA Form 1 or any other acceptable release to service
certificate) issued by the customer.
EM
Applicable details shall be recorded on incoming stores register. In case of non-conformity with received
CU
documents or if found physically damaged, Stores Inspector shall report discrepancy to Supervisor Stores &
Inventory Control and Manager Technical Procurement for further action.Such aircraft component/material,
belonging to customer, shall be segregated and quarantined separately till the discrepancy is resolved as per
DO
MOE Chapter 2.2.
In case of AOG situation when necessary parts and materials are received directly at the AOG location, an
S
appropriately qualified engineer from AOG recovery team shall be assigned to ensure that received items
I
correspond to criteria of para. 2.2.3.1 & 2.2.3.2 MOE.

TH
For components received from internal sources, i.e. workshops and transfer of components between line and
hangar stores shall be followed the same procedures and qualification criteria provided that:
1. UAE AW Form 1 is not mandatory to be issued for component intended to be installed on Air Arabia aircraft
after maintenance conducted by Air Arabia workshops.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2. All parts shall be inspected as indicated in 2.2.3.1 MOE after their transfer between Air Arabia stores. New
serviceable tag is not required to re-issue if such parts correspond all airworthiness criteria.
D
TE
2.2.3.3 Aircraft Component/Material Segregation
Whenever an aircraft component is either found physically damaged/unserviceable as a result of in-house
IN
inspection/testing or the status is uncertain and in-house inspection capability is not available, such item shall
be rejected by Stores Inspector. For component/material neither in compliance with Purchase/Repair Order nor
PR
having required documents, Stores Inspector shall raise ‘Store Quarantine Notification’ Form number ABY/
MAT/051 i.a.w TPM 03.08 clearly stating reason for rejection and handover item to Supervisor Stores & Inventory
Control.
IF
All such items which fail the incoming inspection shall be placed in Quarantine for temporary storage. In this case
ED
a copy of ‘Store Quarantine Notification’ shall be attached to aircraft component quarantined and supplier shall
be informed accordingly. Manager Technical Procurement shall investigate and follow-up raised discrepancy for
determination of corrective actions.
LL
All rejections shall be recorded for use as quality evaluative indicators. Recording is important because
RO
quality-performance, cost-of-quality and supplier rating are largely measured from the statistics of rejections
experienced. In addition to the QA evaluation, the suppliers are also evaluated annually against their
performance in the previous year by the Technical Procurement department i.a.w. TPM 03.18.
NT
2.2.3.4 Quarantine Store Area

CO
Any material/aircraft component, which does not meet following acceptance criteria except unserviceable aircraft
components received for repair, shall be properly labeled with ‘Store Quarantine Notification’ and routed to
UN
Quarantine Store area, until status is cleared:
• Aircraft component not meeting EASA, FAA or other regulatory requirements.

IS
• Airworthy condition cannot be determined.

NT
• Documentation is either missing or inappropriate.
• Aircraft component shows evidence of physical damage.

EM
• Any other condition that renders to un-serviceability of the aircraft component.

CU
Inside Quarantine Store Area, there shall be a clear segregation for aircraft components declared as
‘UNSERVICEABLE’, material declared as ‘REJECTED’ and aircraft components/material awaiting their status
DO
and marked as ‘UNDER INVESTIGATION’.
An aircraft component/material shall be removed from Quarantine Store Area, when its status is cleared and
S
‘Store Quarantine Notification’ shall be closed.

I
TH
Aircraft component/material shall be sent to the Stores Inspector for inspection. Stores Inspector shall issue a
Serviceable Tag (Certificate of Inspection) for such item.
At normal circumstances any Quarantined item shall be cleared as soon as possible. The storage period of every
item in Quarantine Store Area should not exceed 60 days. Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall inform
QA Department if item remains in Quarantine more than 60 days and reason of its storage there.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.2.3.5 Bogus Items

Aircraft component/material not fabricated as per the Type Certificate/Supplemental Type Certificate holder/
D
Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) specifications or without their authorization and that could hazard
TE
safety of flight, when installed on an aircraft shall be considered as “Bogus” or “Unapproved” item.
Upon incoming inspection, Stores Inspector shall identify a component/material as bogus item due to its
IN
non-conformity to design/documentation or if it is evident that component/material is fabricated through forgery
avoiding aeronautical standards.
PR
While making incoming inspection, of new or used parts, a special attention must be paid to avoid the risk of
accepting “Suspected Unapproved Parts” or “bogus” that:
IF
• Have a “built” history (i.e. incorrect Time Since New, accident).
ED
• Manufactured by non-approved organizations.
LL
• Manufactured from raw material not to original specification.
Such parts may be evidenced by: RO

• Unusual packaging.
NT
• Unusual, missing or incomplete documentation (lacks in part history).

• Part identification tag bearing corrections to Part Number or Serial Number.
CO
• Missing, altered or suspect manufacturer identification plate on the part.

UN
• Incomplete or missing markings (TSO, PMA, Standard etc.).

• Description such as “remanufactured”, “high quality”, “like new”, “unused” and similar.
IS
• Appearance or weight different from previously purchased parts (color, surface finish).
• Frequent or unusual defects.
NT
Such component/material shall be immediately segregated in Quarantine Store Area and declared as
‘UNSERVICEABLE’. ‘Store Quarantine Notification’ shall state the nature of such bogus item and Manager
EM
Quality Assurance shall be informed report shall be raised through IQSMS for investigation and further report to
the Authorities.
CU
Air Arabia shall inform GCAA once any category of unapproved item is detected via GCAA ROSI in accordance
with procedures of p. 2.18 MOE.
DO
2.2.3.6 Acceptance/Inspection Records

Stores Inspector shall record following data for items received from suppliers:
I S
• Purchase/Repair Order.
TH
• Release Note Number.

• GCAA AW Form 1, EASA Form 1, FAA Form 8130-3 or TCCA Authorised Release Certificate Form One.
• Test/Inspection Reports (as applicable).
• Operator’s release document.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION ACCEPTANCE/INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND MATERIAL Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
Records shall be kept in Stores for a period of two years from the date of receipt of component/material and shall
be transferred thereafter to the Record Room. Storage of records shall be made per nature of product according
D
to the reference number for ease of finding such records at any moment later.
TE
2.2.3.7 Acceptance of Sizeable Aircraft Components
Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall coordinate with Manager Base Maintenance to nominate suitable
IN
personnel to perform incoming inspection for sizeable aircraft components such as engines; APUs, landing
gears, etc. directly on the manufacturers recommended engine-dolly/trolley.
PR
2.2.3.8 Register of Components and Material
An inventory in computerized system shall state the reference, location and status of each component in the
IF
Stores (Refer MOE Chapter 2.3). Record of aircraft components in Quarantine Storage Area shall contain at
least the Nomenclature, Part number, Serial number, shelf life (if applicable) and reference of the ‘Store
ED
Quarantine Notification’ (if applicable).
LL
2.2.4 QUALIFICATION OF THE STORE INSPECTORS
Stores Inspector shall be made familiar with CAR–145 requirements, applicable organizational procedures and
RO
acceptance criteria for the EASA Form 1, GCAA AW Form 1, FAA 8130-3, TCCA Authorised Release Certificate
Form One or Certificate of Conformity.
NT
Incoming Inspectors shall meet the following requirements:
• 5 years experiences and practices in the field of aviation.

CO
• To have the capability to read and understand technical documentation in English.

UN
• To have the knowledge of GCAA maintenance regulations (CAR 145), manuals, procedures and standards
related to the concrete activity.
Comprehensive initial training shall be provided to technical staff and upon assessment, Manager Quality
IS
Assurance shall issue authorizations to qualified staff. Such personnel, designated as Stores Inspectors shall be
authorized to issue Serviceable Tag (Certificate of Inspection) for incoming stores (Refer TPM 07.01).Training
NT
requirements for the Stores inspectors are included under TTM section 1.3.
EM
Essential topics to be covered during initial training are as follows:
• GCAA CAR 145 requirements.

CU
• ABY procedures (MOE & TPM).

• Incoming Inspection Procedure, AW Form 1/EASA Form One/FAA 8130/Certificate of Conformity usage.
DO
• SUPS – Bogus Items.

• Human factors training as required.
S
• Dangerous Goods Awareness.

I
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Stores Inspectors shall undergo continuation training in every two-year time that shall be planned by Supervisor
Stores & Inventory Control in coordination with Technical Training Instructors. Continuation training shall be
D
accomplished through an amalgamation of classroom sessions and dissemination of information through
issuance of technical publications such as Quality Bulletins, Technical Notices, etc. Essential topics to be
TE
covered in continuation training are as follows:
IN
1. Amendments in GCAA CAR 145 requirements.
PR
2. Changes in organizational procedures, MOE, TPM.
3. Aviation legislation and Human factor issues.
IF
4. SUPS – Bogus Items.
Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall maintain records for initial and continuation trainings. Qualifications/
ED
authorizations record for Store Inspectors shall be managed by Manager Quality Assurance.
LL
2.2.5 INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS/STANDARD PARTS/USE OF MATERIALS
Components, standard parts and materials shall only be fitted when specified in the applicable maintenance
RO
data. This could include Illustrated Parts Catalogue (IPC), Service Bulletins (SB), Aircraft Maintenance Manual
(AMM), etc.
NT
Installation of a component, standard part and application of material can only be done after checking the
applicable maintenance data. This check shall ensure that the part number, modification status, limitations, etc.,
CO
of the component, standard part or material are the ones specified in the applicable maintenance data of the
particular aircraft or component (i.e. IPC, SB, AMM, CMM, etc.) where the component, standard part or material
is going to be installed.
UN
However, every engineer, prior to installation component/standard parts or use of material on its own or customer
aircraft must verify the following:
IS
• Applicable maintenance data specifies the particular component, standard part or material;
NT
• Satisfactory condition and appropriate document for installation of any aircraft component;
• Component is eligible to be fitted when different modification and/or airworthiness directive configuration may
EM
be applicable;
• Traceability, applicable standard as per maintenance data requirement of standard parts;
CU
• Traceability, applicable standard as per maintenance data requirement of raw consumables.

DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE STORAGE, TAGGING AND RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND

MATERIAL TO AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.3 STORAGE, TAGGING AND RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND MATERIAL

TO AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
D
UAE CAR 145.25(d), 42(b), 42(d), 70(a)12, AMC 145.25(d), 42(d)
TE
2.3.1 PURPOSE
IN
To define Air Arabia rules for identification, tagging, storage and release of aircraft components and material to
maintenance personnel.
PR
2.3.2 PROCEDURE
IF
2.3.2.1 Management and Storage of Aircraft Components/Material
Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall be responsible for day-to-day operation of Air Arabia Stores. He shall
ED
control and maintain all inventories according to requirements defined by the manufacturer. Updates inventory
in computerized system whenever aircraft component/material is received in Store. Record shall contain all
relevant information, such as Part number, Serial number, location, shelf life, etc. During storage, all aircraft
LL
components/material shall be tagged properly. It shall be ensured that:
•
RO
Storage areas are at the highest possible standards of cleanliness.
• Large enough, strong and sufficient storage facilities for aircraft components and material are provided and
NT
that material is segregated as per nature of product to avoid mutual damage.

CO
• These areas are separated from production, overhaul and maintenance workshops to prevent serviceable
equipment or accessories from mixing with those to be repaired.
• All aircraft component and material, subjected to deterioration/shelf life limitations are preserved
UN
appropriately.
• Suitable protective covering are provided for all components to guard against physical damage and
IS
environmental effects.
• Aviation-specific materials and equipment are separated from those assigned to other use.
NT
• All serviceable aircraft components and material are segregated from unserviceable ones and identified
appropriately in the stockroom.
EM
• Supplies bearing valid certificate/tag are issued to maintenance.

CU
Materials requiring special storage conditions are kept in prescribed conditions, for example some rubber made
items or sealants require storage below 0 deg. C.
DO
Air Arabia Stores shall have an identified area for unserviceable components/material which are found as either
life-expired or damaged.
I S
Aircraft components and materials including consumables and Raw materials shall be stored in accordance with
TH
manufacturers’ recommendations/industry standards to provide protection against humidity, extreme

temperatures, dust, rough handling or other damages. It shall be ensured by all personnel that wherever
practical, aircraft components/material shall remain packaged in protective material to minimize damage during
handling.
Locations of parts and materials are controlled through the AMOS for easy identification and quick access.

EXPOSITION
Sensitive electronic/electrical components shall be stored in a cool, dust free and humidity controlled
environment as per manufacturers’ recommendations. For storage of Electro Static Discharge Sensitive (ESDS)
D
devices, all electrical-connection pins shall be blanked with proper protective covering and component placed in
a specifically made container/bag bearing ESDS label.
TE
Ref TPM 03.14 for Static Sensitive Equipment – Inspection and handling.
IN
Air Arabia Stores shall have adequate doorways, which can be secured when needed. There should be
PR
adequate lighting, unless otherwise specified due to nature of equipment or material to be stored. However,
direct sunlight shall not be allowed. Aircraft component such as Engines, APUs, landing gears and other heavy
structural parts shall be stored as per the manufacturer instructions at designated areas on appropriate trolleys
IF
or stands.
ED
Unsalvageable items are kept separately from unserviceable items once item is classified “BER”.
2.3.2.2 Tagging/Labeling
LL
Air Arabia using the following tags for identification of details and status of aircraft components:
•
RO
“Serviceable” is a tag/label used in Air Arabia to indicate a part is serviceable and airworthy as evaluated by
an Approved Maintenance Organisation.
NT
• “Unserviceable” is a tag/label used in Air Arabia to indicate a part is unserviceable and to ensure that such
part may not be return to service or installed on Air Arabia aircraft.
CO
Form ABY/MAT/041 is used as Serviceable/Unserviceable Label in ABY AMO.

UN
• “Scrap Label” is a tag/label using for identification of unsalvageable components. Please refer to form ABY/
MAT/059.
• “Discharged Label” is a tag/label showing that Chemical Oxygen generators are discharged. Please refer to
IS
Form ABY/MAT/023.
NT
Please refer to TPM 01.21 “Eligibility of parts before installation” and 03.04 “Picking process”, TPM 03.10
“Scrapping process” for details.
EM
2.3.2.3 Control Access

Aircraft components/material must be stored in secured areas under restricted access to authorized personnel
CU
only. Authorized personnel shall be:
• Air Arabia AMO Management

DO
• ABY Stores Staff & Store Inspectors

• Personnel performing QA audits
S
• GCAA/NAA Airworthiness Inspectors

I
TH


EXPOSITION
2.3.2.4 Airworthiness Directives Control for Stored Items

Aircraft components in serviceable Store shall remain compliant to the applicable Airworthiness Directives and
D
all other applicable mandatory modifications.
TE
Process for accomplishment of all mandatory modifications on aircraft components in serviceable stockrooms is
IN
detailed in MOE Chapter 2.11.
PR
2.3.2.5 Inventories
Aircraft components/material in Store shall be listed on computerized inventory. Perpetual inventory check/
stock-taking shall be made for correcting deviations in nature of product, references, validity and quantity of all
IF
components/material in entire stores, under supervision of Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control.
ED
Ref. TPM 03.09 – “Shelf Life Control Process”.
LL
2.3.2.6 Control of Shelf Life
Aircraft components/material with shelf life shall be checked against their documents upon receipt from
RO
suppliers. Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall monitor rack life on monthly basis by taking printout of rack
life record.
NT
Aircraft component/material reaching rack life expiry or found physically damaged shall be segregated by
Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control and placed at designated location (Unserviceable/Quarantine) within
CO
Stores, prior to its dispatch for disposal.

UN
2.3.2.7 Distribution/Release of Material to Maintenance

Aircraft Engineer concerned shall demand repairable and consumable items separately on ‘Material Requisition’
through AMOS. While drawing component/material from Stores, maintenance personnel and Duty Controller
IS
shall check for following before accepting the item.

NT
• Appropriate Serviceable Tag with the item, carrying a Release Note
• Physical condition of the item and proper packing (as applicable)*

EM
• Part Number and Quantity issued are same as those demanded

CU
• Part and Serial Numbers are same as those indicated on Serviceable Tag
• Item bears required/applicable modification status

DO
Note: *When it was found that tape (classic black/blue insulating tape, Scotch Tape, speed tape etc.) was used
to cover electrical connectors or fluid fittings, such connections should be inspected and cleaned as
S
necessary to ensure lack adhesive residues on electrical connections, and leftover tape is removed from
I
hydraulic/fuel units.
TH
After issuance of material, Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall record transaction and update inventory
record. Material Controller shall ensure that chemicals are issued with applicable expiry date stickers. Stores
Inventory Controller shall ensure that chemicals stored are having such expiry date stickers and control register
is being maintained for monitoring of chemicals rack life on regular basis and life-expired chemicals are
discarded in a timely manner.

EXPOSITION
2.3.2.8 Return of Serviceable Items to Stores

1. When serviceable component is removed from the aircraft for convenience, during re-delivery process or
D
due to troubleshooting, serviceable tag (ABY/MAT/041) and AW Form 1 will be issued only if following has
TE
been verified:
• The organization shall ensure that the component was removed from the aircraft by an appropriately
IN
qualified person.
• The aircraft component may only be deemed serviceable if the last 72 hours or 8 sectors flight operation
PR
revealed no faults on related system.
• The aircraft component should be inspected for satisfactory condition including in particular damage,
IF
corrosion or leakage and compliance with any additional manufacturer’s maintenance
instructions.
ED
• The aircraft record should be researched for any unusual events that could affect the serviceability of the
aircraft component such as involvement in accidents, incidents, heavy landings or lightning strikes.
Under no circumstances may, an AW Form 1, or equivalent form/serviceable tag, be issued if it is
LL
suspected that the aircraft component has been subjected to extremes of stress, temperatures or
immersion which could affect its operation.
•
RO
A maintenance history record should be available for all used serialized aircraft components.
NT
• Compliance with known modifications and repairs should be established.
• The flight hours/cycles/landings as applicable of any service life limited parts including time since
CO
overhaul should be established.

• Compliance with known applicable airworthiness directives should be established.
UN
Certifying Engineer shall confirm the validation of the component status before serviceable label or AW
Form 1 is issued. Maintenance Control Centre will ensure that all relevant information are provided to
Certifying Engineer. Certifying Engineer will make appropriate entry in the aircraft ATL.
IS
If serviceable component is removed from the aircraft by Third Party GCAA Approved Maintenance
Organization, which procedures don’t cover issue of the AW Form 1, serviceable tag is acceptable provided
NT
that all above airworthiness conditions are fulfilled and an one-off authorization is granted by MQA.
2. Any component leased or loaned to a foreign registered aircraft, if removed in serviceable condition by
EM
appropriately qualified ABY certifying staff may be issued with a AW Form 1 provided ABY retains the
control of airworthiness status of the component.
3. Unused materials may be returned to Stores provided that return conditions for such materials are fulfilled
CU
in accordance with TPM 03.04 are fulfilled.

DO
2.3.2.9 Storage of Dangerous Goods

Fluids such as fuel, hydraulics, solvents and cleaning agents being used during maintenance shall be classified
as ‘Dangerous Goods’.
S
Dangerous goods shall be grouped with respect to separation between types of risks as prescribed below:
I
TH
• Flammable
• Irritant
• Oxidizing
• Noxious/Toxic

EXPOSITION
• Corrosive (in this case, segregation between acidic and alkaline products)
D
Placard identifying dangerous goods, IATA Table 9.3.A “Segregation of packages” (IATA DGR 9.3.2) and list of
emergency contacts shall be displayed at dangerous goods storage facilities.
TE
DGR segregation rules shall be followed accordingly to ensure incomparable materials shall not be transported
IN
or stored together to avoid possible reactions between the dangerous goods or reduce the hazards of any
accidental leakage or spillage.
PR
For all such dangerous goods, dedicated Stockroom including both for transit and scraping shall be provided,
conforming following conditions:
IF
• Permanently controlled restriction to Chemicals Stockroom, using lock ‘n’ key
ED
• Placards of Warning Notice for such storage at the entrance
• Operational and safety/emergency instructions placed in the close vicinity
LL
Chemical Stockroom shall be equipped with ventilation and retention system as per level of risks. An effective
RO
fire protection system shall be established to avoid any unforeseen mishap. Flammable items shall be placed in
fire resistant shelves and for Noxious/Toxic material, storage shall be made inside a locked shelve. A label shall
be affixed on each individual area showing the type/nature of risk and the handling instructions. Warning Notice,
NT
at the entrance, shall be as follows:

CO
DANGEROUS GOODS AREA
RESTRICTED ACCESS
UN
HANDLE SAFELY
IS
Personnel in Chemical Stockroom shall be trained for handling of dangerous goods. Maintenance staff shall be
trained for handling dangerous goods during aircraft/aircraft component maintenance through in-house recurrent
training sessions.
NT
2.3.2.10 Control of Alternate Materials

EM
During maintenance on aircraft/aircraft components, manufacturer recommended material as per maintenance

data shall be used. If procurement of such material is not practicable, Manager Technical Procurement shall
inform Technical Buyer to make correspondence with the manufacturer for possible alternates. Upon receipt of
CU
manufacturer’s recommendation/consensus, Technical Buyer shall establish alternate material and inform
Manager Technical Procurement to workout availability and procurement of such material.
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION ACCEPTANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

UAE CAR 145.40(a)1, 40(b), 70(a)12, AMC 145.40(a), 40(b)
D
2.4.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia MRO policies regarding acceptance of tools and equipment received from relevant
manufacturers, suppliers or maintenance service providers.
IN
2.4.2 GENERAL
PR
It’s the responsibility of Manager Technical Procurement to ensure that expressed needs of tools and
equipment’s from Head of Maintenance are fulfilled.
IF
Tools and equipments may include:
ED
• Standard tools and equipment
• Ground support equipment/access steps/platforms
LL
• Servicing tools and equipment
• Jigs or special fixtures RO
• Precision tools, equipment and measuring instruments including test equipment
NT
• Any other special tools and equipment required according to maintenance data
CO
2.4.3 PROCEDURE
2.4.3.1 Tools and Equipment Procurement

UN
Tools and equipment shall be procured from approved suppliers and maintenance of such tools and equipment
shall be performed either by Air Arabia or approved service provider.
IS
For procurement of new tools and equipment, Head of Maintenance shall identify need for tools and equipment
in accordance with applicable maintenance data and coordinate with Manager Technical Procurement for
availability of such tools and equipment in the Organization.
NT
2.4.3.2 Acceptance of Tools and Equipment

EM
Tools and equipment shall be categorized as follows:
• New, received from approved supplier

CU
• Acquired by the Organization, on loan from an approved external source

DO
• Loaned to other organization and is received back

• Received after repair, modification and/or calibration
S
Stores Inspector, while performing incoming inspection on the tool/equipment, shall check for any physical
I
damage/deterioration/packaging and conformance to the following elements as detailed in ABY/MAT/017

TH
(Goods receiving inspection checklist):
• Tool/equipment identification number with documents

• Internal Requisition
• Supplier serviceability document and valid Calibration Certificate (if applicable)
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION ACCEPTANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
• Availability of test report (if applicable)
D
Further, Stores inspector shall ensure that the calibration certificate received along with the equipment/tool from
TE
the contracted service provider/supplier includes the following details:
• Description and identification number of equipment
IN
• Date of Calibration
PR
• Details of individual or service provider/supplier that performed the calibration or check
• Next Calibration Due Date
IF
• Details of adjustment and repairs and Results obtained
ED
• Limits of tolerated error, limitations of use (if any)
• Repair history of the tool or equipment
LL
• Part Number and Serial Number of the standard used to perform the calibration
•
RO
Calibration certificate/Test report signed by authorized personnel
NT
For acceptance inspection, Stores Inspector may seek assistance from Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control
or Manager Base Maintenance. On acceptance, Stores Inspector shall issue a Serviceable tag and handover
the tool/equipment to Tool Controller along with supplier Serviceable tag along with applicable data and
CO
calibration certificate/test report (if applicable). Stores Inspector shall maintain record of all such inspections.
UN
For a received tool/equipment, not conforming in any respect with relevant demand or valid calibration, Stores
Inspector shall place rejected tool/equipment in quarantine and raise the ‘Store Quarantine Notification’ Form
number ABY/MAT/051 i.a.w TPM 03.08 clearly stating the reason for rejection.
IS
2.4.3.3 Tool Store Inventory Management

NT
Upon receipt, Tool Controller shall record tool/equipment on Tool Store inventory while positioning such tool/
equipment in Tool Store. Manager Base Maintenance and Manager Line Maintenance shall be informed
regarding availability of the required tool/equipment. Lists of tools and equipment shall be maintained by Tool
EM
Controller, under supervision of Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control.
Tools and equipment storage shall conform to applicable environmental conditions, recommended by
CU
manufacturers.
DO
Tool Controller shall maintain and archive following documents or copies (as applicable):
• Serviceable Tag issued by Stores Inspector

S
• Calibration certificate/Test report

I
TH
• Any other data, provided with tools and equipment
‘Tool lists’, shall be maintained for ensuring proper inventories throughout the Organization. All types of tools and
equipment shall be stored at designated locations in respective Tool Stores. Tool/equipment may be issued to
any workstation/team due to nature of task/workload on permanent basis with complete traceability. However,
such issued tool/equipment shall be monitored by Tool Controller.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION ACCEPTANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
Complete inventory check of Tool Store shall be performed annually. In order to ensure objectivity, Manager
Technical Procurement shall nominate a suitable person within the section excluding Tool Store personnel.
D
Tools Inspector shall resolve the highlighted discrepancies on priority. Manager Technical Procurement shall
supervise entire process and maintain records for Inventory checks.
TE
2.4.3.4 Tool Service Provider
IN
On the top of general requirements applicable to ABY Service providers indicated in p. 2.1 MOE, service provider
intending to provide tool calibration services to Air Arabia shall have metrological accreditation from National
PR
Meteorologic Authority in accordance with technical internationally recognized standard, for example ISO 17025.
2.4.3.5 Categorization of Tools
IF
The term “Tools” covers the tools and calibration instruments used at Air Arabia to carry out maintenance work
where physical interaction with the aircraft, its engines and components is involved.
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CALIBRATION OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.5 CALIBRATION OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

UAE CAR 145.40(b), 70(a)12 , AMC 145.40(b)
D
2.5.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding inspection, calibration and maintenance of tools and equipment, including
control of scheduled maintenance.
IN
2.5.2 GENERAL
PR
This procedure is applicable to tools and equipment, in order to ensure conformity with specifications. This
includes all measuring equipment to be used for test, inspection and calibration. Tools and equipment, prior to
induction, shall go through acceptance and inspection procedure as per MOE Chapter 2.4.
IF
Tools and equipment used within the Organization are subjected to servicing, calibration, inspection and
ED
scheduled maintenance at intervals, recommended by the manufacturer of tools and equipment. Records for
calibrations, inspections, servicing and scheduled maintenance shall be managed by Tool Controller.
LL
2.5.3 PROCEDURE
2.5.3.1 Calibration Control RO

For centralized control on calibration, all tools and equipment requiring calibration shall be monitored and
NT
recorded by the Tool Controller. All such tools shall be sent only to approved supplier for calibration/repair.
Upon return of calibrated/repaired tooling, Stores Inspector shall inform Tool Controller to update record. Tool
CO
Controller shall monitor next calibration due dates for tools and equipment, requiring calibration. In case any due
date is skipped by Tool Controller, Manager Quality Assurance shall be informed by Supervisor Stores &
Inventory Control to immediately stop usage with an advice to dispatch tool/equipment for calibration. Such tools
UN
shall be clearly labeled unserviceable and must not be used until recalibration.
2.5.3.2 Process
IS
Calibration of tools and equipment on periodic basis shall adhere to following criteria:
NT
• Manufacturers’ recommendation (frequency as per tool/equipment manual).

• Design limit for specific tool/equipment, method and usage.
EM
If there is no source of information available to establish calibration intervals, Tool Controller shall establish
frequency through past experience, in association with Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control, considering
CU
results of calibrations (recorded) and usage of tool/equipment. However, in case of any finding related to
tolerance during calibration, Tool Controller shall revise and re-establish the frequency.
DO
Record for each category of tools and equipment shall be maintained by Tool Controller, providing information
such as tool/equipment identification number, next calibration/service/check due date, last calibration/service/
check date, etc.
I S
Each calibrated tool and equipment should be labeled with the clearly visible and readable next due calibration
TH
date.
During last week of each month, Tool Controller shall perform following tasks as regard to tools and equipment
requiring calibration/servicing:
• Review calibration/servicing/check due dates for tools and equipment

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CALIBRATION OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
• Notify Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control regarding tool/equipment due for calibration/servicing during
next month
D
TE
Upon notification by Tool Controller, tool/equipment shall be removed from usage and returned to Tool Store. It
shall than be transported in their original boxes to approved suppliers for calibration/repair. Upon receipt of
calibrated tool/equipment, Tool Controller shall maintain calibration related records.
IN
All maintenance personnel shall be responsible to check tools and equipment before use, for valid calibration,
PR
serviceability and next calibration/service due date. In case of any doubt, they shall return such tool/equipment
to Tool Controller for calibration. In case of missing calibration/serviceability certificate or if serviceability
becomes doubtful, such tool/equipment shall be sent for verification and issuance of new certificate.
IF
In case of loss of tool/equipment, under calibration program control, Tool Controller shall report to Supervisor
ED
Stores & Inventory Control for administrative action.
2.5.3.3 Calibration by Contracted Organization
LL
Tools and equipment may be sent for calibration checks to an organization that is either the Original Equipment
RO
Manufacturer (OEM) or their recommended suppliers (Refer MOE Chapter 2 for details).
After calibration, tool/equipment shall be received back with following information/documents:

NT
• Description and identification number of equipment

CO
• Date of Calibration
• Details of individual or supplier that performed the calibration or check
UN
• Next Calibration Due Date

• Details of adjustment and repairs and Results obtained
IS
• Limits of tolerated error, limitations of use (if any)

• Repair history of the tool or equipment
NT
• Part Number and Serial Number of the standard used to perform the calibration
EM
• Calibration certificate/Test report signed by authorized personnel
Loaned tooling from outside organizations are subject to individual agreements between the organizations
CU
concerned, but must have a valid servicing/calibration status.
2.5.3.4 Tools Found Out of Tolerance during Calibration

DO
It shall be established in agreement between Air Arabia and tool calibration service provider that fact when tool
found out of tolerance during calibration should be reported to Air Arabia. Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control
shall inform Manager Quality Assurance about it and file ASR in IQSMS.
I S
SAG members/safety officers shall conduct risk analyses and assessment to identify possible negative impact
TH
to the safety of involved aeronautical products. Risk assessment shall be approved by the HoE&M and accepted
by the Manager Safety & ERP. Depending the outcomes of such risk assessment, various risk mitigation
measures may be applied for the purpose of mitigating the risk.
Customer/Air Operator shall be informed for further actions in case of safety concerns and the above-mentioned
measures to be implemented as necessary.
MAINTENANCE USE OF TOOLING AND EQUIPMENT BY STAFF INCLUDING ALTERNATE

TOOLS
EXPOSITION
2.6 USE OF TOOLING AND EQUIPMENT BY STAFF INCLUDING ALTERNATE TOOLS

UAE CAR 145.40(a)1, 40(a)2, 40(b), 70(a)12, AMC 145.40(a), 40(b), 45(d)
D
2.6.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding management of tools and equipment and usage of such tools and
equipment by maintenance staff.
IN
2.6.2 PROCEDURE
PR
2.6.2.1 Management of Tooling and Equipment
Manager Technical Procurement shall ensure availability of all required tooling and equipment during scheduled
IF
maintenance on aircraft/aircraft components. For this purpose, list of required tools shall be maintained by
Manager Technical Procurement and reviewed upon induction of an aircraft/aircraft component.
ED
Reference documents for establishing such list of required tooling/equipment shall be based upon maintenance
data such as:
LL
• AMM, CMM, TSM, Task/Work cards, Worksheets, etc.
• Tooling Equipment Manuals (TEM)
RO
• Service Bulletins (SB)
NT
• Repair Instructions (RI)

CO
Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall ensure that the manufacturer instructions are followed for storage of
tooling and equipment, including temperature/humidity/dust control. Special care shall be observed for the
electronic/computerized tooling and equipment. Tool Controller shall make all necessary arrangements for
UN
proper storage of tooling and equipment at designated locations with placards for following:
• Tools/equipment requiring calibration

IS
• Tools/equipment requiring service

NT
• General tools
• Consumable material (if any)
EM
Records for each category shall be maintained, stating calibration/service intervals, etc. All tooling and
equipment requiring calibration/service should have next calibration/service due date stickers or marking.
CU
Unserviceable tooling/equipment (if any) shall be segregated and placed at clearly marked location. Access to
unserviceable tooling and equipment storage area shall be kept to authorized personnel. Availability of required
consumable material shall be maintained by Tool Controller to a level designated/authorized by Manager
DO
Technical Procurement.
Personal (own) tools and toolboxes are forbidden to be used in Air Arabia.
I S
TH


TOOLS
EXPOSITION
2.6.2.2 Training on Tooling and Equipment

Upon induction of new tooling/equipment, Manager Base Maintenance shall establish a need of training for staff.
D
Head of Maintenance shall be contacted for such arrangements. In case of tooling/equipment that is already in
TE
use, training shall be provided to maintenance personnel during recurrent training sessions and records shall be
maintained by Manager Base Maintenance.
IN
Where the manufacturer specifies a particular tool or equipment, the Air Arabia shall use that tool or equipment,
PR
unless the use of alternative tooling is required according to MOE Chapter 2.6.2.4.
2.6.2.3 Distribution/Use/Return of Tooling and Equipment
IF
Tool Controller shall maintain ‘Issue and Receipt Register’ in which pertinent information for issuance of tooling/
equipment is entered, i.e. identification of person receiving tool, tooling/equipment nomenclature and serial
ED
number, aircraft registration, etc.
Prior to use a tooling/equipment, maintenance staff shall check the following:
LL
• Tooling/equipment identification
• Calibration/Service validity
RO
NT
• Physical condition and serviceability
• Functionality/Compatibility
CO
Maintenance personnel shall use manufacturer’s recommended tooling and equipment with utmost care. For
traceability, identification/serial number of calibrated tooling/equipment being used shall be recorded on the
UN
worksheets, during aircraft maintenance.
Once used, maintenance staff shall check tooling/equipment for any damage, clean and if necessary, recondition
IS
for next use, before returning the used tooling/equipment. Tool Store personnel shall accept tooling/equipment
from maintenance staff after thorough inspection and shall report to Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control, if
NT
found damaged. Loaned tooling/equipment, after usage, shall also be returned to Tool Store.
All equipment and tools required to accomplish approved scope of work, except in the case of any tool or
EM
equipment that is so infrequently used that its permanent availability is not necessary. Such requirement shall
be programmed in advance to ensure that availably of such tool prior to beginning of maintenance. HoE&M and
CU
MQA shall be advanced if loan tools is not arrived on time. Loaned tools shall be subject of periodic audits within
ABY QA Audit annual plan.
DO
2.6.2.4 Use of Alternate Tooling and Individual Toolkits

Use of alternate tooling shall be done with utmost precautions. Alternate tooling may be authorized only when it
has been established in the Organization that maintenance can be accomplished in a safe way with such
S
alternate tooling. Demonstration, given by Manager Line Maintenance or Manager Base Maintenance shall be
I
cross checked with specifications of original tooling for a proper use of alternate tooling.The alternate tools shall
TH
be approved by the Manager Quality Assurance for use i.a.w TPM 03.13.
Toolkits, issued to maintenance personnel in the Organization for ease of usage are categorized as ‘Personal
toolkits’. As a policy matter, no personal toolkit may carry tools that require calibration. Such toolkits shall be
subjected to verification/inspection by Manager Line Maintenance or Manager Base Maintenance, in accordance
with TPM 01.11.

TOOLS
EXPOSITION
2.6.2.5 Unserviceable Tooling and Equipment

Tooling/equipment found damaged or unserviceable shall be returned to Tool Store personnel.
D
TE
Tool Controller shall place such tooling/equipment with ‘Calibration/Repair Tag’ at designated area for limited
time.
IN
Manager Technical Procurement, when informed, shall categorize tooling/equipment either as repairable or
PR
scrapped.
Tooling/equipment requiring repair shall be sent to concerned repair shop, with a detailed work order.
IF
Scrapped items information shall be sent to Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control to update comprehensive list
ED
of available tools.
LL
Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall ensure that the list of available tools is updated by Tool Controller.
RO
Manager Line Maintenance and Manager Base Maintenance shall investigate to find out reasons for such
damage and take measures to avoid recurrence.
NT
2.6.2.6 Tooling Modifications

Tooling/equipment shall not be modified unless authorized by the Manager Quality Assurance. Tool Controller
CO
shall maintain record of modified tooling. Authorization for modifying a tool shall be granted only when it has been
demonstrated that such modification is:
UN
• Useful and does not change use of tooling/equipment from its intended use.
• Not affecting the quality of maintenance being carried out.

IS
2.6.2.7 Procedure to Control Tools and Equipment After Completion of Maintenance

NT
All tools and support equipment shall be returned to the Tool Stores at the completion of maintenance and prior
to certification.
EM
General verification shall be carried out and signed for, to ensure that the aircraft or component is clear of all
tools, equipment and any extraneous parts or material, and that all access panels removed have been refitted.
CU
Air Arabia’s Forms No. ABY/PLN/006 “AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE CHECK CLEARENCE PACKAGE” and
ABY/MAT/021 “TOOL AND EQUIPMENT RETURN CONFIRMATION FORM” shall be completed prior to
DO
issuance final CRS and after completion of all works on aircraft after base maintenance check to ensure that all
tools are returned to Tool Store.
S
Please refer to TPM 03.07 & TPM 04.05 for detail description of process.
I
TH
2.6.2.8 Missing Tool

Any tool missing must be reported to the Line Maintenance Shift Manager and Store Keeper as soon as it is
discovered missing.
Please refer to TPM 03.07 “Tooling process”.

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CLEANLINESS STANDARDS OF MAINTENANCE FACILITIES Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
2.7 CLEANLINESS STANDARDS OF MAINTENANCE FACILITIES

UAE CAR 145.25(d), 70(a)12, AMC 145.25(d), 47(a)
D
2.7.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding provision of cleanliness standards for facilities and awareness of safety
standards in the Organization.
IN
2.7.2 PROCEDURE
PR
2.7.2.1 General Facilities and Cleaning
Facilities shall remain in a condition that promotes healthy working atmosphere and proper air-conditioning is
IF
provided, where required. Protection from weather elements such as dust, hail, rain shall be ensured according
to requirements.
ED
Air Arabia Head of Maintenance shall ensure that offices, planning and production areas are illuminated with
sufficient light fixtures. Additionally, an emergency/standby electrical power is supplied in areas where jobs are
LL
performed on round-the-clock basis, or nature of job needs uninterrupted electrical power supply.
RO
In addition, Head of Maintenance or designated person shall ensure that all production areas/maintenance bays
must be clear from any kind of FOD.
NT
“Foreign Object” exclusion and cleaning control process shall be established in accordance with provisions TPM
01.30.
CO
2.7.2.2 Safety Issues

UN
2.7.2.2.1 Fire Protection

Provisioning of fire extinguishers with clear identification at obstacle-free locations shall be ensured in the
Organization. Inspection of fire extinguishers shall be performed on periodic basis with check date certificate of
IS
each extinguisher. Manager Line Maintenance and Manager Base Maintenance shall ensure availability of first
aid kits in respective section.
NT
2.7.2.2.2 Hazardous Waste Management

EM
Waste shall be considered as hazardous if it has one or more characteristics/effects such as corrosive,
explosive, oxidant, radioactive, reactive, toxic or poisonous and more specifically if it harms or may cause a harm
to people directly or indirectly.
CU
Management of hazardous wastes generated during fueling/defueling, maintenance, etc. strictly follows
regulations governing treatment, storage, and disposal.Copies of MSDS are easily and readily accessible to all
DO
staff through shared drive.
Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall develop list of hazardous materials being used/generated and safe
S
handling of such material/waste. Manager Line Maintenance and Manager Base Maintenance shall ensure that
I
Maintenance Personnel shall be made aware of hazardous materials handling and disposal.
TH
2.7.2.2.3 Environmental Safety

All personnel are equally responsible to closely observe environmental safety in the Organization. An observed
environment/safety hazard shall be immediately reported as Hazard report through IQSMS i.a.w SMS manual
section 2.2. The Manager Safety & ERP will coordinate with the Head of maintenance for immediate corrective
action and appropriate preventive measures.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CLEANLINESS STANDARDS OF MAINTENANCE FACILITIES Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
2.7.2.2.4 Safety Equipment

Staff involved in aircraft maintenance shall be provided with recommended safety equipment.
D
TE
Personnel working at elevations must be provided with safety straps/belts, shoes, etc.
Manager Line Maintenance, Manager Base Maintenance and Manager Workshops in coordination with
IN
Technical Training Instructors shall ensure that all personnel aware of the importance and usage of safety
equipment, through recurrent training sessions.
PR
Appropriate usage of such safety equipment shall be monitored through spot checks and record shall be
maintained by Manager Line Maintenance for line maintenance personnel and Manager Base Maintenance for
IF
hangar personnel.
ED
2.7.2.3 Personnel Awareness
All personnel shall be made aware of organizational procedures regarding facilities and safety issues through
LL
recurrent training.
RO
Fire protection team shall provide firefighting training. Manager Line Maintenance/Manager Base Maintenance,
as applicable shall keep record of all such trainings.
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATIONSHIP TO AIRCRAFT/

AIRCRAFT COMPONENT MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING
EXPOSITION
2.8 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATIONSHIP TO AIRCRAFT/AIRCRAFT

COMPONENT MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING UPDATING AND
D
AVAILABILITY TO STAFF
TE
UAE CAR 145.45(a), 45(b)1, 45(b)2, 45(b)3, 45(b)4, 45(b)5, 45(d), 45(e), 45(f), 45(g), 70(a)12,
AMC 145.45(b), 45(d), 45(e), 45(f), 45(g)
IN
2.8.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding management of technical documentation issued by the UAE GCAA/
PR
Manufacturer/Operator/Quality Assurance and other organizations as standards. It also defines management of
working documents derived from such standards and quality documentation.
IF
2.8.2 GENERAL
Supervisor Maintenance Panning and Records shall ensure availability of standards and maintenance data in
ED
the Organization, received from following sources:
LL
• Competent Authorities
• Aircraft/aircraft components manufacturers
• Organizations such as ICAO, IATA, ATA, etc.
RO
• Quality Assurance
NT
Technical Library shall receive maintenance data and revisions. Technical Librarian shall maintain distribution
CO
list, for maintenance data. Maintenance data may be distributed in hard copies, CDs, etc. Supervisor
Maintenance Panning and Records shall ensure availability of updated maintenance data on company intranet.
Maintenance data is provided onboard for Air Arabia aircraft, if dispatched to line station not having any library
UN
facilities. English shall be the only acceptable language for maintenance data.
Air Arabia shall assure provisioning of maintenance data either by customer for customer aircraft/aircraft
IS
components or shall be arranged on behalf of customer under an agreement. In case of line maintenance, the
operator shall provide maintenance data. Supervisor Maintenance Planning and Records shall be responsible
for verification of such data. Maintenance data, not found updated to latest issue/revision, shall be returned to
NT
customer with request for update.

EM
Manager Line Maintenance/Manager Base Maintenance or Manager Workshops in coordination with Head of
Maintenance or his deputy shall send requirements of maintenance data for aircraft/aircraft component to
Supervisor Maintenance Planning and Records and he/she shall process subscription from applicable sources
CU
and finalize requirements for financial approval. Upon financial approval, Supervisor Maintenance Planning and
Records shall send requisition to Manager Technical Procurement for placement of Purchase Order.
DO
Modification of maintenance instruction is not allowed if it is not authorised by and/or maintenance instruction's
author.
S
All maintenance data shall be available all the time including at the time of audit by GCAA.
I
TH


EXPOSITION
2.8.3 PROCEDURE
2.8.3.1 Maintenance Data Coming from External Sources
D
All documents received from Airframe or Engine manufacturer in electronic form are verified for the applicability.
TE
Applicable documents are logged by Technical Library Staff allocating a control number including copy number
and location. Technical Manuals published through CD-ROM are uploaded on Air Arabia Intranet by IT
IN
Department.
PR
Distribution of documents such as Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) and Technical Procedures
Manual (TPM), etc shall be made according to distribution list of each document by Supervisor Maintenance
Planning and Records. Distribution list shall be maintained as to ensure adequacy of these documents where
IF
required.
ED
A quarterly check to verify the updation and currency of all available technical manuals is carried out under
supervision of Supervisor Maintenance Planning and Records. Quality Audits of Technical Library shall also be
performed to ensure compliance with the organizational procedures on periodic basis. All of the above should
LL
be carried out in lieu of procedures reference in TPM Section 6 and Document Control Procedures Manual.
2.8.3.2 Manufacturer Documentation RO

Documentation supplied by manufacturers (aircraft, engine or component manufacturers) forms the basis of
maintenance data for work carried out by Air Arabia.
NT
The data is applied directly, or through the internal documentation of the maintenance organization, without
CO
modifying AD or CDCCL requirements. Warnings printed in the manufacturer documentation, such as CDCCL
must be mentioned into work cards.
UN
The following paragraphs describe the principal manufacturer documents used by Air Arabia.
2.8.3.2.1 Aircraft Maintenance Documentation

IS
• Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM),

• Illustrated Parts Catalog (IPC),
NT
• Wiring Diagram Manual (WDM),

EM
• Structural Repair Manual (SRM),

• Non-Destructive Testing Manual (NDT Manual),
CU
• Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) or Engine Shop Manual (ESM) when applicable to components
installed on aircraft etc.
DO
2.8.3.2.2 Component and Engines Maintenance Documentation

Components:
S
• Component Maintenance Manual (CMM),

I
TH
• Overhaul Manual (OHM).
Engines:
• Engine Manual (EM),

• Engine Shop Manual (ESM),

EXPOSITION
• Power Plant Building up Manual (PPBM).
D
These manuals group data previously included in the Maintenance and Overhaul Manuals; the Illustrated Parts
TE
Catalog remains a separate document.
IN
2.8.3.2.3 Modification Documents
Service Bulletins (SB) provide with modification instructions and priorities or recommendations for special
PR
maintenance actions. In case urgent or priority action is required, an “Alert Service Bulletin” is issued and is given
priority treatment by the department concerned.
IF
2.8.3.2.4 Miscellaneous Documents
ED
Standard processes/Manufacturer standards (DPS, PMS, etc.);
LL
Engineering/Manufacturing Drawings;
RO
Service Letters (AOT, SIL, MEMORANDUM, TELEX, etc.) including information about problems encountered in
operation, manufacturer research activities, etc.
NT
2.8.3.3 Documentation/Maintenance Instruction Issued by the Maintenance Organization

CO
2.8.3.3.1 Quality Bulletins

Manager Quality Assurance publishes Quality Bulletins to disseminate, administrative, customer-related,
UN
regulatory and technical information to the staff on safety matters.
Quality Bulletin acts as short-term information usually incorporated into relevant procedure manual where
IS
required.
NT
The Technical Publication Department is responsible to disseminate the Quality bulletins to relevant staff through
email and same is also available in shared drive which is readily accessible to all maintenance staff. These
Quality Bulletins are also included as a part of Continuation training being conducted by the Technical Training.
EM
2.8.3.3.2 Additional Engineering Documentation

CU
Air Arabia Fleet Technical Management Team as a contracted service provider develops the following
information to assist technical staff in the inspection, maintenance and certification of aircraft. This information
DO
where relevant, also applies to staff performing support fictions.
1. Technical Notices
S
The function of Technical Notices is to assist maintenance staff in the diagnosis of defects. Emphasize
I
TH
manufacturer requirement and good maintenance practices and advice on configuration difference within
fleet. Technical Notices are produced and numbered sequentially in ATA chapters. All Technical Notices
shall be approved for release by Head of Engineering. Staff signifies their awareness of the Bulletin by
signing Read & Sign Register maintained by Line Shift Manager in case of line maintenance and Hangar
Maintenance in case of Base Maintenance. The read and signs for workshop related Technical Bulletins are
maintained by the Manager Workshops.

EXPOSITION
2. Engineering Special Work Orders (ESWO)

ESWO will be issued in response to an URGENT/Safety action or repetitive defect monitoring for the
D
Aircraft, Engine or a Component (ONLY specific Aircraft, Engine or Component MSN). URGENT action is
TE
related to the specific troubleshooting task or/and inspections to support Aircraft defect rectification. ESWOs
are released by Development Engineer based on approved OEM standard documents base such as AMM/
IN
TSM/SRM/SPM/SL/ISI recommendation/Airbus-CFM Tech request actions etc.
3. Engineering Order (EO)
PR
Engineering Order (EO) is a document produced to communicate comprehensive accomplishment
instructions in order to perform modification or inspection on aircraft, engines and components installed on
IF
aircraft in accordance with the maintenance data provided by the manufacturer or regulatory authority.
4. Engineering Work Instruction (EWI)
ED
EWI will be issued in response to an URGENT/Safety action or repetitive defect monitoring for the specific
fleet or batch of Aircraft, Engines or Components. URGENT action is related to the specific troubleshooting
LL
tasks or/and inspections or/and Software upgrades (IFE, TDB, NAV DB) or/and fleet campaign actions. EWI
can be developed and released ONLY by Development Engineer and approved by Head of Engineering.
2.8.3.4
RO
Maintenance Instructions Issued in Conformity to Approved Data in Order to Facilitate/
Customize the Maintenance, i.e. Work Card/Work Sheet, EOs, Tech Specs etc
NT
• Paper or computer generated work cards and related amendment control;

• Qualification requirements for staff involved in preparation/approval of work card/work sheets, etc.
CO
• Incorporation of best practice and human factors principles:

– Complex tasks subdivided into clear stages to allow recording what was actually accomplished by each
UN
individual;
– Differentiation of disassembly, accomplishment, reassembly, testing tasks;
IS
– Compliance and traceability with FTS/CDCCL instructions

NT
2.8.3.5 Documentation Issued for Internal Information Purposes (i.e. Quality Information Bulletins,
Alerts, Occurrence Investigation Reports, etc.) as applicable
• All such documentation shall be distributed by Tech Pubs to all staff using Air Arabia intranet.
EM
2.8.3.6 Control of Information

CU
• Technical Library shall keep all necessary technical information required for the purpose Air Arabia AMO &
CAMO.
DO
• All technical data shall have Master copy manuals and should have documentation ref., Ref. no. and Rev.
date.
• All maintenance data shall be accessible to ABY engineering & maintenance staff via Company intranet.
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION REPAIR PROCEDURE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.9 REPAIR PROCEDURE

UAE CAR 145.42(c), 45(a), 48(d), 70(a)12, AMC 145.42(c), 50
D
TE
2.9.1 PURPOSE
To describe Air Arabia policies regarding repair on aircraft/aircraft component.
IN
2.9.2 GENERAL
PR
Repair and maintenance on aircraft shall be performed in accordance with maintenance data provided by the
manufacturer and organizational procedures. Maintenance data shall be available in maintenance areas
accessible to concerned personnel.
IF
Once defect has been logged, appropriate facilities, tools, equipment and maintenance data are then defined
ED
and prepared to perform work in conformity with approved repair data. All repairs shall be carried out keeping in
view of the approved scope of work.
LL
For customer aircraft, when defect/damage are detected during maintenance, customer/operator shall be
informed through defect report. Repair shall then be carried out after review of Repair Order of customer. If
RO
customer/operator do not agree for repair, certifying staff shall assess airworthiness of aircraft due to subject
damage and follow procedure of MOE Chapter 2.16, before issuing Certificate of Release to Service.
NT
Engineering activities are undertaken by ABY Fleet Technical Team which may outsource design functions, if
required.
CO
2.9.3 PROCEDURE
UN
2.9.3.1 Repair Process

Defects found shall be recorded on Aircraft Technical Log/Work card/Worksheet by Aircraft Engineer
(concerned). Area involved shall be inspected thoroughly for hidden damage, including areas adjacent to
IS
obviously damaged parts.

NT
Approved maintenance organization may be contacted to perform assessment of structural damage/defect

mentioned in the Work card/Worksheet in accordance with relevant maintenance data if required.
EM
Approved maintenance organization than, will be responsible for definition of repair solution.
CU
Repair solution is either:
Case I: Replacement of damaged parts in accordance with relevant maintenance data

DO
Case II: Repair solution already given in relevant maintenance data, hence approved
S
Case III: Repair solution does not exist in the relevant maintenance data
I
TH
For cases ‘I & II’, repair solution defined by AMM/SRM/CMM shall be implemented as any other maintenance
task.
For Case III, pertinent information and drawings of damaged area shall be sent to the Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) along with proposed repair solution (if any) and to the UAE GCAA of aircraft registration.
Manufacturer or CAR-21 approved appropriately rated organization shall classify repair as ‘Major’ or ‘Minor’.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
For minor repair, solution shall be implemented after endorsement of manufacturer and approval of the UAE
GCAA of aircraft registration.
D
TE
In case, the UAE GCAA does not approve this repair, Head of Maintenance or his deputy, will seek assistance
from Type Certificate holder/CAR – 21 approved appropriately rated organizations for repair solution.
IN
For the repair solution classified as ‘Major’, solution shall be implemented only after obtaining repair design data
from the Type Certificate holder/CAR – 21 appropriately rated Organization, approval from the UAE GCAA/
PR
Competent Authority of Type Certificate holder and the UAE GCAA/Competent Authority of aircraft registration.
All documentation, approved repair solution and maintenance data involved in the repair shall be controlled and
IF
used as per MOE Chapter 2.13.
ED
Certificate of Release to Service, after repair, shall be issued in accordance with MOE Chapter 2.16.
LL
Records of repairs performed shall be maintained as per MOE Chapter 2.14.
RO
Records for the operators shall be managed as per MOE Chapter 2.17
Third Party Customers particularities:

NT
Any repair performed on an aircraft, equipment or engine for a Customer has to respect its Authority and contract
requirements.
CO
Principal rules of managing a non-UAE registered aircraft repair are:

UN
• Ensure that one of Air Arabia certificates or approvals is recognized by operator’s authority and that the
capability list matches with the repair to be performed (rating, aircraft types…).
IS
• Ensure that any repair performed according non initially approved data has to be performed after operator
approval
NT
• Define in the contract:

– Repairs forms to be used (Air Arabia's CRS or other customer document),
EM
– Management process to approve new repairs maintenance data.

CU
2.9.3.2 Component Repair

The documentation used for component repair activities is made depending on component type and related
DO
workshop.
All maintenance activities must be done in accordance with approved maintenance data for component.
S
Documentation used during workshop activities is:

I
TH
1. Work Order
2. Workshop documents which are:
• Procedure Sheets for Test/Repair/Overhaul as applicable
• Workshop inspection report
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Detailed Workshop procedures can be found in Work Shop Procedures Manual.
D
2.9.3.3 Fabrication of Parts
TE
Manufacturing of aeronautical parts may normally be accomplished by organizations holders of a production
approval.
IN
Sometimes, during the maintenance of an aeronautical product, fabrication of parts to release to service the
PR
product on which it is installed may be necessary.
In such a case is possible the fabrication of parts like:
IF
• Bushings, sleeves and shims;
ED
• Secondary structural elements and skin panels;
• Flexible and rigid pipes;
LL
• Electrical cable looms and assemblies;
RO
Provided the maintenance organization has the tools and equipment, the material and the necessary approved
documentation.
NT
Such fabrication activity is permitted taking into account that the parts:
CO
1. May be installed on products subjected to maintenance accomplished by the Maintenance Organization

only;
UN
2. Must show the evidence of the Maintenance Organization that fabricated them, the “traceability” with the
fabrication process, the identification;
IS
3. May not be released through a AW Form 1, sold to third parties, or withdrawn from service as surplus;
4. May not be Standard, Principal Structural Element, or critical part.
NT
Parts shall be fabricated in accordance with the technical documentation issued by the Type or Supplemental
EM
Type Certificate Holder (TC or STC – Airbus, etc).
Whenever the information necessary for the fabrication of the part (material, processes, dimensions, tolerances,
CU
etc.) is not reflected in the maintenance or modification documents in use (AMM, SRM, SB, CMM, etc); person
responsible for the fabrication shall request to the competent engineering the issuance of Technical
Specification.
DO
Currently, Air Arabia fabricates the cargo compartment floor and ceiling panels in-house under the provision of
this section.
I S
The elaborated procedures for the fabrication and release of above mentioned parts is documented in Workshop
TH
Manual reference ABY/ENG/WSM/034.
All parts, except those having not enough space, will carry part number (OEM) which clearly relates it to the
manufacturing/inspection data followed by ABY suffix which serves as the organisation identity for traceability
purpose. Additionally, Air Arabia identification number as detailed below, along with part name and date of
fabrication are marked on the part for traceability purposes.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
In order to provide for the traceability of the part(s) to the fabrication process, an identification number, shall be
assigned to each manufactured part, as follows: IM 11 WS 0001
D
IM – First two digits meaning “Internally Manufactured”;
TE
11 – Next two digits for the year of manufacture;
IN
WS – Workshop involved in the fabrication, WS – Workshop Code (i.e. SM – sheet-metal)
PR
0001 – Sequence number of manufacturing for specific workshop, subsequent four digits.
IF
Part fabrication record shall be maintained with the applicable shop.
ED
Detail of Part fabrication process and Part fabrication record form updation is defined in the Workshop Manual
reference ABY/ENG/WSM/034.
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM COMPLIANCE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.10 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM COMPLIANCE

UAE CAR 145.30(e), 75(g), 70(a)12
D
TE
2.10.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding compliance with the approved Aircraft Maintenance Program,
establishing specific maintenance schedule for each aircraft/aircraft component.
IN
PR
2.10.2 GENERAL
For aircraft in the Air Arabia fleet and some third-party customer aircraft, the AMOS ensures compliance with
continuing airworthiness requirements.
IF
Aircraft Type Certificate holder/manufacturer, provides initial Maintenance Planning Document (MPD) and
ED
updates, in view of in-service experience, production/design, quality issues and airworthiness requirements.
Aircraft Maintenance Program shall be developed from Maintenance Planning Document to follow maintenance
instructions by aircraft manufacturer.
LL
Air Arabia shall respect these minimum maintenance requirements and ensure that all maintenance is carried
RO
out in conformance with the manufacturers’ documentation/instructions. Air Arabia Supervisor Maintenance
Planning & Records is responsible for the control of all Maintenance Planning activities for its operation.
NT
ABY Manager Technical Procurement is responsible for stock control of all material required for planned
maintenance activities.
CO
Air Arabia maintenance activities are tracked and forecasted in AMOS.

UN
Maintenance activities may be forecasted by hours, cycles and calendar dates as applicable. Scheduled
maintenance checks will be performed in accordance with a predefined work package prepared according to the
latest maintenance data that includes all scheduled tasks and any work requested in the form of job cards and
IS
index listing.
NT
2.10.3 PROCEDURE
2.10.3.1 Maintenance Program Creation

EM
Maintenance Planning Document (MPD), provided by the aircraft manufacturer and duly approved by the
Authorities, shall be used by the Organization to develop maintenance program for aircraft/aircraft components,
subject to approval of UAE GCAA/Competent Authority of aircraft registration. Maintenance Program shall
CU
comprise of:
DO
1. Schedule Tasks
Scheduled tasks shall be performed respecting Maintenance Planning Document at defined threshold and
repeat intervals. General threshold/intervals quoted are:
S
• Calendar life (Month, Year, multiples, etc.)

I
TH
• Flight Cycles (FC)

• Flight Hours (FH)
• Landings
• Applicable Supplier and/or National Requirements.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM COMPLIANCE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
Air Arabia shall maintain aircraft/aircraft components, as per manufacturers’ Maintenance Planning
Document (MPD). Prior to implementation, contracted Development Engineer – AMP shall develop an
D
Aircraft Maintenance Program. Air Arabia Manager Quality Assurance shall be responsible to obtain
TE
approval of the UAE GCAA.
Aircraft Maintenance Program shall encompass all aircraft components (engine, APU, landing gear, flight
IN
controls, accessories, instruments, electrical/radio equipment and all associated systems/installations). It
shall define the period at which a component shall be removed from aircraft for replacement, inspection,
PR
test or overhaul. It shall also be expressed in terms of a criteria, related to usage (i.e., a given period of time,
number of cycles, landings or hours), the aircraft component shall undergo cleaning/lubrication/inspection/
functional check/adjustment (as applicable).
IF
2. Unscheduled Tasks
ED
Unscheduled tasks (Refer MOE Chapter 2.15 for details) are defined as the result from particular additional
requirements from the Authorities, manufacturers or customer. Such additional requirements, particularly,
LL
are:
• Airworthiness Directives/Service Bulletins (SBs)/AOTs RO

• Continuous follow up of acceptable/justified deferred defects
NT
• Organization Bulletins/Orders requiring periodical check or inspection

CO
• Maintenance reports
• Pilot Reported (PIREP) defects

UN
Maintenance Program for aircraft/aircraft components shall have clear reference to the maintenance
manuals provided by aircraft/aircraft component manufacturer or supplier.
IS
2.10.3.2 Maintenance Program Update

NT
Aircraft Maintenance Program of Air Arabia fleet shall be submitted to the UAE GCAA for approval. Maintenance
program shall be revised on the basis of following:
EM
• Experience related to scheduled and un-scheduled maintenance

CU
• Reliability program analysis related to aircraft/aircraft components
• Manufacturer recommendations (MPD revisions)

DO
• Environmental factors
S
2.10.3.3 Aircraft Maintenance Program Launching and Achievement

I
TH
Maintenance instructions, contained in the Approved Maintenance Program, shall be translated into Task cards,
arranged to develop work packages according to check interval. Such work packages, translated and developed
by Air Arabia Maintenance Planning, shall be entered in AMOS.
Air Arabia Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records shall be responsible for the establishment of appropriate
slot for each work order.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM COMPLIANCE Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
Air Arabia Maintenance Planning shall be responsible for the issue of a work order and the preparation of the
entire work package (routine and non-routine tasks) which include task cards and relevant associated
D
documentation, such as:
TE
• AMM tasks,
IN
• Tooling and equipment list ensuring tools availability,
• Preparation of Maintenance Program Inspection Standards and FTS, EWIS, CDCCL,
PR
• Copies of AD/CN,
• Specific optional SBs,
IF
• Modifications, etc.
ED
The work package is routed to the relevant personnel for work embodiment. Manager Base Maintenance
designates the maintenance personnel for performing relevant tasks and nominates the appropriate Certifying
LL
Staff. Maintenance personnel shall be responsible for signing the relevant task in the task card.
RO
Extension of the approved intervals may be granted by the Manager Quality Assurance only. The maximum
extension which may be granted by the Manager Quality Assurance must be in accordance with manufacturer’s
requirements.
NT
2.10.3.4 Work Deferrals

CO
2.10.3.4.1 Air Arabia Aircraft

‘Approved Maintenance Schedule Dispensation’ Form # ABY/QAM/076 shall be raised by Supervisor
Maintenance Planning & Records, in agreement with Head of Engineering and submitted to Manager Quality
UN
Assurance for extension approval i.a.w TPM 07.09. Manager Quality Assurance may approve the request for
extension after careful evaluation. The approval must specify the time within which the inspection must be
accomplished as well as any mandatory work which must be accomplished prior the approval is granted. An
IS
extension approved by the Manager Quality Assurance to a check interval is not cumulative with the next check
or interval.
NT
Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records shall be responsible to comply with the requirements of Approved
Maintenance Program and any deviations from the requirements to be reported to Manager Quality Assurance.
EM
2.10.3.4.2 Third Party Customer Aircraft

CU
All requests for deferred work must be submitted to the customer for approval in accordance with the regulations
of its Authority.
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES PROCEDURE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.11 AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES PROCEDURE

UAE CAR 145.45(b)2, 42(b), 70(a)12, AMC 145.45(b), 42(b), 50(a), ABY CAME 1.4
D
2.11.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies and identified the responsibilities for monitoring and incorporation of the UAE
GCAA/Competent Authority mandated modifications/inspections through Airworthiness Directives during
IN
maintenance on aircraft/aircraft components.
PR
2.11.2 GENERAL
Airworthiness Directives shall be received by the Organization periodically. Besides receiving daily notifications
of new released Airworthiness Directives, an update of all Airworthiness Directives shall be verified on bi-weekly
IF
basis through web portal by Development Engineer.
ED
Air Arabia or Customer CAMO is responsible to ensure compliance with all mandatory requirements on Air
Arabia aircraft or Customer's aircraft accordingly and within a timely manner. Following receipt of all mandatory
LL
requirements from airworthiness authorities, manufacturers and suppliers, relevant CAMO Development
Engineer is responsible for raising the appropriate Engineering Order (EO) where applicable.
RO
Air Arabia as Approved Maintenance Organization shall hold and use applicable current maintenance data in the
performance of maintenance, including modifications and repairs to any Aircraft, component or process specified
NT
in the Air Arabia's Scope of Approval and in associated Shop Capability List.
Applicable maintenance data shall be any of the following:

CO
1. Any applicable requirement, Airworthiness Directive, procedure, operational directive or information issued
by the authority responsible for the oversight of the aircraft or component.
UN
2. Instructions for continuing airworthiness issued by TC, STC holder and Airworthiness data mandated by the
authority responsible for the oversight of the Aircraft or component.
IS
Documentation part of incorporation Airworthiness Directives is defined in MOE Chapter 2.13. Certificate of
Release to Service after incorporation of Airworthiness Directive shall be issued in accordance with MOE
NT
Chapter 2.16.
EM
Records for embodiment of Airworthiness Directive shall be managed as per MOE Chapter 2.14 and
Chapter 2.17. Information/training of relevant personnel on Airworthiness Directive shall be covered through
continuation training as described in MOE Chapter 3.4.
CU
MOE Chapter 2.20 shall be referred for dispatch and receipt of aircraft components from contracted
maintenance organization.
DO
In the case of Airworthiness Directives and maintenance data provided by an Operator/Customer, Air Arabia as
Approved Maintenance Organization shall hold such data when the work is in progress.
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.11.3 PROCEDURE
D
2.11.3.1 Airworthiness Directive Compliance Process
TE
Air Arabia or Customer CAMO is responsible for monitoring and incorporation of airworthiness or other
operational directives issued by EASA or UAE GCAA or State of Design. Technical Publication Author is
responsible for notifying the Development Engineers on issuance of AD on daily basis. Air Arabia Development
IN
Engineers shall be responsible to perform initial assessment of applicability and compliance threshold.
PR
Additionally Development Engineers will verify on biweekly basis that all ADs have been received and assessed.
IF
Development Engineer shall be responsible for the technical evaluation of the AD and raise the necessary
Engineering Order (E.O) to comply with the inspection or modification requirements.
ED
Air Arabia Technical Publications Author shall receive the Engineering Order raised by Development Engineers
to cover the requirements of AD and will be responsible to upload the same in the IMS system. Manager
LL
Technical Procurement and Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records/ABY Planning department, will be
notified for successful upload.
RO
Manager Technical Procurement shall be responsible for procurement of any modification kit or material required
for accomplishment and ultimately to plan embodiment of E.O on aircraft/aircraft components within compliance
NT
threshold.
CO
Planning Department/Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records is responsible for scheduling in a timely
manner and ultimately to plan embodiment of EO on aircraft/aircraft components within compliance threshold.
UN
Airworthiness Directives requiring repetitive compliance shall also be controlled by Manager Technical
Procurement/Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records.
IS
Air Arabia Development Engineer shall be responsible to maintain an up-to-date compliance record of all
Airworthiness Directive issued on aircraft/aircraft component. The compliance record shall be in the form of
NT
computer file for each aircraft. Record for the AD compliance shall be stored in secure location on Company
Intranet to avoid tampering or loss of data. The compliance record shall contain at least the following:
EM
1. Aircraft make/model/serial number

CU
2. Engine make/model/serial number
3. APU make/model
DO
4. Component Part Number/Serial Number*
5. AD number
S
6. Subject
I
TH
7. Date/hours/cycles at compliance
8. Method of compliance
9. Next compliance due date (date/hours/cycles), if recurrent action is requested
10. Accomplishment information

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Compliance of Airworthiness Directive is mandatory within stipulated time. Head of Maintenance is responsible
for incorporation and documentation of performed AD’s. Certificate of Release to Service (CRS) shall be issued
D
every time compliance with an AD is established.
TE
Note: *Procedure shall include all components controlled by Air Arabia i.e. currently installed on aircraft and
remaining stored on Air Arabia i.e. own and pool consignments stock components.
IN
Manager Quality Assurance is responsible for any deviation requests in this regard which shall be submitted to
PR
UAE GCAA for approval stating the reason for the deviation or extension and the proposed compliance data.
Specific maintenance findings must also be reported to the GCAA and to the manufacturer if required by
Airworthiness Directive.
IF
2.11.3.2 Airworthiness Directive on Aircraft Components by Contracted Organization
ED
In case of aircraft component to be sent abroad for modification, Manager Technical Procurement shall
coordinate with Development Engineer and prepare aircraft component for dispatch as per MOE Chapter 2.20.
LL
For aircraft components under ‘Component Exchange Program’, Manager Technical Procurement shall
RO
supervise the process of modification accomplishment, records management and in-time availability/installation
of modified components on aircraft.
NT
Upon receipt of modified component in Stores, Manager Technical Procurement, with respect to received
documents, shall intimate Supervisor Maintenance Planning and Records to plan installation of modified
CO
component on aircraft and issue necessary work package to line maintenance or base maintenance team.
Air Arabia Systems/Propulsion Engineer shall be responsible to update the Airworthiness Directive Status once
UN
the modified component has been installed on the aircraft.
2.11.3.3 Procedure for Customers’ Aircraft/Component

IS
Incorporation of Airworthiness Directive on customer’s aircraft and/or component, when required shall follow
same procedures as for Air Arabia aircraft.
NT
Additionally, records of incorporation shall be forwarded to customer along with other maintenance records.
EM
The responsibility for the application of Airworthiness Directives applicable to aircraft or components is with the
Operator.
CU
It is the Operator’s responsibility to provide the list of Airworthiness Directives to be implemented.

DO
When performing and releasing the component after maintenance activities in ABY Work Shop ABY as AMO
must make sure compliance with all Airworthiness Directives required by State of registry.
S
Any AD overdue for compliance is considered as hazard to flight safety.

I
TH
In case that operator refuses to comply with requirements of AD, CRS shall not be issued and the state of registry
will be notified. (Ref MOE Chapter 2.18).
2.11.3.4 Procedure for Alert Service Bulletins

The procedure for processing and implementing of Alert Service Bulletins shall be same as for Airworthiness
directives.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION OPTIONAL MODIFICATION PROCEDURE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.12 OPTIONAL MODIFICATION PROCEDURE

UAE CAR 145.45(d), 48(d), 70(a)12, AMC 145.45(d), GM 145.48(d)
D
TE
2.12.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies for evaluation and accomplishment of optional modifications during maintenance
on aircraft/aircraft components.
IN
PR
2.12.2 GENERAL
Sources of optional modifications are Type Certificate holders recommending modifications through Supplement
Type Certificate (STC), Service Bulletins (SB), Service Letters (SL), and Air Operators Telexes (AOT).
IF
Sources of modification approval are the following:
ED
• UAE CAR-21 Approved DOA,
LL
• TC Holder,
• UAE GCAA.
RO
Implementation of Non Modification is based on contract and agreements with the Customer Operator.
NT
Development Engineers are responsible to evaluate, develop and control all optional modifications on Air Arabia
fleet.
CO
All optional modifications to be incorporated on Air Arabia fleet shall be approved in accordance with the
non-mandatory modification embodiment policy defined in CAME Chapter 1.6.
UN
2.12.3 PROCEDURE
IS
2.12.3.1 Optional Modification Process – Air Arabia Fleet

Development Engineers shall be responsible for reviewing all requirements following receipt from airworthiness
NT
authorities, manufacturers and suppliers, and for raising the appropriate “Technical Documentation Review”
(TDR) form where applicable. Development Engineer (AMP) is responsible for initiating related amendments to
Approved Maintenance Program (AMP); aircraft work cards and work sheets.
EM
Air Arabia Head of Engineering and Maintenance or Head of Engineering shall be responsible to provide final
CU
approval for the proposed modification depending upon which Development Engineering shall provide
‘Engineering Order’ (EO) to cover the modification or inspection.
DO
Manager Technical Procurement shall be responsible for procurement of any modification kit or material required
for accomplishment and plan embodiment of EO on aircraft/aircraft components. Maintenance documents
certifying accomplishment of optional modification shall be retained in Technical Records within the relevant
S
aircraft work package.

I
TH
Prior to accomplishment any modification, Head of Maintenance shall ensure that such modification is within Air
Arabia approved scope of work. MQA should be contacted in case of any doubt regarding this.
2.12.3.2 Third Party Customers

Any modification on Third Party Customer aircraft should be approved by its NAA prior to application of such
modification. The Air Operator is responsible for obtaining such approval.
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION IN USE AND COMPLETION OF THE

SAME
EXPOSITION
2.13 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION IN USE AND COMPLETION OF THE SAME

UAE CAR 145.45(g), 45(e), 45(f), 55(a), 70(a)12, GM 145.55(a), 48, M.201(c)
D
2.13.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding use of maintenance documentation and requirements related to control,
management and completion of documentation during maintenance activities.
IN
2.13.2 GENERAL
PR
All maintenance work performed on operator’s aircraft or aircraft component shall be cross referenced in the
technical records as follows:
IF
• For schedule Line/Base Maintenance activities; work package reference of maintenance check or out of
phase tasks shall be entered on ATL as a maintenance entry.
ED
• For workshop activities work package reference shall be entered in AW Form 1 or equivalent (for third party
operators).
LL
All required certification is signed, dated and stamped.
RO
Specified test results and dimensions are recorded in the work package/task cards when required.
NT
Final Release will be certified by ‘Certificate of Release to Service’ (CRS or Form 1 as applicable) signed by a
certifying staff. (Ref MOE Chapter 2.16).
CO
All aircraft/component maintenance records are kept by the Technical Records Section.
UN
Maintenance Work can be either scheduled or unscheduled Maintenance.
1. Scheduled Maintenance
IS
Air Arabia shall follow the approved maintenance program for routine/schedule maintenance works.
NT
Approved Maintenance schedule checks are:

• Transit check, Daily Check;
EM
• Weekly Check;
• A – Check;
CU
• C – Check and Structure Checks;

• Component Maintenance;
DO
• “Out of Phase” (Timing) maintenance tasks;

• Time limit control tasks and life limited parts;
S
• Planned defect rectification.

I
TH
2. Unscheduled Maintenance
Unscheduled maintenance works may be accomplished in order to rectify defects discovered during aircraft
operation or during scheduled maintenance checks.
For rectification of defect arising during aircraft operation Aircraft Technical Log shall be used containing
rectification details.

SAME
EXPOSITION
For rectification of defects arising during aircraft/component maintenance ref MOE Chapter 2.15.
D
2.13.3 PROCEDURE
TE
Air Arabia Planning shall be responsible for the preparation of the line and base maintenance checks,
components work packs/orders which may consist of routine tasks, non-routine tasks and component tasks
based on definition input.
IN
PR
In developing a routine task cards/EOs/Special requirements, Human Factors principles shall be applied, such
as:
IF
• Layout of task card shall be designed to avoid any difficulties in reading and to be followed as required without
difficulties.
ED
• Layout of aircraft maintenance task card is approved and controlled by Form ABY/PLN/005 and may not be
changed/revised without approval by HoE&M and MQA.
LL
• Language in use – shall be English language.
• Clear and concise instructions. RO

• Warnings and Cautions and Notes shall be included using bold, underlining or italicizing text.
NT
• Clear instructions for the mechanics/certifying staff where to sign, certify, date the performed task.
• Whenever task card has important graphic details, such graphics are included.
CO
• Full amplification of some tasks rather than referral to separate documents that may distract mechanics/
certifying staff.
UN
• List of maintenance documents which build up a standard work package;
• Reference to Approved Data.

IS
• Where possible, use of colour to display maintenance Items and task cards.
NT
• Worksheets for non-routine task;

• Assembly of completed work package for certification;
EM
• Control and use of customer supplied work card/worksheets.

CU
Planning Engineer shall evaluate routine tasks for complexity taking into consideration involved trades, number
of maintenance personnel, elapsed time which may require handover to different shift, etc. For complex tasks
such as engine replacement, APU replacement, landing gear replacement stage sheets or alternatively AMM job
DO
cards may be used for sign off for step by step task accomplishment.
2.13.3.1 Documentation for Scheduled Aircraft Maintenance (A and C checks)

S
Documentation for scheduled aircraft maintenance check activities shall be presented as work package
I
consisting of planned maintenance program Task cards and additional local Task cards specifying maintenance
TH
requirements. Work package for scheduled base maintenance, issued as Task cards, shall be computer
generated/manually compiled.
Air Arabia Planning shall be responsible for the preparation of the line and base maintenance checks, which may
consist of routine tasks (Daily, Weekly, Routine tasks), non-routine tasks (Engineering Orders, special
requirements), and component tasks based on definition input.

SAME
EXPOSITION
Air Arabia Planning during the package preparation shall review all Task cards and compile them as work
package for aircraft check by placing cards in predefined systematic order. All elements of work package shall
D
be accounted for and controlled by individual Task card serial number being recorded on a Master Task Card
index and updated for completion on daily basis.
TE
All maintenance records imperfectly/incorrectly entered during the performance of maintenance IAW TPM 07.23.
IN
It is prohibited to correct all maintenance records after CRS issuance.
PR
Each work package shall be on standard format with front page providing general information for particular
aircraft type, registration, level of check, flight hours, flight cycles, landings, dock-in/speculated dock-out dates,
IF
test results, dimensions and results of various measurements should be recorded. Certifying staff signature &
stamp “ABY XXX” shall be used as the primary means of normal task sign-off. Front page shall be filled by
planning staff, before distribution of the package to maintenance personnel.
ED
Non Routine Card (NRC) shall be raised for each defect arising and serial number automatically generated from
LL
the AMOS. NRC serial number shall be systematically entered in the NRC index sheet which is part of the work
package. All indexes shall have a clear reference to the Task Cards.
RO
Upon issuance of Aircraft Certificate of Release to Service after base check, Aircraft Engineer (support staff)
NT
shall compile ‘Maintenance Compliance Sheet’ form # ABY/QAM/078 to ensure completeness of maintenance
tasks during base check. Air Arabia Planning shall review the work package for completeness, and archive.
CO
2.13.3.2 Documentation for Line Maintenance Defect Rectification

In respect of line maintenance, primary documentation used is the Aircraft Technical Log. Work cards that
UN
scheduled to be done on the line, as and when required, shall be used with appropriate references and
traceability to and from ATL sector sheet page serial number. Additional Work card must be firmly attached to
the copy of relevant ATL page prior to dispatch to Air Arabia Planning and Record.
IS
Aircraft component removal/installation either for modification or defect rectification to be registered in the
NT
Aircraft Technical Log and certifying staff shall certify ATL and the ‘Component Serviceable Label’.
EM
Deferred defects shall be recorded in accordance with TPM 02.08
2.13.3.3 Documentation for Component Maintenance

CU
Documentation for components maintenance in the workshops shall be presented as work package consisting
of planned maintenance program Task cards and additional local Task cards specifying maintenance
DO
requirements. Work package for component maintenance, issued as Task cards, shall be computer generated/
manually compiled.
S
Air Arabia Planning shall be responsible for the preparation of the components work packs/Orders, which may
I
consist of routine tasks, non-routine tasks (Engineering Orders, special requirements), and component tasks
TH
based on definition input.
Air Arabia Planning during the package preparation shall review all Task cards and compile them as work
package for component maintenance in predefined systematic order. All elements of work package shall be
accounted for and controlled by individual Task card serial number being recorded on a Master Task Card index
and updated for completion on daily basis.

SAME
EXPOSITION
Each work package shall be on standard format with front page providing general information for particular
component Number, Serial Number, level of maintenance, flight hours, flight cycles, dock-in/speculated dock-out
D
dates. Front page shall be filled by planning staff, before distribution of the package to workshop maintenance
personnel.
TE
Non Routine Card (NRC) shall be raised for each defect arising and serial number automatically generated from
IN
the AMOS. NRC serial number shall be systematically entered in the NRC index sheet which is part of the work
package. All indexes shall have a clear reference to the Task Cards.
PR
Upon completion of the work, Certificate of Release to Service (AW Form 1) shall be issued by appropriately
qualified ABY Certifying Staff to release the component to service.
IF
2.13.3.4 Documentation Completion
ED
Aircraft Technical Log/Cabin Logbook are primary maintenance records during line/cabin maintenance activities.
Aircraft Engineer (concerned) shall ensure proper upkeep of ATL/Cabin Logbook, including physical condition of
the folder and its pockets.
LL
Once an entry is made in ATL/Cabin Logbook and all other technical records, it shall always remain legible for
RO
clarity of entries. Use of correcting fluid must be avoided during record completion within the Organization.
NT
Any maintenance task, recorded on documentation, shall be converted into maintenance record. Hence,
Production Controller shall ensure the required control/security of working files and continuously monitor
progressive completion of maintenance tasks along with recording in the working files.
CO
Any maintenance sub task, required to be omitted shall be marked as ‘Not Applicable’. Marking shall only be
made by Planning Engineer concerned with signature and stamp bearing designation. Whenever, maintenance
UN
sub task is not required as a result inspection/rework, Aircraft Engineer (concerned) shall mark such sub task as
‘Not Required’. Maintenance task performed shall be recorded with proper reference of maintenance data.
Completion of Task card/NRC/Worksheet shall be ensured as soon as task is physically accomplished. Findings/
IS
results shall be declared in detail, clearly identifying observed values, levels, etc. For traceability, maintenance
personnel shall record the identification/serial number of calibrated tooling/equipment being used on worksheets,
NT
during aircraft component maintenance.
Upon accomplishment of maintenance task, maintenance personnel shall sign in relevant column of Work cards/
EM
Task cards/NRC/Worksheets with date and staff number. Aircraft Engineer (concerned) shall sign in appropriate
column along with authority stamp and date to provide clear traceability to maintenance carried out.
CU
Completed maintenance documentation shall be recorded in AMOS and hard copies shall be archived with
Technical Record section.
DO
Manager Line Maintenance and Manager Base Maintenance shall arrange recurrent trainings with regards to
good maintenance practices, progressive maintenance recording and records completion in coordination with
Technical Training Instructors.
I S
TH
Discrepancies noted during work packages review shall be discussed during these recurrent training sessions.


SAME
EXPOSITION
2.13.3.5 Independent Inspection

Independent Inspections are conducted on tasks performed with primary Flight controls, Engine controls, etc.
D
This shall be done where primary mechanical, hydraulic or electrical circuits of controls such as elevators,
TE
ailerons, rudder, flaps, etc. are disturbed. Independent inspection shall also be performed whenever required by
maintenance data during maintenance of aircraft/aircraft components.
IN
An independent inspection is an inspection performed by an ‘independent qualified person’ of a task carried out
by an ‘authorized person’, taking into account that:
PR
• The ‘authorised person’ is the person who performs the task or supervises the task and they assume the full
responsibility for the completion of the task in accordance with the applicable maintenance data;
IF
• The ‘independent qualified person’ is the person who performs the independent inspection and attests the
ED
satisfactory completion of the task and that no deficiencies have been found.
Independent inspection shall be sign off in a same workcard/ATL dedicated section provided as per instructions
LL
laid down in TPM 07.14. and MOE 2.23.2.5.
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION TECHNICAL RECORD CONTROL Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.14 TECHNICAL RECORD CONTROL

UAE CAR 145.55(a), 55(c)1, 55(c)2, 55(c)3, 70(a)12, GM 145.55(a), AMC 145.55(c)
D
2.14.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding management of Time and Maintenance records in a manner to cover all
maintenance performed on aircraft/aircraft components and archiving of complete operational/maintenance
IN
history.
PR
2.14.2 GENERAL
Technical Records encompasses for all maintenance performed on aircraft/aircraft components such as line/
IF
base/cabin maintenance. All technical records shall be kept in hardcopy format. Original for Air Arabia fleet and
copies of customer aircraft/aircraft component maintenance records must be retained for a minimum of three (3)
years from the date aircraft/aircraft component is last released to service. Original work packs shall be sent to
ED
the customers as per the timelines defined in the contract.
LL
Computerized records shall be archived in AMOS (Refer MOE Chapter 2.21 for details). Records such as
Aircraft/Engine/APU Logbooks, component release data/history and modification records shall be kept for longer
RO
time to provide back-to-birth history. Such records shall be archived for a period of another two years from the
date, an aircraft/aircraft component is withdrawn from service permanently.
NT
2.14.3 PROCEDURE
2.14.3.1 Recording of Maintenance/Operation Data

CO
Recording of all operation/maintenance data on the Aircraft Technical Log is essential for the planning of the
maintenance tasks. The ETLB data is transmitted to the MIS via the network.
UN
In case of temporary failure of the ETLB, Crew/Maintenance staff will switch to the paper TLB to record the sector
details including all maintenance carried on the aircraft on that particular sector. All details are then entered by
the technical coordinator on the MIS. These computer records are accessible to all Air Arabia maintenance
IS
personnel.
NT
2.14.3.2 Technical/Maintenance Records

For Air Arabia, technical/maintenance records are kept with Air Arabia AMO (Approval No.: UAE.145.0003).
EM
The complete and tidy work-pack shall be collected in conformity to the relevant maintenance summary, duly
signed by the responsible Certifying Staff.
CU
All Maintenance records for Aircraft/Component shall be kept with Technical Records.
DO
Records are mainly consisting of Aircraft Technical Log & Aircraft/Engine/APU Logbooks and aircraft/component
work packages as mentioned below:
S
• Applicable maintenance data for managed aircraft/component.

I
TH
• Any applicable requirement, procedure, standard or information issued by Air Arabia Quality Assurance.
• Applicable airworthiness directive.
• Applicable instructions for continuing airworthiness, issued by type certificate holders, supplemental type
certificate holders and any other organization that publishes such data in accordance with Part 21.
• Aircraft logbook.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
• Engine logbook(s).
• Records of any service life limited components.
D
• Certificate of release to service for any completed aircraft/component maintenance.
TE
• Status of airworthiness directives and measures mandated by GCAA immediate reaction to a safety problem.
IN
• Status of modifications and repairs.
PR
• Status of compliance with the aircraft maintenance program.
• Status of service life limited components (including component life limitation, total number of hours/cycles/
calendar time and open hours/cycles/calendar time remaining).
IF
• Mass and balance report which reflects the current status of the managed aircraft.
ED
• List of deferred maintenance.
• For any component installed or maintained in ABY workshops, in addition to EASA Form 1 or equivalent,
LL
information on:
1. Identification of the component.
2.
RO
Type, MSN and registration to the aircraft to which it has been fitted.
3. Total flight/calendar time or cycles of the component, as appropriate.
NT
4. Additional information as applicable to the component

CO
All entries made in the aircraft continuing airworthiness records shall be clear and accurate.
UN
When it is necessary to correct an entry, the correction shall be made in a manner that clearly shows the original
entry.
The maintenance organization shall retain and make available information on any work performed and any
IS
scheduled maintenance including:

NT
• Aircraft Maintenance Manuals, Component Maintenance Manuals (CMM), SB’s, AD’s, etc.
• Information on the condition of all life-limited parts.
EM
• All work orders and work reports.

CU
For third party operators Air Arabia AMO keeps copies of Work Packages for 3 years from the date the aircraft
or component released to service.
DO
2.14.3.3 Maintenance Record Retention

Air Arabia Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records is responsible to maintain all Air Arabia aircraft and/or
its components maintenance records for the following periods:
IS
1. ATL records shall be retained for 3 years after the date of the last entry.
TH
2. All detailed maintenance records in respect of the aircraft and/or its components shall be retained for 3 years
after the aircraft or component was released to service.
3. The time and flight cycles as appropriate, since last scheduled maintenance of the component subjected to
a service life limit, at least until the component scheduled maintenance has been superseded by another
scheduled maintenance of equivalent work scope and detail.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
4. The current aircraft inspection status such that compliance with the approved maintenance program shall
be retained until the inspection has been superseded by another inspection of equivalent work scope and
D
detail.
TE
5. The total flight time and flight cycles as appropriate, of the aircraft and all life limited aircraft components
shall be retained for 12 months after the aircraft has been permanently withdrawn from service.
IN
6. The current status of Airworthiness Directives (including mandatory and alert SB) applicable to the aircraft
PR
and aircraft components shall be retained for 12 months after the aircraft has been permanently withdrawn
from service.
IF
7. Details of current modifications and repairs to the aircraft, engines and any other aircraft components vital
for safe flight shall be retained for 12 months after the aircraft has been permanently withdrawn from service.
ED
8. Records such as Aircraft/Engine/APU Logbooks, component release data/history and modification records
shall be kept for two years from the date an aircraft/aircraft component is permanently withdrawn from
LL
service to provide back-to-birth history.
2.14.3.4 Maintenance Record Preservation RO

Technical records shall be kept in a form acceptable to UAE GCAA (i.e. paper form or on a computer database
NT
or a combination of both).
CO
All records should remain legible throughout the required retention period. Paper systems should use robust
material, which can withstand normal handling and filing.
UN
Storage racks in adequate number are provided for archiving technical records, the setup of the record system
shall take into account the ease of retrieval of any document required.
IS
Access to building or area or facility is restricted to personnel authorized by Supervisor Maintenance Planning &
Records.
NT
Computer systems should have at least one backup system, which should be updated at least within 24 hours
EM
of any entry. Each terminal is required to contain program safeguards against the ability of unauthorized
personnel to alter the database.
CU
Technical records should be stored in a safe way with regard to fire, flood, theft and alteration. Computer backup
discs, tapes, etc., should be stored in a different location from that containing the current working discs, tapes,
DO
etc. and in a safe environment.
The original of the aircraft records is stored at Technical Record section located at Air Arabia Hangar Facility at
S
Sharjah Airport. Disposal of any document shall be authorized by Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records
I
back up of technical records is maintained by Air Arabia IT department.

TH
2.14.3.5 Maintenance Record Re-construction

In case of lost or destroyed records, Manager Quality Assurance shall nominate a team for reconstruction of lost/
destroyed records through different means such as shift handing over registers, memos, vouchers, dirty
fingerprints, etc. Re-constructed records shall be submitted to the UAE GCAA for acceptance.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.14.3.6 Transfer of Maintenance Records

Air Arabia shall ensure that when an aircraft or engine is permanently transferred to or from Air Arabia, the
D
maintenance records specified in MOE Chapter 2.14.3.3 shall also be transferred and the time periods
TE
prescribed shall continue to apply to the new operator.
In the event that Air Arabia decides to temporarily transfer an aircraft to another operator, the Accountable
IN
Manager shall be responsible to ensure that the following documents are available to the new operator:
PR
• Aircraft Technical Log.
• All detailed maintenance records in respect of the aircraft and/or its components.
IF
• All Time and Flight Cycles as appropriate, since last overhaul of the aircraft component subjected to an
overhaul life.
ED
• The current inspection status such that compliance with the approved maintenance program can be
established.
LL
• The total time and cycles as appropriate, of the aircraft and all life limited components.
• RO
The current status of the aircraft Airworthiness Directives applicable to the aircraft and aircraft components.
• Details of current modifications and repairs to the aircraft, engines and any other aircraft components
NT
including those vital to the flight safety.
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION RECTIFICATION OF DEFECTS ARISING DURING MAINTENANCE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.15 RECTIFICATION OF DEFECTS ARISING DURING MAINTENANCE

UAE CAR 145.50(c), 50(e), 70(a)12
D
TE
2.15.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding process for rectification of defects arising during maintenance of aircraft
IN
as well as deferment of non-rectified defects.
PR
2.15.2 GENERAL
Defects arising during maintenance are rectified and certified prior to aircraft release by an Aircraft Engineer
(concerned) authorized to perform such rectification.
IF
2.15.3 PROCEDURE
ED
2.15.3.1 Recording of Defects
LL
Defects may be classified as follows:
• RO
Pilot Reported (PIREP) defect, entered in Aircraft Technical Log.
• Defect observed during line maintenance, entered in Aircraft Technical Log.

NT
• Defect observed during base check, reported on Non Routine card (NRC).
CO
• Defects observed during component maintenance and reported on NRC.
Defect arising during Aircraft Maintenance, shall be recorded by Aircraft Engineer (concerned) on Non Routine
UN
card (NRC) that contains reference of Task Card/work package.
Serial number of Non Routine Card (NRC) shall also be recorded on Task Card to ensure its traceability (Refer
IS
MOE Chapter 2.13 for details).

NT
Full details of any rectification, including components changes, materials used, required inspections and
functional test, are recorded and kept with maintenance records.
EM
Defect arising during component maintenance shall be recorded by workshop engineer on workshop inspection
report as well as action details.
CU
Procedure sheet for repair/overhaul shall be attached to inspection report.

DO
Full details of any rectification, including components changes, materials used, required inspections and
functional test are subject to RC and NRC and are recorded, reviewed and kept with maintenance records.
S
Defect arising during aircraft maintenance that requires NDT activities will be specified in NRC.
I
TH
Work done by NDT workshop engineers will be specified by NDT engineer in Non Routine Cards (NRC) raised
during Maintenance check.
All required data NTM reference, revision and date shall be specified in NRC which will be part of Aircraft
Maintenance Work Pack.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.15.3.2 Rectification of Defects

When a defect is reported or observed during maintenance task, defect investigation/troubleshooting shall be
D
performed by Aircraft Engineer (concerned) with appropriate certification authorization.
TE
Approved Maintenance data such as AMM, SRM, CMM, etc shall be referred for all troubleshooting and
rectifications.
IN
In case, repair is not possible through solution given in maintenance data, Air Arabia or Customer CAMO shall
PR
be informed to work out for viable solution, in coordination with Type Certificate holder/Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) and the UAE GCAA/Competent Authority of aircraft registration (Refer MOE Chapter 2.9
for details).
IF
2.15.3.3 Reporting of Defects
ED
Defects that are considered hazardous to safety and airworthiness must be reported to MQA, Air Arabia or
Customer CAMO and OEM. The UAE GCAA, Type Certificate holder and customer/operator shall also be
LL
informed for such un-airworthy condition.
(Ref MOE Chapter 2.18 for details). RO

2.15.3.4 Deferments of Defects Rectification
NT
Reference to Air Arabia Minimum Equipment List (MEL), or any other approved data such as AMM or SRM, shall
be made when a rectification is deferred.
CO
Any defect raised and not rectified during scheduled maintenance due to justified reason shall be considered as
deferred defect.
UN
Line Maintenance Shift Manager has to check maintenance requirements and allocate required manpower. If
due to any reason any task cannot be accomplished Line Maintenance Shift Manager must contact Planning
IS
Engineer or MCC during night shifts and confirm if same can be deferred. Any deferred tasks shall be recorded
in Line Shift Handover specifying reason for deferral.
NT
Manager Line Maintenance is responsible to report all deferred defects during line maintenance to Maintenance
Control Centre and Technical Records via ATL for recording in AMOS to ensure their rectification on priority.
EM
Deferred Defects originating at Line Stations/Outstations will be entered on a Defect Deferral Sheet (ADD/MDD
Record sheet and MDD/ADD Control Sheet Form, as applicable) kept at the back side of the TL folder by the
CU
Certifying Staff who deferred the defect. This information will be forwarded to Technical Records Coordinator
who will enter the data into the AMOS getting the information from ATL.
DO
The data entered includes the defect write-up, the action taken, the MEL reference and repair interval category
the ATL page number/sector log, the reason for deferral and the date the defect was originally deferred.
S
The defects that affect the safe operation of the aircraft must be rectified before further flight or deferred in
I
accordance with the provisions of the approved MEL/CDL or i.a.w the provision of any limitations as described
TH
in the approved maintenance data. For defects that don’t affect the safe operations, must be rectified as soon as
practicable or deferred i.a.w any limits specified in the applicable maintenance data. Only defects that don’t affect
the Safety and Airworthiness of the individual Aircraft and not mentioned in the Aircraft MEL/CDL and not
subjected to any limits in the maintenance data such as cosmetic defects may be deferred upto 120 days. MCC
department shall monitor the deferred defects and ensure earliest rectification and subsequent closure. Refer
TPM 02.01.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Defects deferred during base maintenance checks shall be communicated to the Production Controller and
Maintenance Control Centre for adequate control of deferred defects.
D
Such deferred defects shall be listed and clearly mentioned on aircraft maintenance records.
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION RELEASE TO SERVICE PROCEDURE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.16 RELEASE TO SERVICE PROCEDURE

UAE CAR 145.30(g), 30(h)1, 30(h)2, 30(i), 30(j)5, 48(a), 50(a), 50(b), 50(c), 50(d), 50(e), 50(f), 80, 35(a),
D
55(a), 75(e), 75(c), 30(j)3, 30(j)4, 70(a)12, AMC 145.30(j)(5), 30(j)(5)(i), 30(j)(5)(ii), 50(a), 50(b), 50(e),
TE
50(f), 80, 30(j)(4), AMC1 145.50(d), AMC2 145.50(d), GM 145.50(d), 30(j)(4), M.403 (b), Appendix I
2.16.1 PURPOSE
IN
To describe Air Arabia policies, regarding issuance of Certificate of Release to Service for aircraft after
PR
maintenance.
2.16.2 GENERAL
IF
The Certificate of Release to Service (CRS) certifies that the work ordered for the aircraft, component or engines
was correctly and fully completed in accordance with appropriate maintenance data, with due account taken of
ED
operations that may be deferred.
LL
Any scheduled or unscheduled maintenance carried out on aircraft or aircraft component shall be released to
service according to the approved procedure.
RO
Certifying staff, qualified to issue Certificate of Release to Service as per scope of certification authorization, are
mentioned on ‘List of Certifying Staff’ form # ABY/QAM/38. Certifying Staff shall be trained and qualified as
NT
per MOE Chapter 3.4. Manager Quality Assurance shall maintain record of certifying staff working in the
organization to ensure continuity of certification authorization and determination of training needs.
CO
2.16.2.1 Aircraft CRS

The Certificate of Release to service (CRS) is issued as per the principles defined in the procedure:
UN
• On the basis of the line & base maintenance file, which includes all the operations carried out, and
IS
• On the ATL for Air Arabia’s aircraft.

NT
2.16.2.1.1 “Paper” Technical Logbook (TLB)

The CRS is combination of the details of the maintenance action performed and the certification carried out for
EM
this maintenance action by way of a physical signature and stamp.
2.16.2.1.2 Electronic Technical Log Book (ETLB)

CU
The CRS is combination of the details of maintenance action performed and the certification carried out for this
maintenance action by way of a digital signature (unique user id and password).
DO
The CRS includes:

S
• The reference to the approval used (UAE.145.0003),

I
TH
• The type of check carried out,
• The name (or ID number) of the certified person, and his signature & stamp,
• The date, place and time (GMT) of the approval,
• The file reference (issue date or number) when the CRS is issued on the ETLB.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
When ‘Certificate of Release to Service’ form # ABY/PLN/080 is issued for an aircraft/aircraft component i.a.w
TPM 07.18, it means that:
D
TE
• Maintenance performed, within approved scope of work for the Organization.
• All maintenance was executed in accordance with customer/operator work order and approved maintenance
IN
data.
• The corresponding documents were correctly filled out and signed.
PR
• Appropriate support staff has signed all maintenance work.
• No work, other than that justified, has been deferred.
IF
• No reportable defect is apparent that could hazard aircraft/aircraft component’s safety and airworthiness.
ED
• All non-conformities have been fully and correctly investigated and rectified.
• The file is complete (in particular, all airworthiness labels for accessories installed during the overhaul, and
LL
all documents used, when they have been signed).
• RO
Release from maintenance base means that all defects reported/rectified at line stations within period from
last base release have been rechecked and recorded in Aircraft Technical Log.
NT
CRS may not be also issued due to unexpected non-availability of facilities, equipment, tooling material,
maintenance data or certifying staff.
CO
Only the authorised certifying staff, can decide, using maintenance data, whether an aircraft defect hazards
seriously the flight safety and therefore decide when and which rectification action shall be taken before further
UN
flight and which defect rectification can be deferred. However, this does not apply when the MEL is used by the
pilot or by the authorised certifying staff.
IS
2.16.3 PROCEDURE
2.16.3.1 Aircraft Line/Base Maintenance

NT
After completion of Line/Base/Work Shop maintenance, certifying staff shall issue Certificate of Release to
Service for particular job, when satisfied that all required maintenance has been performed in accordance with
EM
requirements of UAE GCAA, maintenance data and organizational procedures. Certificate of Release to Service
is not issued after Transit/Pre-flight checks, if no maintenance is performed on aircraft as a result of any
inspection/defect reporting.
CU
For customer aircraft, original certificates are sent to customer/operator (Refer MOE Chapter 2.17 and
Chapter 4.2). To ensure this, operator’s Aircraft Technical Log should be used. Certifying staff, while making
DO
entry in customer’s ATL, must mention organization approval number along with signature, date and certification
authorization number.
S
Aircraft Technical Log is used for all line maintenance activities and line station releases. Work cards are used
I
for minor scheduled maintenance and tasks like engine/APU change. Entries are made in ATL with Work card
TH
reference.
Certifying staff (Refer MOE Chapter 3.4), holding appropriate qualification, shall issue Certificate of Release to
Service. When an aircraft is released after scheduled line/base maintenance activities, reference to Task cards
(for periodic checks) is also provided along with Certificate of Release to Service statement in Aircraft Technical
Log.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Sign off for all maintenance tasks shall be completed after accomplishment of all maintenance tasks.
D
The wording of the CRS shall be in the following format:
TE
“Certifies that the work specified except as otherwise specified was carried out in accordance with CAR
145 and in respect to that work the aircraft/aircraft component is considered ready for release to
IN
service”.
PR
For Line/Base Maintenance checks, Certificate for Release to Service for aircraft shall be issued containing
following information:
IF
• Aircraft Type, Registration, Manufacturer Serial No
• Aircraft Total Flight Hours and Cycles
ED
• Type of Check performed, Location, Date Check completed, i.e. basic details of the maintenance carried out
LL
• Reference to work package that includes schedule/unscheduled maintenance, incorporated Airworthiness
Directives and accomplished modifications
• RO
Reference to maintenance data used, including its revision status
• Date when such maintenance was completed
NT
• Location where the release to service is issued;

• The limitations to airworthiness or operations, if any.
CO
• Task(s) specified in the operator/owner instructions or AMP

UN
• Reference to Maintenance Organization and CAR – 145 Approval Number

• Signature, Name and Authorization No. of Authorized person/AUTH stamp.
• General verification carried out after completion of maintenance that the aircraft or component is clear of all
IS
tools, equipment and any extraneous part or material and that all access panels removed have been refitted.
NT
Whenever Aircraft Technical Log is to be used for certification, procedure detailed in MOE Chapter 2.16 shall be
applicable. Critical tasks procedure shall also be applicable as per MOE Chapter 2.23 and Chapter L2.7.
EM
2.16.3.2 Release of Aircraft with Deferred Defects

Aircraft may be released to service with deferred defects, only where it is permit through the Minimum Equipment
CU
List (MEL), AMM, SRM and other Manufacture Approved Data.
Records of such maintenance defects shall be made in Aircraft Technical Log.

DO
Deferred defects shall be recorded in the TLB, and first copy (White) shall be submitted to AMOS and archived
as hard copy, Blue copy shall be submitted to MCC for defect review and monitoring. Ref TPM 02.08 for ADD
S
and MDD Raise Procedure. Electronic Technical Log Book data is transferred through the interface to the MIS.
I
In case of failure, the “paper” Technical Logbook shall be used as alternative and associated procedure should
TH
be followed.
If the MEL is raised by the Pilot at outstation, he/she will make an appropriate entry in the Aircraft Technical Log.
On the ETLB, the MDD records will be transferred to the upper screen of the DEFECTS TAB or when entered
on the Paper TLB, MDD Record sheet shall also be updated.(ABY/ENG/004) and MDD_ADD Control Sheet
(ABY/ENG/011), MDD Record Sheet (ABY/ENG/004) and MDD_ADD Control Sheet (ABY/ENG/011).
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
On arrival at main base or station with qualified certifying engineer, the engineer shall complete the maintenance
entry on the arrival page to:
D
• Rectify the defect or if the defect is to be carried forward, enter appropriate action taken, MEL reference and
TE
state “MDD Remains”. Ensure that MDD is reflected on the MDD record sheet (ABY/ENG/004) and MDD
Control Sheet (ABY/ENG/011).
IN
• Confirm the entry done by the crew and advise MCC about the next required action such as PN of the part,
PR
additional trouble shooting, etc.
• Test the system and confirm the positive operation of the system; if confirmed; he can clear the MDD raised
by the crew referring to the entry done earlier and referring to the applicable Maintenance data.
IF
Deferment of scheduled maintenance tasks shall only be permitted through approval of Manager Quality
ED
Assurance, who is responsible for making correspondence in regard with the UAE GCAA and manufacturer as
applicable.
LL
In case of customer aircraft, approval shall be sought from the UAE GCAA/Authority of registration (Refer MOE
Section 2.9 and Section 2.10).
RO
In general, if AMO is unable to complete all maintenance ordered and the work is deferred as per the appropriate
procedure, it may issue CRS within approved aircraft limitations.
NT
• Such fact shall be entered on the CRS.

CO
• Operator/owner authority endorse on the certificate.

• Informed, in writing (AMC 145.50 (e) 2).
UN
CRS may not be issued in case of any non-compliance which are known to endanger the flight safety, i.e. the
following:
IS
• AD ordered or known to be applicable which is overdue and not embodied;

NT
• Works which were carried out not in accordance with approved data;
• Discrepancies that may have consequences on the airworthiness of the aircraft/component/ engine.
EM
• NDT inspections with defects outside limits.

CU
2.16.3.3 Release of Aircraft with Component not having Appropriate Release Form
When an aircraft is grounded at a location other than maintenance base due to non-availability of an aircraft
component with appropriate release certificate, it is permissible to temporarily fit such aircraft component without
DO
appropriate release certificate until aircraft first returns to maintenance base. This condition is only applicable
when said component is available with suitable serviceability tag (clearly states the releasing organization of the
serviceable component and organization approval number) and in compliance with applicable Maintenance
S
Organization requirements. Such aircraft component, in all cases, must be removed before 30 Flight Hours
I
unless an appropriate release certificate has been obtained in the meantime.

TH
2.16.3.4 Release to Service of Maintained Components

Only components listed in the SCL, (Shop Capability List) can be certified for release to service.
Certifying Staff entrusted for the issuing of components CRS, shall make sure that planned tasks have been
satisfied according to Air Arabia procedures and to compliance of customer work order.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
In any case, before issue the CRS, certifying staff shall verify that:
D
• All work documents have been correctly released by approved personnel;
TE
• All maintenance has been done in accordance with the latest revision of approved maintenance data;
• All serviceable/identification documents of installed parts are attached;
IN
• All work documents (or partial summaries) listed in the general summary or job card are attached with exact
PR
reference to the work order or to job card;
• All work not performed have been recorded on the workshop job card;
IF
• All test reports and/or automatic printouts of special processes have been attached to work package.
ED
The CRS is issued on AW Form 1 with Serviceable Tag attached for the future installation/removal of the
component.
LL
For component maintenance, Certificate for Release to Service for aircraft shall be issued using AW Form 1 and
Serviceable Tag (for Air Arabia components) or Equivalent approved airworthiness form from state of registry
(for third party aircrafts).
RO
NT
Certificate of Release to Service shall contain, but not limited to following information:
• Component Type, Manufacturer Part Number and Serial No

CO
• Work Order details

UN
• Work performed
• Description of work performed that includes Component Total Flight Hours and Cycles as applicable
incorporated Airworthiness Directives and accomplished repair/modification/overhaul. Maintenance data
IS
used with revision number and date

• Reference to Maintenance Organization and UAE CAR-145 AMO Approval Number.
NT
• Signature, Name, Authorization No. of Authorized person and date of performed work
EM
If information needed to final installer is not recorded on block Remarks of GCAA AW Form 1 the workshop job
card or other documents containing such information and, in a few cases, on customer request, a Maintenance
CU
Report, may be attached to the AW Form 1 itself.
The signature and stamp by certifying staff on the AW Form 1 in appropriate block shall be in original both on
DO
the original and on the copy.
Copies are filed by the same department issuing them, in the prescribed way and time (see MOE Chapter 2.14
S
Technical Record Control). Original documents shall remain attached to the component until the installation. (Ref
I
Chapter 5 for AW Form 1)

TH
Serviceable aircraft components removed from a foreign registered aircraft may only be issued with an AW Form
1 if the components are leased or loaned from the maintenance organisation approved under UAE CAR-145 who
retains control of the airworthiness status of the components.
Please refer to TPM 07.18 “CRS Procedure”.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.16.3.5 NDT Release to Service

It is responsibility of NDT certifying staff to issue NDT release to service within D1 rating when it is required within
D
the limitations of their Company Authorisation. CRS shall be issued in form of AW Form 1 in accordance with
TE
procedures of p. 1.9 ABY Workshop Manual when all required maintenance has been carried out in accordance
with approved maintenance data by appropriately qualified NDT staff.
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION RECORDS FOR THE OPERATOR Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.17 RECORDS FOR THE OPERATOR

UAE CAR 145.55(b), 70(a) 12
D
2.17.1 PURPOSE
TE
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that all work performed by Air Arabia on behalf of contracted Air
Operators are properly accounted for, retained and delivered to the Operator as applicable.
IN
2.17.2 GENERAL
PR
Maintenance on customer’s aircraft/aircraft component shall be performed under an agreement (Refer MOE
Chapter 2.1 for details). Head of Engineering shall ensure that all maintenance on such aircraft/aircraft
components must adhere to the regulatory requirements issued by the Competent Authority of aircraft
IF
registration.
ED
Maintenance contracts shall specify documents to be provided by customer along with aircraft/aircraft
components and documentation to be presented upon completion of required maintenance. Records for aircraft/
LL
aircraft components maintenance in the Organization shall generally be managed as per MOE Chapter 2.14.
2.17.3 PROCEDURE RO
2.17.3.1 Operator Records
Planning & Technical Records personnel shall provide all technical records (in original) to customer/operator,
NT
through Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records. Such technical record shall consist of:
CO
• List of scheduled and unscheduled maintenance work carried out

• Certificates of Release to Service (CRS) issued
UN
• Specific approved data used for any specific repair/modification/overhaul

• Details of contracted maintenance, if any
IS
• Validated list of deferred defects

• Any other document specified in the maintenance contract
NT
2.17.3.2 Maintenance Records Retention

EM
Whenever the customer/operator demands the Organization to archive Certificates of Release to Service (CRS)
and other maintenance record, the retention period for such records shall be in compliance with the regulator
requirements issued by the Competent Authority of aircraft registration.
CU
Incase of Air Arabia UAE CAR-145 AMO terminates its operation, all retained maintenance records covering the
last three years shall be distributed to the last owner or customer of the respective aircraft or component or shall
DO
be stored as specified by the GCAA.

I S
TH

MAINTENANCE REPORTING OF DEFECTS TO THE AUTHORITY/OPERATOR/

MANUFACTURER
EXPOSITION
2.18 REPORTING OF DEFECTS TO THE AUTHORITY/OPERATOR/MANUFACTURER

UAE CAR 145.60(a), 60(b), 60(c), 60(d), 60(e), 70(a)12, AMC 145.60(a), 60(b), GM 145.60(a), 60(c)
D
2.18.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies for reporting of defect discovered during maintenance on aircraft/aircraft component
that could seriously hazard safety of aircraft. Reporting shall be made to the UAE GCAA, Original Equipment
IN
Manufacturer (OEM), Authority of aircraft registration and customer/operator.
PR
The aim of occurrence reporting system is to identify the factors contributing incidents, ambiguities and make
system resistant to similar errors.
IF
2.18.2 GENERAL
ED
2.18.2.1 Internal Occurrence Reporting System
The Air Arabia Internal Occurrence Reporting System is intended to collect all reports generated internally by the
organisation and the ones received from external sources, such as customer operators, etc.
LL
2.18.2.2 ROSI
RO
Reporting of Safety Incident (ROSI) was officially introduced by GCAA as part of centralized reporting of all
safety related incidents required under the regulations. ROSI system is the single mode of reporting to GCAA.
NT
2.18.2.3 VORSY
Voluntary Reporting System (VORSY) is web based system introduced by the GCAA in order to facilitate
CO
collection of information on actual or potential safety deficiencies that may not be captured by the mandatory
incident reporting system (ROSI), from all aviation stakeholders and is managed totally independent from all
other reporting systems (Please refer to GCAA AMC-57).
UN
2.18.2.4 Policy
Air Arabia encourages its personnel to actively participate in a free and frank reporting of any (potentially) safety
IS
related occurrences both ABY Internal Reporting and GCAA Voluntary Reporting Systems (VORSY). The basic
idea behind an occurrence reporting system is to provide a method for the personnel to bring safety hazards
NT
issues to the attention of the ABY Management and GCAA without the fear of retribution for having reported the
situation. The aim is to identify the factors contributing to the incidents and to make the system resistant to similar
EM
errors.
Besides mandatory occurrence reports (Ref MOE Chapter 2.18.3.4) every employee is initiated to higher level
CU
of quality standards using IQSMS by submitting Engineering Safety Report (ESR) or Voluntary Report. Any
misuse of Maintenance Manual, any abnormal behaviour, any injury to personnel during maintenance activities,
any incident related to aircraft, tooling and/or equipment, inadequacy/missing of tooling to carry out the
DO
maintenance task, is subject of reporting.
2.18.3 PROCEDURE
S
2.18.3.1 Internal Occurrence Reporting System

I
TH
Air Arabia using IQSMS software for the purpose to collect information for maintenance & CAMO staff and
external sources, providing the following functions:
• Process to report and collect occurrences identified internally within the organisation and just culture;
• Collection of occurrence reports received from external sources (i.e. maintenance error identified and notified
by a customer following maintenance carried out at the organisation, etc.);

MANUFACTURER
EXPOSITION
• Extraction of occurrences to be reported as per CAR-145.60;

• Evaluation of reports to identify adverse trends;
D
TE
• Description of the process to investigate occurrences (i.e. criteria to identify occurrences to be investigated,
investigation report format, methods of maintenance errors investigation such as “maintenance errors
decision aid-MEDA” process, corrective actions in response to investigation findings, follow-up system,
IN
feedback to staff, etc.);
PR
Maintenance errors identified to be used for internal human factors training and for amendment of the procedure
for critical maintenance tasks.
IF
2.18.3.2 ROSI Procedure
In the event of an incident, it is a requirement for Air Arabia to submit ROSI to UAE GCAA within 72 hours via
ED
the GCAA website. All designated ROSI login users have to log in with the specific username and password
allocated for Air Arabia and submit ROSI online. In the event of non-availability of internet, the hard copy of the
LL
ROSI form has to be filled manually and faxed to GCAA office.
RO
It is the responsibility of the Manager Quality Assurance or Manager Safety & ERP to inform the UAE GCAA via
ROSI. If required, the Manager Quality Assurance or the Manager Safety & ERP will initiate an internal
investigation for the incident. The respective department personnel will collect all relevant documents such as
NT
ETLB Generated PDF copy or Paper TLB page, ASR, pictures of damaged component etc. and submit the
investigation report for evaluation.
CO
All submitted ROSI reports will be stored in the internal database along with the supporting documents. The
investigation will be concluded as closed only after receipt of confirmation from GCAA.
UN
Manager Quality Assurance or Manager Safety & ERP shall be responsible to decide if occurrence is reportable
and to action the ROSI submission within 72 hours. Manager Quality Assurance or Manager Safety & ERP shall
IS
also be responsible to directly report Critical and High Profile Accident/Incidents to the Duty Inspector (DI) over
telephone.
NT
Relevant department personnel will investigate and send the detailed information about the incident in form of
written report to Manager Quality Assurance or Manager Safety within 03 days from the date incident. Safety
EM
Administrator are responsible for updating ROSI database
2.18.3.3 Occurrence Reporting

CU
For any occurrence that is defined within MOE Chapter 2.18.3.4, Air Arabia AMO or contracted AMO personnel
are required to provide all relevant details and report it to Manager Quality Assurance as engineering safety
DO
report (ESR) using online data management system IQSMS.
Each Engineering occurrence report is assessed by Air Arabia Quality Assurance and when applicable the report
S
shall be forwarded to the UAE GCAA, the NAA where the occurrence took place and the OEM of the equipment
TSO/ETSO holders as soon as possible, but in no case later than 72 hours of the occurrence.
I
TH
2.18.3.4 Reportable Occurrences

1. In-flight Shutdowns (IFSD).
2. Diversion or turn back for maintenance reasons.
3. Un-commanded power changes or surges.

MANUFACTURER
EXPOSITION
4. Inability to control the engine or obtain desired power.

5. Failures that restrict an aircraft from ETOPS operations as defined within the relevant MEL.
D
TE
6. Incorrect assembly of parts or components of the aircraft found during an inspection or test procedure (when
procedure not intended for that specific purpose).
IN
7. Hot bleed air leak resulting in structural damage.
8. Leakage of hydraulic fluids, fuel, oil or other fluids which resulted in a fire hazard or possible hazardous
PR
contamination of aircraft structure, systems or equipment, or risk to occupants.
9. Use of incorrect oil, hydraulic fluid or other essential fluids.
IF
10. Fuel system mal-function that has significant effect on fuel supply and/or distribution.
ED
11. Inability to shutdown the APU, or APU over speed.
12. A fire, explosion, smoke or toxic or noxious fumes.
LL
13. Failure or defect in the passenger address system resulting a total loss of audio.
14. Asymmetry of flight controls (e.g. flaps, slats, spoilers etc.).
RO
15. Malfunction/Defect of any indication system when this results in the possibility of misleading indications to
the crew.
NT
16. Any loss of malfunction of one or main system(s), subsystems(s) or set(s) of equipment (e.g. hydraulic
power, flight control system, auto flight, auto trim, electrical power, air systems, ice protection, navigation
CO
systems and instrument, warning systems and devices, brake systems).

17. Failure or malfunction of the protection device or emergency system.
UN
18. Non-compliance with required maintenance procedures, or misleading, incorrect or insufficient

maintenance data or procedures that could lead to maintenance errors.
IS
19. Uncontained failure of engine compressor, turbines.

20. Uncontained failure of any high speed rotating component, (e.g. auxiliary power unit, air starters, air cycle
NT
machine).
21. Limitation of movement, stiffness, poor or delayed response in the operation of flight control systems or their
EM
associated control/trim tab and locking systems.

22. Any failure, defect, malfunction or deterioration of any critical item, system, or equipment found as the result
CU
of any special mandatory inspection or check (e.g. an airworthiness directive or alert service bulletin).
23. Defects or deterioration of systems or components found during routine maintenance, overhaul or repair,
which is of a type not expected as a result of normal service.
DO
24. System/component defects or malfunction identified by routine testing and inspection procedures on the
aircraft or in workshops, where there is a likelihood that other operators might have similar but undetected
defective items.
I S
25. Defective, malfunctioning or loss of any emergency equipment or life support system (e.g. oxygen, fire
TH
protection).
26. Damage to the aircraft and loss or malfunction of any essential service, or engine, as a result of a lightning
strike.
27. Any damage or deterioration (i.e. fractures, cracks, corrosion, delamination, disbanding, etc.) resulting from
any cause to the following items 28–31 inclusive.

MANUFACTURER
EXPOSITION
28. Primary structure or a principal structural element (as defines in the manufacturers Repair Manual) where
such damage or deterioration exceeds allowable limits specified in the Repair Manual and requires a repair
D
or complete or partial replacement of the element.
TE
29. Secondary structure which consequently has or may have endangered the aircraft.
30. Any part of the aircraft that would endanger the aircraft or any person, becoming detached in flight or during
IN
operations on the ground.
PR
31. Any corrosion identified as per the Corrosion Prevention Control Program (CPCP).
32. Failure, malfunction or defect of ground equipment used for test or checking of aircraft systems and
equipment when this results in a hazardous situation.
IF
33. An occurrence not normally considered as reportable (e.g. furnishing and cabin equipment, water systems),
where the circumstances resulted in endangering of the aircraft or its occupants.
ED
34. Any other event which could hazard the aircraft or affect the safety of the occupants of the aircraft, or people
or property in the vicinity of the aircraft or on the ground.
LL
35. Defects occurring at an excessive frequency that in isolation, would not be considered reportable (e.g. a
RO
high frequency of spurious warnings for certain systems or high failure rate for a specific component).
36. Items related to Critical Design Configuration Control Limitation (CDCCL) for Fuel System.
NT
37. Unwanted landing gear or gear doors extension/retraction.
2.18.3.5 Investigation/follow-up of Technical Incident

CO
Where investigation of Technical Incident/Reportable defect is not concluded at time of reporting, Manager
Quality Assurance shall ensure that all concerned, are kept abreast of progress and final report is submitted on
UN
completion of investigation.
Investigation shall be aimed to identify the root cause and reports shall be discussed with the concerned
divisional heads/sectional In-charges, so that an appropriate corrective/preventive action can be taken.
IS
2.18.3.6 Un-airworthy Conditions Reporting Records

NT
Manager Quality Assurance shall maintain record of un-airworthy conditions reported to the UAE GCAA, Original
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM), Authority of aircraft registration and customer/operator. Record shall include
EM
complete documentation from initial finding till reporting of such un-airworthy condition.
Note: Ref TPM 07.12 for Occurrence/Defect Reporting Procedure.

CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION RETURN OF DEFECTIVE AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS TO STORE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.19 RETURN OF DEFECTIVE AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS TO STORE

UAE CAR 145.40(a), 42(d), 70(a)12
D
TE
2.19.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding removal, handling and return of defective aircraft components to stores,
IN
during maintenance on aircraft/aircraft components.
PR
2.19.2 PROCEDURE
2.19.2.1 Defective Aircraft Components Removal
IF
Aircraft component removed due to life limitation, failure, excessive error or abnormality shall be considered as
‘Defective Aircraft Component’ and attached with applicable tag, serving the purpose of Work/Repair Order.
ED
Defective component may be removed in any of the following situations:
LL
1. Components Removed During Maintenance
RO
Defective aircraft components removed during aircraft maintenance shall be dispatched with attached
‘Component Label’ Form # ABY/MAT/041 to Stores. Aircraft Engineer (concerned) shall fill
‘UNSERVICEABLE’ portion (received with replacement) with signature, date and certification authorization
NT
number.
2. Consumables Removed from aircraft/aircraft Component

CO
Consumables (packing, seal, tube-light, bulb, filter, fastener, etc.) shall be mutilated upon removal,
whenever required by maintenance data. Aircraft Engineer (concerned) shall ensure that consumables,
UN
except those containing hazardous material, are properly discarded. Manager Technical Procurement shall
be contacted, periodically, for disposal of such discarded consumables.
IS
High-cost consumables (blade, vane, windshield, ignition lead, relay, etc.), removed from aircraft/aircraft
component (NHA), shall be dispatched with applicable tag (attached) to Stores. Manager Technical
Procurement shall be responsible to dispatch repairable to approved Suppliers.
NT
2.19.2.2 Defective Aircraft Components Handing Over

EM
Defective aircraft components with duly filled ‘Component Label’ removed from aircraft/aircraft component (NHA)
shall be handed over to Stores with list providing Part No, Serial No, and Quantity.
CU
Maintenance staff shall get acknowledgment signature with date and staff number of recipient on the list (copy).
Copies of these lists shall be archived by Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control for a minimum period of six
DO
months from the date of handing over.
2.19.2.3 Defective Aircraft Components Handling

I S
Defective aircraft components found during Aircraft Maintenance activities shall be send to applicable work shop
TH
along with applicable unserviceable tag. Component can be sent to work shop only in case defective component
is on Air Arabia approved SCL.
Otherwise, defective component shall be processed by Stores, along with applicable tag, for shipment to
contracted approved repair stations (Refer MOE Chapter 2.20 for details). Approved repair stations shall inspect
defective aircraft component for required maintenance such as testing/modification/repair/overhaul.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION RETURN OF DEFECTIVE AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS TO STORE Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
Defective aircraft component shall be recommended for rejection, if found damaged or not repairable due to any
of the following reasons:
D
• Repair of component is beyond economical/manufacturer’s repair limit.
TE
• For extent of damage, no repair scheme can be developed/approved.
IN
• Component rejected by manufacturer/supplier. Component established as ‘Not repairable/Rejected’ by
manufacturer, shall be declared as ‘Scrapped’.
PR
When defective aircraft component is rejected, ‘Scrap Label’ Form ABY/MAT/059 shall be generated by Rotable
controller and part/item must be dealt with i.a.w TPM 03.10. High-Cost components, recommended for
IF
scrapping, shall be evaluated for possible salvage action. Manager Technical Procurement may seek services/
judgment for any particular specialty relevant to defective aircraft component under consideration to investigate
ED
cause of failure, prior to disposal (if necessary).
Component/material shall be quarantined at designated location and returned to supplier for warranty
LL
replacement, if any of the following situations occurs:
•
RO
New component from supplier is found damaged during transportation, etc.
• Material received as new and found non-compliant with Purchase Order.
NT
During transit, defective aircraft components shall be stored/segregated in a quarantined area observing
restricted access to authorized personnel only.
CO
For customer’s defective aircraft component, same procedure shall be observed. However, scrapped component
UN
shall be segregated and dispatched, if demanded by customer, for confirmation of scrapping action.
Scrapped or unsalvageable components shall be mutilated before disposal.

IS
2.19.2.4 Loaned Aircraft Components Management

Upon operational requirements at out-stations, aircraft component shall only be obtained with EASA Form 1 or
NT
FAA 8130-3/TCCA Authorised Releases certificate Form One (with dual release) to avoid AOG situation.
Manager Technical Procurement in coordination with Manager MCC & Technical Performance shall arrange
EM
required aircraft component from approved supplier located at particular out-station. In case of non-availability
of component with such supplier, other approved suppliers may be requested in close vicinity of grounded aircraft
(Refer MOE Chapter L2.5 for details).
CU
Upon receipt of pool/loan information, Rotable Controller, instructed by Manager Technical Procurement send
list of outstanding pool/loan components to Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control. Aircraft Engineer (concerned)
DO
in Line Maintenance shall receive a memorandum from Maintenance Control Centre for removal of pool/loan
aircraft component, upon aircraft arrival at maintenance base. Aircraft Engineer (concerned) shall handover
removed component to Stores with Serviceable Tag clearly marked as “Pool/Loan Item”.
I S
Rotables controller is responsible to prepare the relevant documents for the pooled items and handover the
TH
same to Stores along with a letter from Manager Technical Procurement. Pooled item shall then be dispatched
by Stores, along with relevant documents for shipment to aircraft component provider. Rotable Controller, in case
of a loaned component, shall review return conditions through contract. For restoration of serviceability (if
applicable), aircraft component shall be dispatched to approved contracted maintenance organization. Loaned
component, following sufficient maintenance, shall be dispatched with applicable release to donor as per
contract/agreement.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION RETURN OF DEFECTIVE AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS TO STORE Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
2.19.2.5 Aircraft Components Storage Conditions

Defective aircraft components (unserviceable) pending their allocation/transportation to supplier shall be kept in
D
Stores at a location segregated from serviceable components.
TE
Defective aircraft component declared as ‘Scrapped’ shall be marked, tagged and stored in restricted area during
transit period.
IN
Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall ensure that appropriate storage conditions are observed, while
PR
handling defective aircraft components during aircraft/aircraft component maintenance. Access to such
components shall be restricted only to authorized personnel.
IF
Control of access to unserviceable and quarantined aircraft components and material, throughout the
Organization, shall be exercised in a similar manner. Authorizations for access to such areas shall be controlled
ED
by Head of Maintenance through lists of authorized personnel.
All parts shall be blanked and protected as applicable.
LL
The equipment must also be blanked and protected from the elements, commensurate with the nature of the
equipment.
RO
NT
All connectors and/or plugs shall be protected in appropriate way (plugs, connector caps, etc…).
Dangerous Goods including Chemical Oxygen generators shall be stored and handled in strict compliance with
CO
IATA Dangerous goods regulations.
Note: Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall ensure Chemical Oxygen generators that have exceeded
UN
their service life or reported faulty are not transported unless they have been actuated and their oxidizer
core has been depleted in accordance with AMM and clear documentation provided by maintenance
staff to confirm the same.
IS
Whenever possible, original shipping containers or boxes shall be used.

NT
For rotable and repairable components, containers should be to ATA 300 standard and correctly sealed.
EM
Other parts should be stored in accordance with original manufacturers packaging.
Please refer to TPM 01.47 “Label Booking”.

CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS TO OUTSIDE CONTRACTORS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.20 DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS TO OUTSIDE CONTRACTORS

UAE CAR 145.42(d), 75(b), 70(a)12, 14, 16
D
2.20.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding control of Repair Orders and shipping procedure of defective aircraft
components to outside contractors.
IN
PR
2.20.2 GENERAL
Defective aircraft component, requiring repair shall be sent to outside contractor. Supervisor Stores & Inventory
Control shall arrange outgoing inspection and dispatch such defective aircraft component to approved
IF
contracted organization, in compliance with standard ATA 300 (packaging). This may affect aircraft component
in any of the following situations:
ED
• Removed during maintenance and sent to contracted organization
• Rejected as a result of incoming inspection (Refer MOE Chapter 2.2)
LL
• Provided by the customer for its own aircraft and found unserviceable
•
RO
Airworthiness Directive/modification accomplishment by contracted organization
NT
2.20.3 PROCEDURE
2.20.3.1 Issuance of the Repair Order

CO
Rotable Controller or assigned Technical Buyer shall generate ‘Repair Order’ for defective aircraft component.
Defective aircraft components, under warranty repairs, are sent with Repair Order, generated by Warranty
Engineer.
UN
Repair Order shall be generated (four copies) in compliance with contract requirements and to be distributed as
follows:
IS
• Original copy to Approved Supplier (listed in Approved Supplier List)

NT
• 2nd copy to be received as acknowledgment from supplier (for record)

• 3rd copy to Originator
EM
• 4th copy to Stores

CU
Repair Order shall specify systematically the following information regarding defective aircraft component:
DO
• Part No, serial No, description, quantity, and defect/work required

• Any supplementary forms (if applicable)
• Required authorized release/delivery documents
I S
• Identification of required work

TH
Defective aircraft component shall be dispatched for shipment along with documents and fulfillment of dispatch
formalities including custom clearance.
Item shall be dispatched through cargo under valid documentation. Similar process shall be adopted to return a
defective aircraft component to customer.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS TO OUTSIDE CONTRACTORS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.20.3.2 Dispatch/Receipt and Monitoring of Unit Movement

Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall arrange for documents preparation, custom clearance and shipment
D
for the defective component along with Repair Order. Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall update
TE
dispatch register reference and flight details in Air Arabia Online Stores System for shipment tracking.
Upon receipt of aircraft component (repaired abroad) from approved supplier, Stores Inspector shall perform
IN
incoming inspection (Refer MOE Chapter 2.2 for details) and issue ‘Certificate of Inspection’ (Serviceable Tag)
and copy of either EASA Form 1 or FAA 8130-3/TCCA Authorised Release Certificate Form One (with dual
PR
release) Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall record computerized ‘Receipt Voucher’ for further
processing and send aircraft component to Stores.
IF
2.20.3.3 Component Sent Back to the Customer/Operator
Customer aircraft component, established as unserviceable upon installation on aircraft shall be returned
ED
through Stores. Defective aircraft component shall be dispatched in original packaging, along with received
documents. Repair Tag shall be attached to defective component, stating reason for non-conformity in column
LL
‘Removal Code’. Although no Repair Order shall be raised, Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall transmit
dispatch register reference and flight details to customer.
2.20.3.4 Warranty Repairs

RO
Defective aircraft component, under warranty, shall be handled by Warranty Engineer under ‘Warranty Repair
NT
Order’. Warranty Engineer in coordination with Manager Technical Procurement shall be responsible to follow
up for all such components.
CO
2.20.3.5 Aircraft/Aircraft Component Maintenance at Supplier's Facility

A situation may arise when an aircraft/aircraft component repair or a major modification may be required to be
UN
accomplished at an approved supplier's facility. Head of Maintenance shall coordinate with all concerned to
establish specific requirements in this regard.
IS
2.20.3.6 Beyond Economic Repair

During follow-up action, for defective aircraft component declared as ‘Beyond Economic Repair’ (BER) by
supplier, Manager Technical Procurement shall recall such components to investigate reason of rejection and
NT
follow scrapping process as detailed in MOE Chapter 2.19. If recall of defective aircraft component is not feasible
due to financial impact, it shall be decided to scrap such component at Supplier's facility.
EM
2.20.3.7 Management of the Packaging and Special Transportation Condition

Defective items shall be shipped in a suitable containers that provide protection from damage and when specified
CU
by the OEM, ATA-300 or equivalent containers shall be used. All sensitive parts and equipment (i.e. oxygen
system components – oxygen generators and bottles), O-rings, and Electrostatic Sensitive Devices shall be
DO
properly packed, identified, and stored to protect them from damage and contamination.
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CONTROL OF COMPUTER MAINTENANCE RECORD SYSTEMS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.21 CONTROL OF COMPUTER MAINTENANCE RECORD SYSTEMS

UAE CAR 145.45(e), 55(c)2, GM 145.55(a)
D
2.21.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define AMOS used for management of information related to aircraft/aircraft components maintenance
computerized recording.
IN
2.21.2 GENERAL
PR
Air Arabia is using an integrated system for the maintenance activities called AMOS; this software is installed on
a dedicated server within Air Arabia Head office IT server room.
IF
2.21.3 PROCEDURE
ED
AMOS is designed around a modular concept, providing a flexible range of solutions for business requirements.
AMOS consists of the following modules:
LL
• Material Management;
• Engineering; RO
• Planning;
NT
• Production;
• Maintenance Control;
CO
• Component Maintenance;
• Human Resources
UN
– Personnel Records Management

• Quality Assurance
IS
– Certifying Staff Records and AUTH control;

NT
– AMO Approvals management.

• Finance
EM
– Purchase Order Management

– Financial Management
CU
*Commercial
DO
AMOS Systems Engineer shall maintain security against unauthorized access at different levels through issuing
passwords for utilization of relevant functions. It also ensures protection against any illicit alterations in the
computerized records/database.
I S
Backup of ‘AMOS’ shall be accomplished on daily and weekly basis.

TH
Log backup of databases shall be performed on daily basis.
It covers any data deletion, modification and changes. After every seven days of daily backup, an archive backup
is created to record all changes in database. Computer backup discs, etc. are stored in different locations from
those containing working discs.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CONTROL OF COMPUTER MAINTENANCE RECORD SYSTEMS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
Entire record/backup shall be stored, in accordance with IT Back-Up Procedure, in a safe way with regard to fire,
flood and theft in an environment, ensuring that such record/backup remains in good condition in the IT
D
department located at Air Arabia Head office, Sharjah.
TE
Manager IT shall ensure that in case of any changes in computer programs, previous data shall be available for
IN
a period of at least two years.
PR
All required maintenance records as described in MOE Chapter 2.14 are available in hard copy format also and
kept by Technical Record section.
IF
AMOS is used for all the maintenance activities within Air Arabia which includes the following:
ED
• Hours and Cycles update to Aircraft, Engine, APU, components.
LL
• Fuel and Oil uplifts.
• Pilots and maintenance entries and actions.

RO
• Control of deferred defects (MDD, ADD and BDD).
NT
• Approved maintenance program setup and forecast.
• Engineering Orders (EO) related to either Airworthiness Directives (AD) or Service Bulletins (SB) or any other
CO
recommendation.
• Aircraft, APU and Engine Log Book entry reports.

UN
• Work cards and work package generation.

IS
• Aircraft, Engine and APU components changes, and life limited parts monitor.
• Oil and fuel uplift reports and alerts.

NT
• System inventory control.

EM
• Raising all required logistic work orders (purchase, exchange, repair, loan, commercial).
• Issuance of parts and components to the maintenance.

CU
• Receipts of parts and components from the aircraft or from suppliers.

DO
• Monitor the shelf life for consumable or rotable components.
• Monitor the calibration dates for the tools.

S
• Establish the min/max alerts for the parts and components.

I
TH
• Approving all the logistic invoices on the system.
• Review all the fuel invoices.
• Only authorized personnel have access to the systems during update. These personnel obtain access using
a personal identifier and a password.
MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF MAN-HOUR PLANNING VERSUS SCHEDULED

MAINTENANCE WORK
EXPOSITION
2.22 CONTROL OF MAN-HOUR PLANNING VERSUS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE WORK

UAE CAR 145.47(b), 47(c), 30(d), 25(a)1, 25(a)2, 70(a)12, AMC 145.30(d), 25(a)
D
TE
2.22.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies for developing, monitoring and reviewing the man-hour plan for scheduled
maintenance to be performed on aircraft and aircraft components.
IN
PR
2.22.2 GENERAL
The Manager Line Maintenance shall be responsible to prepare sectional man-hour plan on annual basis and
submit the same to Head of Maintenance.
IF
Man-hour plan for workshops is responsibility of Manager Base Maintenance.
ED
Man-hour plan shall be formulated considering the following:
LL
• Scheduled aircraft/aircraft component maintenance
• Customer aircraft/aircraft component maintenance RO
2.22.3 PROCEDURE
NT
2.22.3.1 Man–Hour Planning and Control

Available man-hours are calculated keeping in view of assessed training needs of personnel and leave rosters
CO
in addition to public holidays and weekends. (Refer MOE Chapter 2.28 for details). Available Man-hours for each
individual is calculated on monthly basis. Required Man-hours are calculated based on known maintenance
activities.
UN
The Air Arabia shall have a man-hour plan showing that the organization has sufficient staff to plan, perform,
supervise, inspect and quality monitor the organization in accordance with the approval.
IS
In addition, the Air Arabia shall reassess work intended to be carried out when actual staff availability is less than
NT
the planned staffing level for any particular work shift or period.
EM
Manager Line Maintenance shall compile “Man-Hour Plan” for line maintenance activities and Manager Base
Maintenance for Base Maintenance activities including workshop activities.
CU
Head of Maintenance, on behalf of Head of Engineering and Maintenance, shall compile the “Master Man-Hour
Plan” and this comprehensive plans would take into account all maintenance/support activities performed by
personnel under CAR 145 Approval irrespective of equipment on which work is being done. He shall
DO
continuously monitor man-hour plan and record actual availability of personnel against planned availability.
Overtime may be allowed if additional manpower is required on temporary basis.
S
Head of Maintenance, in coordination with Manager Line Maintenance and Manager Base Maintenance shall
I
review Master Man-Hour Plan on quarterly basis. Manager Line Maintenance shall inform Head of Maintenance
TH
for an amendment, when necessary.
Man-hour plan for Line/Base/Component maintenance shall relate to planned maintenance and shall evaluate
possibility to ensure this workload in respect of available staff.
Man-hour plan shall cover all staff i.e. certifying staff, inspectors, mechanics, planners, quality auditors etc.
MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF MAN-HOUR PLANNING VERSUS SCHEDULED

MAINTENANCE WORK
EXPOSITION
The monthly planned shift rosters in line with Safety Alert No. 2017-04 rest periods, are prepared and meets
minimum 14 days notice to staff.
D
The following factors shall be taken into account in the man-hour & hangar space planning: human performance
TE
limitations and complexity of work.
IN
Rostered work hours are not more than 12 hours.
PR
Line roster 12 hours duty.
Base roster 10 hours duty.
IF
Rest periods are observed in the roster to allow for rest periods between duty hours to avoid fatigue.
ED
Training days, annual leave days planned into this roster.
LL
The roster does not change for the staff for the month.
RO
Staff attendance at work varies due to unforeseen or unplanned circumstances which includes sick leaves,
emergency leaves, unplanned operational changes.
NT
After the change of his attendance, he reverts back to his normal shift roster after observing minimum rest period.
CO
Staff call-in are limited to staff who have had their minimum rest period.
In all circumstances, the minimum rest period before and after duty are observed before he resumes back to his
UN
normal shift roster.
No maintenance staff shall perform extend duty more than 16 hours per MOE 2.28.3.1.
IS
In this rare event, minimum rest period is observed before he resumes back to his normal shift roster.
NT
2.22.3.2 Contingencies
All respective Department/Section Heads shall report significant deviation from Master Man-hour Plan, to Head
EM
of Maintenance and Manager Quality Assurance ultimately to the Accountable Manager for review. Significant
deviation means more than 25% shortfall in available man-hours during the calendar month.
CU
2.22.3.3 Hangar Capacity Plan

Air Arabia Hangar Capacity Plan demonstrates sufficiency of hangar space to carry out planned base
DO
maintenance. Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records is responsible for periodic, timely update of Air
Arabia Hangar Capacity Plan.
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CONTROL OF CRITICAL TASKS AND ERROR CAPTURING METHODS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.23 CONTROL OF CRITICAL TASKS AND ERROR CAPTURING METHODS

UAE CAR 145.48(b), 70(a)12, AMC1 145.48(b), AMC2 145.48(b), AMC3 145.48(b), AMC4 145.48(b)
D
TE
2.23.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies for minimizing rare possibility of an error being repeated in maintenance tasks
IN
involving similar maintenance actions on some element/aircraft component of same type fitted to more than one
system on the same aircraft during maintenance.
PR
Any task involving some element of similar maintenance on aircraft components of same type fitted to more than
one system on same aircraft during a particular maintenance check has possibility of an error being repeated,
IF
whenever performed by single person.
ED
2.23.2 CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS
2.23.2.1 General
LL
1. Critical Tasks – maintenance tasks that involve the assembly or any disturbance of a system or any part
RO
of an aircraft, engine or propeller that, if an error occurred during its performance, could directly endanger
the flight safety.
NT
2. Flight safety sensitive maintenance tasks – Maintenance tasks that involve the assembly or any
disturbance of a control system that, if errors occurred, could result in a failure, malfunction, or defect
endangering the safe operation of the aircraft. These tasks required Independent Inspection whenever any
CO
installation, rigging or adjustment is performed.
3. A control system – aircraft system by which the flight path, attitude, or propulsive force of the aircraft is
UN
changed. This includes the flight and engine controls, the related system controls and the associated
operating mechanisms.
IS
2.23.2.2 Critical Maintenance Task Analyses (CMTA)

Task analysis can be simply defined as the study of what a person is required to do, in terms of actions and
NT
mental processes, to achieve a goal. CMTA extends this into a process by which the impact of HF on significant
hazards can be assessed. This publication is concerned with CMTs where HF could contribute to significant
EM
hazards in positive or negative ways, including:
• Initiating events;
CU
• Prevention and detection;

DO
• Control and mitigation; and
• Emergency response.
S
The process of CMTA is interpreted as including:

I
TH
• Determining which tasks are safety critical;
• Understanding which human action or inaction might make a failure more likely or more serious; and
• Guiding the user in how to identify and install adequate layers of protection for these CMTs, in order to reduce
the likelihood or consequences of human failure.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.23.2.3 Procedure to Identify a List of “Critical Maintenance Tasks”

• Critical maintenance tasks list is subject to continuous evaluation and when necessary is amended as the
D
result of maintenance errors investigations, audit, tech data analysis, etc. No changes can be made into ABY
TE
Critical Maintenance Task List without written consent of MQA.
• When the Operator/Customer defines its own list of critical maintenance tasks affecting safety, the effective
IN
Independent Inspection tasks to be carried out are the Independent Inspections required by current MOE plus
the ones required by the Operator/Customer.
PR
• Personnel performing Independent Inspection must adhere to performance check requirements (FC, OC, VI
etc.) mentioned in AMM. Before performance of Independent Inspection, the action required in below table
must be verified with AMM latest revision for any changes made by TC Holder.
IF
• Please refer the Table below are considered as Critical Task Items affecting Safety on which Independent
ED
Inspection must always be carried out:
ATA Item Task Scope of Inspection
LL
1. Primary flight control surfaces – 1. For Aileron and Elevator Operational
aileron, elevator, rudder; RO Test and for Rudder Functional Test.
2. Power Control Unit for primary 2. For Aileron and Elevator Operational
flight controls; Test and for Rudder Functional Test
NT
3. Stabilizer – horizontal; 3. Operational Test

4. Stabilizer screw jack; 4. Operational Test
Installation,
CO
27 5. Leading edge slats; Rigging, 5. Operational Test

6. Trailing edge flaps; Adjustment 6. Operational Test
UN
7. Spoilers; 7. Operational Test

8. Side Stick connection. 8. Operational Test
Note: Visual inspection of disturbed
areas must be done and
IS
documented along with above

requirements.
NT
1. Landing Gear Assembly 1. Operational and functional test.

2. Landing Gear – retraction/ 2. Functional test of MLG and leak test.
EM
extension actuator 3. Operational and functional test.

Installation,
32 3. Landing Gear Free Fall System Note: Visual inspection of disturbed
Adjustment
CU
areas must be done and

documented along with above
requirements.
DO
49 1. APU – mounts bolt torque check Installation 1. Visual Inspection
54 1. Pylon Installation 1. Visual Inspection

S
1. Engine 1. Visual inspection, Operational Test

I
Installation
TH
71 2. Engine mounts bolts torque check, during EGR & Leak Test
Installation, Test
struts and frames 2. Visual Inspection

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
1. Fan blades 1. Visual Inspection
Installation, Test
TE
2. Boroscope ports plugs 2. Visual Inspection
72 Installation
3. Gearbox access covers (hand Installation 3. Visual Inspection
IN
cranking)
1. Engine throttle control system Installation, 1. Operational Test & Free movement of
PR
76
Adjustment, Test throttle lever
1. Thrust Reverser Installation, 1. Operational Test
IF
Adjustment,
78
Test,
ED
Deactivation
2.23.2.4 Procedure to Review Critical Maintenance Tasks and Assess their Impact on Flight Safety
LL
2.23.2.4.1 General
General classification of critical tasks is as follows: RO
• Airworthiness Directives
NT
• Tasks coming through MPD safety route

CO
• Mandatory Service Bulletins and Engineering Orders/Work Orders
• Airworthiness limitations like CDCCL tasks

UN
• EWIS tasks
• Tasks falling into ones listed in paragraph (b).
IS
2.23.2.4.2 Amendment of Air Arabia List of Critical Tasks

NT
Critical tasks may be identified on different stages of maintenance planning, engineering or maintenance itself
as the following:
EM
1. Customer/Air Operator’s CAMO (as indicated above)

Customer/Air Operator’s CAMO may identify a task as critical through the issuance of Customer’s Work
CU
Order where it indicated as the critical tasks and introduced additional maintenance performance
requirements as it required by customer requirements & working documentation (AMP, EOs, STCs etc.).
DO
2. ABY CAMO – Maintenance Planning Section

ABY Maintenance Planning identifies a task while processing Customer’s Work Order as critical if a task fall
into the criteria defined below in p. 2.23.2.1 –2.23.2.3.
IS
In case of doubts, Maintenance Planning Section shall request support from appropriate Development
TH
Engineer from ABY CAMO section in regard of ABY fleet or Customer’s CAMO in regard of Non-ABY fleet.
3. ABY CAMO – Engineering Section
During preparation of Engineering Order, some maintenance steps may fall into the definition of “critical
task”. Such steps shall be identified by ABY CAMO Engineering Section and considering in detailed
Engineering Order preparation Instructions.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
4. ABY Production Control
In case if ABY production control considers that task falling under criteria laid down in p. 2.23.2.1 –2.23.2.3.
D
MOE, but still not defined as the critical task, he/she shall report to his/her supervisor at ABY CAMO.
TE
5. ABY Certifying Staff and B1/B2 Support Staff
IN
If ABY Certifying staff of B1/B2 Support Staff considers that tasks assigned to him/her to be classified as
the critical and requires application of additional error capturing methods are required, such staff shall report
PR
in writing to ABY production control with indication of reasons to consider so.
When the Customer/Air Operator’s CAMO orders implements own critical task system, for example using FAA
IF
terminology like Required Inspection Items (RII), both the ABY Critical Task control system as defined in this
MOE and Customer’s system shall be applied together i.e. in a most restrictive way to ensure Customer AMP/
ED
AMS compliance.
All necessary conditions shall be added to ABY List of Critical tasks published above.
LL
RO
Head of Maintenance is finally responsible to amend the list of Air Arabia AMO List of Critical Tasks.
2.23.2.4.3 Sources of Information for Identification of Critical Maintenance Tasks

NT
Air Arabia defines the following sources of information to be used for identification of critical maintenance tasks,
as the following:
CO
1. Air Arabia operational experience;

UN
2. Information from the design approval holder;
3. Accident reports;
IS
4. Investigation and follow-up of incidents;
5. Occurrence reporting (IQSMS);

NT
6. Flight data analysis (ABY FDM);

EM
7. Results of audits (ABY Q-pulse);
8. Normal operations monitoring schemes;

CU
9. Feedback from training; and
10. Authority requirements for error capturing, when applicable.

DO
2.23.2.5 Independent Inspection Procedure

1. An independent inspection, an error capturing method, is an inspection first made by an authorized person
S
signing the maintenance release who assumes full responsibility for the satisfactory completion of the work,
I
TH
before being subsequently inspected by a second independent competent person who attests to the
satisfactory completion of the work recorded and that no deficiencies have been found.
2. The second part of the independent inspection shall be signed by an independent appropriately qualified
certifying staff who has no other involvement with the task. Qualification of person conducting an
independent inspection should be equal or more to qualification required to carry out and certify such task.
Either part of an independent inspection can only be carried out by staff authorized by the MQA.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
3. Independent inspections are required for flight and engine controls, components, and critical assemblies
likely to affect airworthiness after initial or re-assembly and before the first flight after an overhaul, repair,
D
replacement, modification or adjustment.
TE
4. An independent inspection will be necessary for complete systems or parts of systems following initial
assembly or after any disturbance. It may be necessary to carry out independent inspections at various
IN
stages during assembly or installation, e.g., prior to closing an area containing part of the assembly. Such
tests as are necessary will be completed to determine that components, assemblies and systems have full,
PR
free and correct directional movement relative to the movement of crew controls. An additional inspection
shall be made when all covers, panels and fairings are finally secured.
5. Work accomplishment and Independent Inspection shall be made in two separate entries in the ATL/
IF
Non-Routine Cards (NRC).
ED
• The first entry must contain a detailed description of the defect (in the Defect block), and rectification
action including component replacement, adjustment, inspection and functional checks (in the Action
Taken block). It must also contain a specific reference to the applicable aircraft manuals.
LL
• The second entry must refer to the first entry by quoting TLB/NRC reference. This entry must indicate
RO
the exact points/parts within the system which have been inspected.
• Independent Inspection must be signed by authorized person, quoting Name, Authorization No., Date
NT
and time of each part of the inspection.
• Entries on the ETLB shall be made through the dedicated section of the Defect TAB. 1st Entry shall be
CO
made before the second inspection.
Refer to TPM 07.14 for Independent Inspection procedure.

UN
2.23.2.6 Re-Inspection Procedure

1. Re-inspection is an another example of error-capturing method subject to the same conditions as an
IS
independent inspection is, except that the ‘authorized person’ performing the maintenance task is also
acting as ‘independent qualified person’ and performs the inspection.
NT
2. Re-inspection, as an error-capturing method, should only be performed in unforeseen circumstances when

only one person is available to carry out the task and perform the independent inspection. The
EM
circumstances cannot be considered unforeseen if the person or organization has not assigned a suitable
‘independent qualified person’ to that particular line station or shift.
CU
3. In unforeseen cases when there is only one person available at a line station, one of the following
alternatives can be used, to certify the second part of the Independent Inspection:
DO
• MQA may issue a Once-Off Authorization (OOA) to a qualified person (company staff) holding a valid
authorization on an aircraft/aircraft system of similar technology.
• QM may issue a OOA to a qualified person (not a company staff) holding a minimum 5 years
S
maintenance experience and holding a valid ICAO aircraft maintenance license for the same aircraft
I
type.
TH
• Refer to TPM 07.02 for details of OOA.
Note: A person performing re-inspection shall ensure that it is separately indicated and properly certified in;
On the ETLB by using the appropriate Box specified under the Defect TAB. The second inspection shall
be certified after the initial one.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION REFERENCE TO SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.24 REFERENCE TO SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

UAE CAR 145.75(c), 70(a)12, AMC 145.35(a)
D
TE
2.24.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies for specific maintenance procedures, in accordance with appropriately referenced
maintenance data.
IN
PR
2.24.2 PROCEDURE
2.24.2.1 Engine Ground-Run

On-wing engine test run procedures are described in maintenance manual of aircraft manufacturer and such
IF
procedure is directly used on site. ‘Engine Run-up & Test Record’ Form # ABY/ENG/072 and ABY/ENG/077
shall be used for engine runs.
ED
Maintenance staff authorised to carry out engine run-up shall use company checklists ABY/ENG/036 and ABY/
LL
ENG/087 and appropriate chapters of AMM to ensure safety.
RO
Personnel involved in engine ground run shall be provided with specific training and issued with Authorization
from Manager Quality Assurance for this particular job.
NT
A copy of Authorisation shall be recorded in individual staff file by Manager Quality Assurance.
2.24.2.2 Aircraft Pressure-Run

CO
Aircraft pressure run procedure shall be accomplished in accordance with aircraft maintenance manual and such
manufacturer procedure is directly used on site without any additional Air Arabia procedures.
UN
2.24.2.3 Aircraft Towing & Taxiing

Technical ground support staff shall primarily perform aircraft towing with assistance from maintenance
IS
personnel, under supervision of Aircraft Engineer (concerned). Maintenance personnel involved in towing of
aircraft shall be provided with special training and issued with towing authorization after practical demonstration
NT
of the process. Manager Quality Assurance shall issue towing authorizations, valid for a maximum period of two
(2) years. A list of authorized personnel shall be maintained by Manager Quality Assurance for records.
EM
Towing training shall include cockpit communication, aircraft braking, aircraft towing procedure, taxiway
information, navigation lighting systems and APU starting/shut-down including handling of emergencies.
CU
In Air Arabia, maintenance personnel shall not perform aircraft taxiing. Taxiing shall be made only by flight crew
members.
DO
2.24.2.4 Technical Cleaning of Aircraft

Technical cleaning of aircraft on systems such as fuel, clean/used water, hydraulic and pneumatic shall be
S
performed against Aircraft Maintenance Manual requirements and also as a result of inspections Carried out
during scheduled maintenance. Maintenance data shall be referred for procedures and materials used. Such
I
TH
cleaning tasks shall be performed only by specialized-trained staff.
2.24.2.5 Jacking Up of Aircraft

Jacking up of aircraft shall be carried out as per Aircraft Maintenance Manuals for the particular aircraft type.
Aircraft level limits are observed through given procedures. Appropriate certifying staff shall supervise the job,
ensuring service dates and physical condition of jacks’ prior to use.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.24.2.6 Ground and Flight Test

A flight test shall be performed if a problem cannot be duplicated on ground by means of standard maintenance
D
checks, or if maintenance manual calls for it after a maintenance action. Test flight plan shall be defined in
TE
consultation with Chief Pilot (Flight Operation).
IN
2.24.2.7 Extended Range Twin Engine Operations
Air Arabia is approved for Extended Range Twin Engine Operations (ETOPS).
PR
All authorized technical personnel are given ETOPS specific training by an UAE GCAA approved trainer.
IF
ETOPS procedures are detailed in Air Arabia ETOPS Continuing Airworthiness Manual.
ED
2.24.2.8 Maintenance on Fuel Systems and Fuel Tank Safety
Fuel tank safety familiarization training is provided to management and other maintenance personnel. All
LL
personnel intended to perform maintenance on aircraft/aircraft components in compliance of Critical Design
Configuration and Control Limitations (CDCCL) tasks are trained in fuel tank safety as well as associated
RO
inspection standards and maintenance procedures issued by manufacturers.
NT
All documentation in Air Arabia which belong to routine and non routine work pack, if contain CDCCL tasks are
appropriately marked. CDCCL task in documentation should be marked as:
CO
Note: CDCCL task.

UN
Introduction about Performing of CDCCL Tasks:

• Before work starting it is necessary to introduce with all notes and introductions related to CDCCL tasks
defined in technical documentation – AMM, CMM, SB and in routine Cards, non routine Cards, test list, repair
IS
list, Engineering Order etc.

NT
• Work must be performed strictly in accordance with directive defined in technical documentation and job
Cards.
EM
• It is necessary to follow all introductions and instructions presented on training about CDCCL.
• Before certifying of CDCCL task, authorized person must make sure that job is performed and all is secured
CU
correctly, in accordance with technical documentation.
• Release to service certifying and supporting staff should give attention on CDCCL tasks.
DO
Note: The maintenance organization should pay particular attention to possible adverse effects of any wiring
change to the aircraft, even a change not specifically associated with the fuel tank system.
IS
Directives about Parts Related to CDCCL:

TH
• Incoming inspection Department is obliged to pay particular attention to components which are treated as
CDCCL.
• EASA FORM ONE Block-12 – Remarks, in some cases contains vital Airworthiness related information which
may need appropriate and necessary actions. Workshops are obliged to enter all data about CDCCL in cases
when it is necessary.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Training:
• Training Course has Two Levels:
D
1. Familiarization Training:
TE
Familiarization Training should attend Management, quality assurance, personnel in charge of stores,
and any personnel not directly involved in maintenance activities about Fuel Tank Safety system
IN
2. Specialized (Detailed) Training:
PR
Specialized (Detailed) Training should attend all personnel Carrying maintenance tasks on aircraft or
components classified as Fuel Tank Safety items, support staff and certifying staff and personnel in
aircraft maintenance organizations involved in maintenance task planning.
IF
Note: Specialized training is established as Initial training. All Specialized training attendants every two years
ED
will attend a Continuation training.
LL
Training program is defined in Technical Training Manual (TTM).
2.24.2.9 RNP-AR Operation RO

As and when RNP sensitive equipment is reported non-operational per MEL, there shall be an entry in the aircraft
technical log to this effect. e.g. “Aircraft Downgraded to Non RNP-AR”.
NT
In the same manner, an entry shall be made when the appropriate MEL item have been rectified.
CO
Refer to TPM 02.08.

UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
S
I
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION PROCEDURES TO DETECT AND RECTIFY MAINTENANCE ERRORS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.25 PROCEDURES TO DETECT AND RECTIFY MAINTENANCE ERRORS

UAE CAR 145.48(c), 70(a)12, AMC 145.48(c), GM 145.48(c)
D
TE
2.25.1 PROCEDURE TO MINIMIZE THE RISK OF MULTIPLE ERRORS AND PREVENTING OMISSIONS
• Whenever possible, the accomplishment of critical tasks on more than one component of the same type fitted
IN
to more than one system on the same aircraft during a particular maintenance check shall be carried out and
inspected by separate work teams or different persons.
PR
• To prevent omission of any required maintenance instruction step, Task Cards are developed to include a
provision for the staff to sign the accomplished work step. Completed work steps are signed by certifying staff
and their supporting mechanics and upon satisfactory completion, the responsible certifying staff makes the
IF
final “sign off” of the group of accomplished tasks.
ED
• Any maintenance task carried out by Unauthorised Staff (not qualifying mechanics, temporary staff or
trainees) must be checked by Certifying Staff before sign-off. Company “Sign-off” Policy defined in Part 2.13
of current MOE must be followed.
LL
Note 1: “Sign off” is a statement testifying that the task or group of tasks has been correctly performed.
RO
Note 2: “Sign off” is related only to one step in the maintenance process and therefore it is different from
NT
release to service of the Aircraft/Aircraft Component”.
• In stringent cases where only one person is available to perform identical critical tasks, then that person shall
CO
carry out a re-inspection of the work after completion of all the same critical tasks. Ensuring that the
re-inspection is separately indicated and properly certified in the Aircraft Technical Log.
UN
• Independent inspections are carried out to safeguard the possibility of an error being repeated whereby the
identical aircraft components are not reassembled correctly thereby compromising more than one aircraft
system.
IS
• During aircraft maintenance input, tasks disturbing two, or more parallel aircraft systems do not qualify as
critical tasks, when they involve different components.
NT
• Independent inspections are carried out to safeguard the possibility of an error being repeated whereby the
identical aircraft components are not reassembled correctly thereby compromising more than one aircraft
EM
system.
• Beside those systems listed in the minimum list of critical maintenance tasks above, the independent
CU
inspection techniques can be applied to accomplish identified critical tasks in the Operator’s/Customer’s AMP
and any other additional items/systems that will be added to the scope of this procedure based on the
company’s in-service experience (such tasks will be identified initially by issuing of a Quality Bulletin (QB) and
DO
then consolidated within either the AMP, or the controlling maintenance procedure).
• Under this procedure, the control of loose and missing articles will also be included as a Critical Tasks. This
S
will address the closure of compartments and zones accessed during routine and non-routine maintenance
actions and checks.
I
TH
• Certifying staff is responsible for ensuring that any maintenance task performed by them or under their
supervision is in accordance with approved procedures, using approved maintenance data.
• Where abnormalities are encountered during implementation of maintenance tasks, it is the responsibility of
the Certifying Staff to raise a report and direct it to QA and his/her respective management, as soon as
possible.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
• Certifying staff is encouraged to report using IQSMS to identify maintenance errors/difficulties. The report
should include a description of the maintenance error/difficulty, the reason for occurrence and the root cause
D
for the occurrence as viewed by the certifying staff. A copy of the approved maintenance data, or
maintenance defect/task that is the subject of concern should also be included with any report to the MQA.
TE
• HOM or Manager Safety & ERP will initiate, where applicable, an investigation accordingly. Investigation
IN
results will be collected and analyzed to provide constructive recommendations that can be distributed to all
concerned personnel, including the responsible type design holder and GCAA/National Aviation Authority.
PR
• Maintenance Department organizes the experience feedback. Experiences gained from previous
maintenance errors and independent inspections will be circulated via Quality Bulletins to all certifying staff
IF
to raise their awareness level. These same experiences will also be raised and included within the routine
continuation training program. It makes sure that the whole personnel takes part effectively in the events
report and the analysis and will inform the accountable manager for any event which could disturb the
ED
maintenance defects detection and correction system.
LL
• The experience feedback is based on the co-operation of the whole personnel and support on human factors
elementary notions.
RO
The experience feedback system efficiency should not be degraded by:
NT
• The fear of inappropriate sanctions;

CO
• A hierarchical pressure, customer;
• Contractual conditions (price, delays…);

UN
• etc...
IS
Refer to MOE 2.18 for reporting of defects to Operator/Manufacturer/OEM.

NT
2.25.2 PROCEDURE TO MINIMIZE THE RISK OF ERRORS BEING REPEATED IN IDENTICAL

MAINTENANCE TASKS COMPROMISING MORE THAN ONE SYSTEM OR FUNCTION
EM
2.25.2.1 Criteria to Define the Identical Maintenance Tasks

Maintenance tasks involving some element of disassembly/reassembly of several components of the same type
CU
fitted to more than one system on the same aircraft are considered identical.
Identical tasks which if improperly carried out during a particular maintenance check may lead to an unairworthy
DO
condition and/or have an adverse effect on safe operation are considered critical.
Maintenance tasks are qualified as a critical task, when all of the following conditions apply together:
I S
TH
• The task is a physical maintenance activity i.e. removal or installation, (dis)assembly, (dis)connection
involving aircraft systems.
• When a number of identical tasks are repeated in more than one system, during the same maintenance input,
turn around, or lay over.
• An error repeated within a critical task that could affect safe operation of the aircraft.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.25.2.2 Critical Task Determination Flow Chart
D
TE
Does this task No
IN
disturb integrity
of the system?
PR
IF
Yes
ED
Is the safe operation of
the airplane affected? if No
LL
the task is performed
incorrectly on more
than one identical
systems?
RO
NT
Yes
CO
Does this maint.

package include No
UN
multiple of these tasks

affecting more than
one system?
IS
Yes
NT
Task MUST be considered as a Task will NOT be considered as a

EM
CRITICAL TASK CRITICAL

CU
Below is the list of identical tasks that are considered as Critical Tasks when performed on more than one
component of the same type fitted to more than one system on the same aircraft during a particular maintenance
check:
DO

S
21 1. Cabin pressure controllers. 1. Installation. 1. Operational Test.

I
TH
1. IDG. 1. Installation. 1. Operational Test & Leak

2. IDG oil system. 2. Installation of any Test.
3. IDG oil system plumbing. component 2. Leak Test with Dry
24
3. Installation of plumbing motoring.
after disturbance. 3. Leak Test with Dry
motoring.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
1. Engine and cargo fire 1. Installation. 1. Operational Test.
TE
extinguisher bottles and squib. 2. Installation of plumbing 2. Leak & Obstruction Test.
26
2. Engine and cargo fire after disturbance.
extinguisher plumbing.
IN
1. LP Fuel Valve. 1. Installation. 1. Operational Test & Leak
PR
28
Test.
1. Hydraulic System. 1. Installation of any 1. Operational Test & Leak
IF
2. Hydraulic System Plumbing. component Test
29
2. Installation of plumbing 2. Leak Test.
ED
after disturbance.
1. Pitot Static probes. 1. Installation. 1. Operational Test.
LL
2. Air Data Module. 2. Installation. 2. Operational Test & Leak
3. Total pressure lines flushing/ 3. Installation of associated Test.
34 draining. RO
quick-disconnect
couplings.
3. System Test.
4. STBY pressure lines flushing/ 4. Visual Inspection & Leak
draining. 4. Installation of associated Test.
NT
quick-disconnect
couplings.
CO
1. Engine bleed valve. 1. Installation. 1. Operational Test & Leak

36
Test.
UN
1. Pneumatic ducts (pylon and 1. Installation. 1. Visual Inspection & Leak

54
wing leading edge). Test.
1. Engine fuel system. 1. Installation of any 1. Operation, Leak and Visual

IS
2. Engine fuel system plumbing. component. Inspection.

73
2. Installation of plumbing 2. Visual Inspection and Leak
NT
after disturbance. Test.
1. VSV System. 1. Installation, Adjustment. 1. Manual Operation Test and

EM
2. VBV System. 2. Installation, Adjustment. FADEC Ground Test.

75
2. Leak Test and FADAC
CU
Ground Test.
1. N1, N2 and EGT over limit. 1. Repair, Test 1. Operation Test.

77
DO
2. Vibration check & trim balance. 2. Repair. Test 2. Operation Test.
1. Engine oil components, filters, 1. Installation. 1. Operational & Leak Test.

oil filler caps, magnetic chip 2. Installation of plumbing For oil filler cap only Visual
S
79
detectors. after disturbance. inspection is required.
I
TH
2. Oil system plumbing. 2. Leak Test.
Above list identical maintenance tasks is subject to continuous evaluation and when necessary is amended as
the result of maintenance errors investigations, audit, TCH data analysis, etc. No changes can be made into ABY
Identical Maintenance Task List without written consent of MQA.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
2.25.3 IDENTIFICATION OF METHODS IN USE TO MINIMIZE THE RISKS
D
2.25.3.1 Planning Method
TE
1. Air Arabia CAMO shall identify in the routine task cards the tasks which may have a critical effect on safety.
All routine task cards thus affected shall be identified with the note “Critical Task” in the header of the routine
task cards; and therefore subject to the provisions of this procedure.
IN
2. For non-routine maintenance/defect rectification it is responsibility of Certifying staff to identify “Critical
PR
Task” following the flowchart in para 2.25.2.2 above.
3. When only part of a maintenance task is considered critical, it may not be necessary to consider the entire
IF
procedure as critical.
4. Maintenance supervisors and production planners should be able to recognize critical tasks in order to avoid
ED
situations where identical tasks are issued to the same individual or team.
LL
2.25.3.2 Identification of the Error-capturing Methods to be Used
1. Accomplishment of identical tasks must be carried out by separate work teams or the following error
capturing methods must be implemented: RO
• Independent Inspection – as a primary error capturing method;
NT
• Re-Inspection – limited to unforeseen cases when only one person is available.

CO
2. Refer to this MOE Part 2.23 for details of error-capturing methods.
2.25.4 ERROR MANAGEMENT

UN
2.25.4.1 Introduction
Error management is the practical application of Human Factors training. It provides essential knowledge, tools
IS
and a framework to enable organizations to understand the type of errors that are occurring and be able to
manage the risk accordingly. It is all about learning from low-consequence/high probability events and is driven
NT
by behaviors and culture.

EM
2.25.4.2 MEDA Process

All human errors led safety event or applicable reported near misses occurred or may occurred in Air Arabia shall
be investigated using Boeing’s Maintenance Error Decision Aid (MEDA) process.
CU
Developed originally by the Boeing Company in the early 1990s with the active involvement of three major
DO
international airlines and the FAA, Maintenance Error Decision Aid (MEDA) was the first structured attempt to
enhance the value derived from investigation of maintenance error by providing a process in which human error
was placed in its full procedural context. It has since been widely adopted – and adapted – as a basis achieving
effective maintenance error investigations worldwide.
IS
TH
Boeing describes the MEDA philosophy as being based on three assumptions:
• That people want to do the best job possible and do not make errors intentionally
• That a series of factors is likely to contribute to an error
• That most of the factors which contribute to an error can be managed

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
The MEDA process is described as having five key stages:
D
• Selection of the technical event to be investigated by the maintenance organisation involved;
TE
• Decision on whether the error identified was maintenance-related;
• Investigation using the MEDA results form to record relevant information about the event which disclosed the
IN
error and the error that caused the event, the factors contributing to the error and a list of possible prevention
strategies;
PR
• Prevention Strategies review leads to prioritizing, implementation and tracking of process improvements;
• Feedback to the workforce advises what changes have been made, explains the value of employee
IF
participation and shares the results of the investigation.
ED
All outcomes of MEDA investigations shall be processed as case study and implemented within the frames of
ABY SMS.
LL
Please refer to TPM 01.37 for more details and guidance.
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION SHIFT/TASK HANDOVER PROCEDURES Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.26 SHIFT/TASK HANDOVER PROCEDURES

UAE CAR 145.47(c), 48(c), 70(a)12, AMC 145.47(c)
D
TE
2.26.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding process of shift/task handing over during aircraft/aircraft components
IN
maintenance.
PR
To ensure that an “on coming” shift if fully briefed with regard to tasks which need to be addressed.
2.26.2 GENERAL
IF
Shift handover is the critical process that relies on effective communication in order to reduce the risk of safety
incidents.
ED
Formalized shift handover process may include the following elements:
LL
• Facility status;
• Work status; RO
• Manning status;
NT
• Outstanding issues;
CO
• Other possible information.
Incoming and outgoing Shift Manager shall communicate at handing/taking over, in an effective manner, for
UN
completion of continued maintenance activities.
It is the off going Shift Managers responsibility to ensure that a full hand over is made, and to include all details
IS
in the Handover Log Book.

NT
Aircraft Engineer (concerned) shall also participate in the process. In absence of Shift Manager, most senior
Aircraft Engineer available shall act as In-charge of the shift.
EM
Handing/taking over takes place at shifts overlap timings.

CU
Line maintenance activities are being performed round-the-clock in two-shift pattern. Shift handing over registers
shall be used for recording of comprehensive details about maintenance activities performed during the shift,
instructions for coordination with other sections and any leftover maintenance task, etc.
DO
Manager Line Maintenance shall review the register on daily basis to ensure recording of effective
communication and if deemed necessary, may issue technical/administrative instructions through same register
S
for maintenance personnel.

I
TH
Base maintenance and workshop maintenance teams work in general shift or depending on the availability of
aircraft scheduled for base check. No shift pattern is followed for Hangar personnel.
Handing over register shall be maintained on monthly basis, and archived for a period of 3 months by Manager
Line Maintenance as applicable. In case of loss or destruction, these registers may be utilized as input for
reconstruction of technical records.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION SHIFT/TASK HANDOVER PROCEDURES Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
Training of maintenance staff in shift/task handover processes is included into initial induction and continuation
maintenance staff training.
D
2.26.3 PROCEDURE
TE
2.26.3.1 Line Maintenance Shift Handover
IN
As a standard practice, remaining task/subtask in Aircraft Technical Log/Cabin Logbook and continuation sheets
of aircraft shall be pursued. Line Maintenance Shift handing over register ABY/ENG/001 shall be used for other
PR
salient tasks, not recorded in logbooks or continuation sheets.
Format of register should contain following information along with acknowledgment signatures of Manager Line
IF
Maintenance:
ED
• Aircraft movement, manpower deployment and extended duty/over stay.
• Brief description of defects, handled during shift on different aircraft.
LL
• Details/information of significance, that needs to be recorded.
• Open defects and reasons for Carrying forward such defects. RO
• Instructions/information to next shift for any left over maintenance task (The entry shall be explicit as to the
work required and the stage to which the work has progressed).
NT
• Instructions from planning staff for any scheduled/unscheduled maintenance.

CO
• Requirements from Maintenance Control Centre.
2.26.3.2 Base Maintenance Shift Handover

UN
Base maintenance and workshop maintenance teams work in general shift or depending on the availability of
aircraft scheduled for base check. No shift pattern is followed for Hangar personnel.
IS
However, in case of task handover or shift handover (if required) in base environment, same is done using the
AMOS. At the end of the shift, Engineers assigned to different aircraft zones will report the completed and
outstanding tasks to the team supervisor. Team Supervisor will enter the handover information in AMOS for the
NT
incoming shift.
EM
Incoming Shift Manager shall print the AMOS handover report and acknowledge the same by appending his
name and signature on the report. He will then communicate/assign the open tasks to the relevant staff.
CU
This handing/take over shall take place during the shift overlap time.
Critical tasks and significant problems shall be highlighted on the AMOS report to alert the incoming staff/shift.
DO
The handover reports shall be filed in the folder placed in Production Control Room.
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR NOTIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE DATA

INACCURACIES AND AMBIGUITIES, TO THE TYPE CERTIFICATE HOLDER
EXPOSITION
2.27 PROCEDURES FOR NOTIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE DATA INACCURACIES AND

AMBIGUITIES, TO THE TYPE CERTIFICATE HOLDER
D
UAE CAR 145.45(c), 70(a)12, AMC 145.45(c)
TE
2.27.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding management of notification for inaccuracies/ambiguities in maintenance
IN
data, observed by maintenance personnel during maintenance on aircraft/aircraft component, to Type
Certificate/Supplemental Type Certificate holder/Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM).
PR
2.27.2 GENERAL
IF
Inaccuracy/ambiguity in maintenance data is defined as an inappropriate, incomplete or doubtful maintenance
instruction that may be noticed by maintenance personnel during maintenance on aircraft/aircraft components.
An inaccuracy/ambiguity, observed in maintenance data must be notified to Type Certificate/Supplemental Type
ED
Certificate holder/Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM). Maintenance data shall cover all type of documents
referred in MOE Chapter 2.8.
LL
For Engineering Orders/Task Cards/Work Cards/Worksheets, developed or derived from manufacturer
RO
maintenance data, inaccuracy/ambiguity shall be notified for corrective measure to Systems/Propulsion
Engineer. Manager Quality Assurance shall be informed for remedial action in case of an inaccuracy/ambiguity,
observed in organizational procedure.
NT
2.27.3 PROCEDURE
CO
2.27.3.1 Notification Process

Whenever an inaccuracy/ambiguity in maintenance data is found during maintenance on aircraft/aircraft
UN
component, Manager Line Maintenance or Manager Base Maintenance shall review nature of inaccuracy/
ambiguity and coordinate with Systems/Propulsion Engineer for possible modification in maintenance
instructions. Systems/Propulsion Engineer shall report such inaccuracy/ambiguity in maintenance data to the
manufacturer.
IS
2.27.3.2 Maintenance Instructions Modification

NT
Manager Line Maintenance/Manager Base Maintenance shall workout maintenance instructions modification on
interim basis for completion of maintenance task, until inaccuracy/ambiguity is resolved. Maintenance
EM
instructions can be modified only if this will result in equivalent or improved maintenance standards.
Modified instruction shall only relate as how to perform a particular maintenance task and shall never be
CU
applicable to engineering design of any repair/modification or Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations
(CDCCL) items. Aircraft Engineer (concerned) shall demonstrate safe/appropriate execution of proposed
modification in maintenance instructions.
DO
Modified maintenance instructions shall be submitted to Type Certificate/Supplemental Type Certificate holder/
Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) for endorsement. System/Propulsion Engineer shall coordinate with
S
Technical Publications Supervisor to incorporate endorsed modified maintenance instructions in affected

I
maintenance data for interim period (Refer MOE Chapter 2.8 for details). All such modified maintenance
TH
instructions must be used in following situations only:
• Objective of maintenance data to be achieved in more practical/efficient manner

• Maintenance cannot be performed by following provided maintenance instructions
• Use of alternative tooling/equipment is necessary
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR NOTIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE DATA

INACCURACIES AND AMBIGUITIES, TO THE TYPE CERTIFICATE HOLDER
EXPOSITION
2.27.3.3 Incorporation of Amendments

Upon receipt of modified maintenance instructions in form of Temporary Revision from Type Certificate holder/
D
Supplemental Type Certificate holder/Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM), Technical Librarian shall
TE
incorporate revision in maintenance data, superseding locally modified maintenance instructions, if incorporated
earlier.
IN
2.27.3.4 Maintenance Data Modifications Records
PR
Complete record of inaccuracies/ambiguities in maintenance data shall be maintained by Technical Publications
Author. Records shall include complete process from notification of inaccuracy/ambiguity to incorporation of
amendment in maintenance data with traceability for maintenance instructions identifying any modification.
IF
2.27.3.5 Customer Aircraft
In case of maintenance data provided by customer, inaccuracy/ambiguity discovered shall be reported to
ED
Manager Base Maintenance, who shall review and report to relevant Development Engineer using form ABY/
FTM/017 with copies of relevant maintenance data.
LL
Development Engineer shall inform the customer for inaccuracy/ambiguity, observed in provided maintenance
data. RO
Whenever, asked to process inaccuracy/ambiguity on behalf of customer, the Organization shall follow
NT
above-mentioned procedure under a customer work order.

CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION PRODUCTION PLANNING PROCEDURES Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
2.28 PRODUCTION PLANNING PROCEDURES

UAE CAR 145.47(a), 47(b), 10, 65(b)1, 70(a)12, AMC 145.47(a), 47(b), 10, GM 145.65(b)(1)
D
2.28.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding planning activities during maintenance on aircraft/aircraft components.
IN
2.28.2 GENERAL
PR
Air Arabia as an approved maintenance organization ensures through generalized and specific processes that
all scheduled maintenance shall be planned with regards to availability of required trained personnel, tooling, test
equipment, material, maintenance data and facilities. Following information, to ensure effective production
planning in the Organization, shall be furnished to all concerned as per applicability:
IF
• Monthly A – Check plan
ED
• Six Monthly C – Check plan
LL
• Daily aircraft movement schedule
• Master man-hour plan
• Consolidated list of available tooling/equipment
RO
• Aircraft components and materials Status
NT
• Critical/AOG part list

CO
2.28.3 PROCEDURE
2.28.3.1 Organizing Shifts and Human Performance Limitations

UN
Air Arabia takes into account human performance limitations. For this matter, minimum rest between 03 duty
cycles shall be 12 hours. Maximum extended duty is limited to 16 hours. Over and above, no maintenance
personnel shall perform extended duty of 16 hours on more than 03 occasions in any seven days time period.
IS
Manager Line Maintenance shall take into account that no critical task shall be performed by the person
performing extended duty.
NT
Please refer to MOE p. 2.22.3.1 for more details of man-hour planning and control.
EM
Manager Line Maintenance and Manager Base Maintenance shall ensure that during maintenance work, shifts
and teams are organized and provided with all required resources to ensure completion of maintenance without
undue time pressure.
CU
2.28.3.2 Line/Base Maintenance

DO
Manager Line Maintenance and Manager Base Maintenance shall organize provisioning of all required
resources to maintenance personnel during Line and Base maintenance activities respectively.
S
Prior to performing the work, Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records and materials department will assess
the requirements of each customer order and verify that it has the capability to accomplish the work.
I
TH
In particular, the following steps are accomplished under the direction of the Head of Maintenance and Manager
Base Maintenance by the Manager Technical Procurement and Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records:
• Evaluate the customer requirements regarding the scope and type of work to be done.
• Verify required parts and materials are available.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
• Verify the required technical data are available and current.

• Generate a work order package necessary for documenting the required work. Each work order will be
D
assigned a AMOS system generated number which will be used as reference for all work performed in certain
TE
aircraft registration or component part number, serial number and owner’s name.
• Check paperwork to determine if any incoming item (aircraft, component) may have been involved in accident
IN
or incident that may require additional investigation or inspection to reveal possible hidden damage. The
owner or customer is always consulted for any question or necessary clarifications.
PR
• Assign qualified personnel for the required work.
• Consider human performance limitations.
IF
Aircraft/Component admitted for maintenance in Air Arabia undergo incoming acceptance according to the
ED
agreed contract.
LL
Components coming directly from the customer undergo receiving inspection in the store.
RO
Tracking identification tag indicating the article as “unserviceable” will be generated by the AMOS and
accompany the item en-route to the workshop.
NT
The relevant planning department ensures that instructions are raised regarding the requirement of the customer
for Independent inspection on critical tasks such as flight/engine control disturbance, critical structure
disturbance and dual system maintenance (Ref MOE Chapter 2.23 and TPM 07.08).
CO
As the work progresses on specific item, the continuity of work and inspection coverage is achieved through
UN
stage by stage accomplishment and certification of work. Certification is signified by the authorized individual
stamp, date and signature.
When it is required to hand over the continuation or completion of maintenance tasks for reasons of a shift or
IS
personnel changeover, relevant information shall be adequately communicated between outgoing and incoming
personnel.
NT
The outgoing person shall be able to understand and communicate the important elements of the job or task
EM
being passed over to the incoming person.
The incoming person shall be able to understand and assimilate the information being provided by the outgoing
CU
person.
Work package for check ‘A’ and Work cards for other planned engine/APU change are received from Supervisor
DO
Maintenance Planning & Records, at least 24 hours before planned check/task. All tasks shall be carried out
under supervision of Shift In-charge, available in each shift.
S
Work package for base maintenance checks and Work cards for other planned engine/APU change or
I
Component Maintenance are received from Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records, at least two weeks
TH
(14 days) before planned check/task. All tasks shall be carried out under supervision of Shift Manager.
Scheduling of critical maintenance tasks during periods when staffs are likely to be most alert i.e. human factor
principles shall be applied to prioritize such tasks and perform them, for example, at the beginning of shift.
Conditions of particular work shall be reviewed prior to commencement of work to ensure that required task(s)
can carried out required tasks without undue discomfort.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Scheduling of identical tasks to more than one system on the same aircraft during particular maintenance check
the possibility of an error being repeated in identical tasks and, therefore, compromising more than one system
D
or function.
TE
To minimize the possibility of simultaneous failure of similar systems which would directly affect the airworthiness
of the aircraft, no person shall perform a certain maintenance task involving disassembly/re-assembly of several
IN
aircraft components of the same type fitted to more than one aircraft system. One example is the possibility of
failure to reinstall oil filter caps on two engines, which might result in a major oil loss from all engines.
PR
However, in unforeseen circumstances when only one person is available, the organisation may make use of
Reinspection as specified 2.23.2.6.
IF
Under unforeseen circumstances understood are unmanageable issues or situation that could not be predicted
ED
by the Operator. The circumstances cannot be considered unforeseen if the person or organization has not
assigned a suitable ‘independent qualified person’ to that particular line station or shift.
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION RESERVED Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.29 RESERVED
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS FOR FLIGHT Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
2.30 CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS FOR FLIGHT

CAR 145.75 (f), Appendix VII
D
A Certificate of Fitness for Flight is required to be issued to release an aircraft for flight when it is not possible to
TE
issue a Certificate of Release to Service due to:
IN
1. The need to fly the aircraft under Flight Permit conditions in accordance with CAR Part V Chapter 1 Section
8. Copy of the Certificate of Fitness for Flight should be presented to the GCAA to support the application
PR
for Flight Permit.
Note: Where it is practically not feasible to produce a Certificate of Fitness for Flight at the time of
application for a flight permit, such a certificate may be presented to the GCAA upon it being issued
IF
2. The need to conduct Maintenance Check Flight, where a maintenance check is not considered complete
ED
(therefore, Certificate of Release could not be signed) without the completion of the check flight as required
by either the maintenance data or the organisation’s procedures. No Flight Permit is required.
LL
Certificate of Fitness for Flight shall be issued only by:
1.
RO
A holder of an aircraft maintenance engineers license, appropriately type rated for the particular aircraft and
authorised as being competent to issue such a certificate under the terms of approval granted to the
NT
organisation by the GCAA.
2. A person whom the GCAA has authorized to issue a Certificate of Release to Service in particular and in
CO
accordance with that authority; or

3. A person approved by the GCAA as being competent to issue such certificates, and in accordance with that
approval.
UN
For the issue of the Certificate of Fitness for Flight authorized person will ensure that:
IS
1. The aircraft is in compliance with the Approved Maintenance Program and with any other mandatory
airworthiness requirements, except for the deviations from the mandatory airworthiness requirements that
NT
warrant flight conduct under flight permit condition.

2. Details of non-compliance with the airworthiness requirements are recorded.
EM
3. There are no known conditions or defects that can endanger the safe operation of the aircraft.
4. All the necessary placards for the conduct of the flight are installed.
CU
5. Details of any restriction/limitations considered necessary for the safe operations of the aircraft are reviewed
and recorded.
DO
6. If applicable to the specific Flight Permit or maintenance check flight, all necessary pre-flight checks are
carried out and recorded.
S
7. Details of the necessary tests required to be carried out by the crew or any other person involved in the
I
flight, are made available.

TH
The period of validity shall be stated but shall not exceed 7 days and the Certificate shall be issued in duplicate
and one copy remains on ground in departing station.
CFF should be signed on ABY form: ABY/QAM/056. The certificate shall be issued in duplicate; one on board of
the aircraft and other copy shall be kept with records.
ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Chapter L2 Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
CHAPTER L2 – ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

Additional Line Maintenance Procedures
D
TE
L2.1 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS, TOOLS,
EQUIPMENT, ETC..............................................................................................................3
IN
L2.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................3
PR
L2.1.2 Procedure .............................................................................................................................3
L2.1.2.1 Additional Processes.............................................................................................3
IF
L2.1.2.2 Aircraft Operated Airlines Other than Air Arabia ...................................................3
ED
L2.2 LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE RELATED TO SERVICING/
FUELLING/DE-ICING ETC. ................................................................................................5
LL
L2.2.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................5
L2.2.2
RO
General.................................................................................................................................5
NT
L2.2.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................5
L2.2.3.1 Servicing Procedure..............................................................................................5

CO
L2.2.3.2 Fuelling Procedure ................................................................................................5

UN
L2.2.3.3 De-Icing.................................................................................................................6
L2.2.3.4 Maintenance of Ground Support Equipment.........................................................6

IS
L2.2.3.5 Monitoring of Subcontracted Ground Handling and Servicing ..............................6

NT
L2.3 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF DEFECTS AND REPETITIVE

DEFECTS ...........................................................................................................................7
EM
L2.3.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................7
L2.3.2 General.................................................................................................................................7
CU
L2.3.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................7

DO
L2.3.3.1 Defect Deferment and Minimum Equipment List (MEL) ........................................7
L2.3.3.2 Defect Reporting, Recurrent Defects, Repetitive Defects .....................................8

S
L2.3.3.3 Release of Aircraft from Out-Station with Defect Covered Under

I
MEL.......................................................................................................................8
TH
L2.3.3.4 Release of Aircraft from Main Base with Deferred Defect.....................................8
L2.3.3.5 Release of Aircraft from Out-Station with Defect Not Covered

Under MEL ............................................................................................................9
L2.3.3.6 Technical Delay.....................................................................................................9

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
L2.4 LINE PROCEDURE FOR COMPLETION OF AIRCRAFT TECHNICAL LOG .................10
D
L2.4.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................10
TE
L2.4.2 General...............................................................................................................................10
L2.4.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10
IN
L2.4.3.1 Handling of “Paper” Technical Logbook and Release to Service........................10
PR
L2.4.3.2 Handling of Electronic Technical Logbook and Release to Service ....................11
IF
L2.5 LINE PROCEDURE FOR POOLED PARTS AND LOAN PARTS ..................................12
L2.5.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................12
ED
L2.5.2 General...............................................................................................................................12
LL
L2.5.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................12
L2.5.3.1 Handling of Pool/Loan Parts ...............................................................................12

RO
L2.5.3.2 Robbery...............................................................................................................12
NT
L2.6 LINE PROCEDURE FOR RETURN OF DEFECTIVE PARTS REMOVED

FROM AIRCRAFT ............................................................................................................14
CO
L2.6.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................14
L2.6.2 General...............................................................................................................................14
UN
L2.6.3 Line Procedure for Flight Deck Toolkit ...............................................................................14
L2.6.3.1 Flight Deck Toolkit...............................................................................................14

IS
L2.6.3.2 Toolkit Onboard Procedure .................................................................................14

NT
L2.6.3.3 Amendment in Tool Kit List .................................................................................14

EM
L2.7 LINE PROCEDURE FOR CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS AND ERROR

CAPTURING METHODS ..................................................................................................15
CU
L2.7.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................15
L2.7.2 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................15

DO
S
I
TH

MAINTENANCE LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS, TOOLS,

EQUIPMENT, ETC
EXPOSITION
L2 ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
D
L2.1 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT,
TE
ETC
UAE CAR 145.25(d), 40(a), 70(a)12, 75(b)-(d)
IN
L2.1.1 PURPOSE
PR
To define Air Arabia policies for management of components, materials, tooling/equipment specific to line
IF
L2.1.2 PROCEDURE
Procedures related to control of aircraft components, tooling/equipment and maintenance data are applicable for
ED
line maintenance activities as well as line stations, as specified in MOE Chapter 5.3. These procedures are as
follows:
LL
• MOE Chapter 2.1
• MOE Chapter 2.2 RO

• MOE Chapter 2.3
NT
• MOE Chapter 2.4

CO
• MOE Chapter 2.5
• MOE Chapter 2.6

UN
• MOE Chapter 2.8
• MOE Chapter 2.19

IS
L2.1.2.1 Additional Processes

Transfer of serviceable aircraft components from maintenance base to any line station shall be performed under
NT
supervision of Manager MCC & Technical Performance in coordination with Manager Technical Procurement.
EM
Defective aircraft components, removed at line stations, shall be routed for dispatch to the base. As a policy, no
unserviceable component shall be dispatched to the base on the same aircraft/flight from which it has been
removed at any line station.
CU
Manager MCC & Technical Performance shall be responsible for control of tooling/equipment and compliance
DO
of above-mentioned procedures at line station.
Appendix IV to GCAA CAR 145 requirements specifies conditions for certifying staff at line stations.
S
L2.1.2.2 Aircraft Operated Airlines Other than Air Arabia

I
TH
Line Maintenance Support contracts are defined in accordance with IATA rules as part of a Ground Handling
Agreement. Services thus provided are listed in Appendix A to an IATA agreement.
In all cases:
• With regard to airworthiness, the relevant regulations are those of the aircraft’s State of Registry.
MAINTENANCE LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS, TOOLS,

EQUIPMENT, ETC
EXPOSITION
• When the operating State differs from the State of Registry, the operational requirements of the operating
State apply; applicable airworthiness requirements are those of the aircraft’s State of Registry; the
D
airworthiness regulations of the operating State may also apply, if applicable.
TE
• Maintenance is performed in accordance with a schedule and technical documentation provided directly by
the department responsible for the maintenance unless the contract stipulates otherwise. These departments
IN
are therefore responsible for documentation availability and validity.
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE RELATED TO SERVICING/FUELLING/

DE-ICING ETC
EXPOSITION
L2.2 LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE RELATED TO SERVICING/FUELLING/DE-ICING

ETC.
D
UAE CAR 145.70(a)12, 75(b)-(d)
TE
L2.2.1 PURPOSE
IN
To define Air Arabia policies regarding different procedures used during line maintenance operation, such as
Aircraft servicing, Aircraft fuelling, and Aircraft de-icing.
PR
L2.2.2 GENERAL
IF
Specific maintenance procedures as detailed in MOE Chapter 2.24 shall be applicable to Line Maintenance.
ED
L2.2.3 PROCEDURE
L2.2.3.1 Servicing Procedure
LL
Servicing shall be defined as cleaning/lubrication/replenishment of fluids, not involving disassembly. Servicing
shall be performed during scheduled tasks in accordance with Aircraft Maintenance Program (Transit/Daily/‘A’
RO
checks, etc.). Task cards for servicing shall be launched and archived by Planning & Technical Records section.
Supervisor – Maintenance Planning and Records shall ensure update and traceability of the documents.
NT
Servicing can also be carried out during unscheduled tasks.
Aircraft Engineer (concerned), in Line Maintenance, is responsible to fill in engine oil replenishment record in
CO
Aircraft Technical Log on each arrival of the aircraft. Appropriate entries in check sheets/Task cards, if raised for
particular ground time of aircraft, shall also be filled and signed.
UN
Servicing provided to customer aircraft shall be dependent on the nature of contract. However, procedures
detailed by customer/operator shall be applicable in addition to Air Arabia procedures.
IS
L2.2.3.2 Fuelling Procedure

NT
1. Refueling
For refueling an aircraft, Aircraft Engineer (concerned), in Line Maintenance, shall comply with the following
EM
instructions to implement Air Arabia operational procedures for refueling (corporate responsibilities, safety
measures, passenger information, etc.):
CU
a. Aircraft should be parked in open area, outside hangar, for any type of refueling. Fuel quantity required
for each flight shall be computed and raised on a ‘Fuel Indent Loading Instructions’ by flight operations.
Such proforma is then sent to Line Maintenance Shift Manager.
DO
b. Aircraft Engineer (concerned), in Line Maintenance, shall receive two copies of proforma from the Shift
Manager and raise refueling request to the refueling organization.
S
c. Prior to refueling, fuel contamination check of source shall be carried out.

I
TH
d. Aircraft Engineer shall certify fuel uplift slip raised by the refueling organization in duplicate.
e. One copy of fuel uplift slip and indent proforma, completed by Aircraft Engineer shall be attached with
log slip detached from Aircraft Technical Logbook/PDF printout of the Electronic Technical Log Book
shall be attached to the fuel receipt at base or outstation. Second copy of fuel up-lift slip and indent
proforma shall be kept in Aircraft Technical Log for reference of the cockpit crew.
MAINTENANCE LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE RELATED TO SERVICING/FUELLING/

DE-ICING ETC
EXPOSITION
2. De-fueling
De-fueling of aircraft shall be restricted to minimum and is done when necessary for any maintenance task
D
or flight requirement. However, process for de-fueling should be as follows:
TE
a. Aircraft Engineer (concerned), in Line Maintenance, shall ensure that aircraft is parked outside hangar,
shall inform de-fuelling company with written request on fuel requirement slip.
IN
b. Aircraft should be de-fuelled as per Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
PR
c. Aircraft Engineer (concerned) shall certify de-fuelling quantity slip raised by refueling company,
ensuring that all precaution are being observed.
IF
L2.2.3.3 De-Icing
Due to warm weather conditions at the base, de-icing procedure is not applicable. However, Manager MCC &
ED
Technical Performance shall ensure that the de-icing procedures as per IATA standards are clearly mentioned
in each contract with Technical Handling Agent at line station.
LL
Air Arabia deicing manual is provided to concerned stations for implementation as required.
RO
Line station audits carried out by Air Arabia Quality Assurance shall verify procedures followed by contracted
organization with regards to de-Icing of the aircraft.
NT
L2.2.3.4 Maintenance of Ground Support Equipment

ABY or external service provider shall be responsible for maintaining of all applicable Ground Support Equipment
CO
(GSE) in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendation or other acceptable standard.
L2.2.3.5 Monitoring of Subcontracted Ground Handling and Servicing

UN
Air Arabia QA department shall periodically audit of GSE using for line maintenance.
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF DEFECTS AND REPETITIVE DEFECTS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
L2.3 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF DEFECTS AND REPETITIVE DEFECTS

UAE CAR 145.30(g), 70(a)12, 75(b)-(d)
D
TE
L2.3.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding line maintenance control of defects and repetitive defects.
IN
L2.3.2 GENERAL
PR
This procedure is applicable on Air Arabia and Customer aircraft. However, for customer aircraft, procedure
detailed in MOE Chapter 4.2 shall be followed additionally.
IF
Line Maintenance shall perform all aircraft maintenance required, including defect rectification and carry out
necessary corrective actions that falls within the scope of Line Maintenance as and when requested by
ED
Maintenance Control Centre, Flight Operations, Quality Assurance or the customer/operator.
LL
Aircraft Technical Log shall remain primary document to record line maintenance carried out on the aircraft.
Manager Line Maintenance shall perform regular spot checks of Aircraft Technical Log for Air Arabia or
RO
Customer aircraft and take immediate corrective measures against any discrepancy found.
Aircraft Technical Log shall have a page for ‘Notice to Crew’, inserted in the HIL pocket. Notes on the page shall
NT
bear signature, date and certification authorization number of Certifying Staff. Aircraft Engineer (concerned), in
Line Maintenance, upon releasing aircraft from the station, shall ensure that previous and irrelevant entries are
crossed out from ‘Notice to Crew’ page in time, but shall remain legible upon such crossing out.
CO
The ATL shall have a section for reporting defects observed during maintenance by concerned Aircraft Engineer
UN
and crew-generated reports logged upon completion of flight/pre-flight observations.
The Electronic Technical Logbook DEFECT Tab will have a provision to raise a new defect and record
IS
rectification/deferral actions.
NT
The Aircraft Technical Logbook page will have a block on the left hand side for reporting defects and a
corresponding block on the right hand side for recording rectification/deferral actions. Aircraft Electronic
Technical Log shall be used for:
EM
• Recording of flight information, aircraft defects and their rectifications.

CU
• Crew liaison.
• Data source for defect analysis.

DO
L2.3.3 PROCEDURE
S
L2.3.3.1 Defect Deferment and Minimum Equipment List (MEL)

I
Refer to general rules detailed in MOE Chapter 2.15 through 2.20. Aircraft Engineer (concerned), holding
TH
appropriate certification authorization, within applicable scope of Minimum Equipment List (MEL), can defer the
defect.
Aircraft Engineer (concerned) shall follow MEL instruction for carrying forward a defect. Deferment of defects on
aircraft shall be notified for the attention of Flight Crew and Certifying Staff. This is meant to inform, other line
stations or the main base, of the non-standard configuration/operation of a system or aircraft component.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Information/instructions for determination of measure of unserviceable equipment and systems, which may exist
at commencement of a flight while still allowing safe operation of affected aircraft, shall be provided in the form
D
a Minimum Equipment List (MEL).
TE
An MEL is issued on the basis of MMEL provided by Type Certificate holder. The customized MEL shall be sent
to the UAE GCAA for approval. MEL shall also give a limit (Flight Hours, Flight Cycles, Landings and/or Calendar
IN
days), beyond which aircraft shall be grounded and defect is to be rectified on must basis.
PR
L2.3.3.2 Defect Reporting, Recurrent Defects, Repetitive Defects
Documents used for defect reporting rectification and certification together with routine inspection documents
shall be used for recording, statistical evaluation and information purpose and kept by Technical Records section
IF
for further reference.
ED
All Pilot Reported (PIREP) defects and their rectifications should further be recorded in AMOS by Technical
Records Section, according to individual aircraft, ATA chapter, system and sub-system to facilitate critical study
LL
and analysis (Refer MOE Chapter 2.21). All entries on Aircraft Technical Log shall be made using Ball Point Pen
with Black or Blue ink, pressed hard and shall remain legible even after crossing out.
RO
On the Electronic Technical Log Book, the entries are done using virtual keyboard that pops out any time a box
is selected.
NT
Correction can be done using the back key on the virtual keyboard additionally, if already certified the box can
be unlocked using own credentials and correction can then be entered as long as the sector was not completed
CO
yet.
The correction can also be requested through menu tab on the top right side of the ETLB and details of correction
UN
can be entered for final approval by an administrator appointed by Head of Engineering & Maintenance.
Major defect and defect that show recurring cycle (identified as week area) or unusual characteristics shall be
IS
picked up by Manager MCC & Technical Performance for critical study and suitable remedial actions. Manager
MCC & Technical Performance shall also monitor situation closely until a satisfactory solution is achieved. The
NT
rectification of a recurring defect will take into account the methodology used in previous repair attempts.
Systems/Propulsion Engineer (concerned), shall also monitor repetitive defect and suggest remedial action in
EM
form of Trouble Shooting Recommendation (TSR) consequently. Systems/Propulsion Engineer (concerned)

shall also review the monthly defect statistics and where PIREP rate exceeds the Alerts Limit, shall notify
CU
concerned personnel for remedial action.
L2.3.3.3 Release of Aircraft from Out-Station with Defect Covered Under MEL
DO
In case, where defect is observed en-route, every possible effort should be made to rectify it.
Only, in exceptional cases, where defect cannot be rectified at out-station and does not affect safety of aircraft,
S
it may be deferred under the MEL in Aircraft Technical Log for rectification at the main base.
I
TH
For Deferring Defects ref MOE Chapter 2.16 and TPM 02.08.
L2.3.3.4 Release of Aircraft from Main Base with Deferred Defect

A defect may be deferred while aircraft is departing from main base, but within repair intervals as mentioned in
MEL according to its category. Technical Record section shall enter deferred defect in AMOS for the information
to all concerned and record keeping purposes.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Note: All possible efforts must be made to rectify deferred defect once the aircraft lands at main base.
D
L2.3.3.5 Release of Aircraft from Out-Station with Defect Not Covered Under MEL
TE
Under normal circumstances, no such release shall be allowed, however in extreme emergency, procedure is
as follows:
IN
1. Air Arabia Aircraft (A6 Fleet)
PR
If an aircraft, at out-station, is required to be released with carried forward defect, not covered under the
Minimum Equipment List (MEL), Manager Quality Assurance must be informed immediately. Manager
Quality Assurance along with Head of Maintenance and Chief Pilot shall study the defect and determine
IF
impact on safety of aircraft. Manager Quality Assurance shall then communicate such situation to the UAE
GCAA.
ED
When Manager Quality Assurance reaches to conclusion that the aircraft can be released for flying to main
base, the case shall formally be presented to the UAE GCAA for approval. Aircraft shall be released only
after obtaining approval from the UAE GCAA.
LL
2. Customer Aircraft
RO
In case of customer aircraft, the Competent Authority of operator/customer aircraft registration shall be
contacted to obtain an approval for release. This procedure shall only be followed to retrieve the aircraft
NT
back to main base, ensuring that flight safety is not compromised.
L2.3.3.6 Technical Delay

CO
If there is a delay of more than 15 minutes beyond scheduled departure time, due to technical/maintenance
reasons, it shall be considered a ‘Technical Delay’. All technical delays shall be analyzed and the dispatch
reliability is re-established. All delays of more than 15 minutes must be informed to the Maintenance Control
UN
Centre by Aircraft Engineer (concerned) on ‘Technical Delay Report’ Form # ABY/MLM/017. Manager MCC &
Technical Performance shall forward the report to Development Engineer (concerned) for investigation of the
technical delay if required.
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LINE PROCEDURE FOR COMPLETION OF AIRCRAFT TECHNICAL LOG Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
L2.4 LINE PROCEDURE FOR COMPLETION OF AIRCRAFT TECHNICAL LOG

UAE CAR 145.30(g), 70(a)12, 15, 75(b)-(d)
D
L2.4.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding completion of Aircraft Technical Log, an official document for recording
aircraft defects and their rectification by Line Maintenance personnel.
IN
L2.4.2 GENERAL
PR
Operator documents prescribe requirement for Aircraft Technical Log and recommends compulsory existence
of Aircraft Technical Logging system to:
IF
• Detail information about each flight, ensuring continued flight safety
ED
• Current aircraft Certificate of Release to Service
• Current maintenance statement giving maintenance status
LL
• All outstanding deferred defect that affect operation of aircraft
• Independent inspection if necessary RO
• ETOPS Certification
NT
• Any necessary guidance instructions on maintenance support arrangement

CO
Aircraft Technical Log contains following data:
• Defect and its rectification

UN
• List and contents of deferred defects under MEL

• Components removal/installation details
IS
• Notes for the attention of Crew when required

NT
• Engine and APU oil filling record

• Aircraft release slip (as applicable for TLB)
EM
L2.4.3 PROCEDURE
CU
L2.4.3.1 Handling of “Paper” Technical Logbook and Release to Service

Each TLB entry contains one defect and its rectification with a provision for two component changes. There shall
be four copies of TLB page:
DO
• White: Removed by Line Maintenance at main maintenance base for Technical Records prior to departure.
S
• Yellow: Removed by Line maintenance at main maintenance base prior to departure.

I
TH
• Blue: Removed at Departure station before flight. Blue copies shall be retained by Outstations for 3 months
then disposed. For SHJ base Blue copies are to be discarded by TRC once original White copy is
received.
• Pink: Completed technical log pad (50 pages) shall remain on-board for at least 10 flight sectors consumed
on the new technical log pad and then it shall be removed and send to the technical records section.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LINE PROCEDURE FOR COMPLETION OF AIRCRAFT TECHNICAL LOG Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
Flight information, reported or observed defects, found during line checks and rectifications shall be entered in
Aircraft Technical Logbook. For cabin defects, Cabin Logbook shall be used.
D
Aircraft Engineer (concerned), being certifying staff holding appropriate certification authorization, shall issue
TE
Certificate of Release to Service for aircraft. Prior to the release to service is signed, certifying staff must ensure
that entries made since last release to service are closed, details of rectifications are complete in regard to Part
IN
number, serial number, etc. and reference to maintenance data is made where required. Aircraft Engineer
(concerned) is also responsible for the physical condition of the Technical Logbook folder.
PR
Certifying staff shall enter details of check performed with appropriate reference to Task cards/Work cards, if
completed during particular check on the release Log slip (Refer MOE Chapter 2.16 for details). For rectification
IF
of deferred defects, MDD/ADD technical records shall be updated with date of rectification, signature and
authorization (approval) number.
ED
For completion of Technical Log Book on customer aircraft, MOE Chapters 2.16, 4.1 and 4.3 shall be referred.
LL
L2.4.3.2 Handling of Electronic Technical Logbook and Release to Service
The ETLB is the primary platform for the aircraft defects entries and sector details. It is set to protect against
omission and errors in the concerned sections.
RO
NT
The parts replacement details are included in the Defect Tab and allows multiple components details input under
same defect.
CO
The ETLB characteristics is to prevent incomplete entries however, the certifying staff responsibility remain
applicable at all time for the completion of all mandatory sections.
UN
The data related to the sector including all relevant information about the maintenance carried out is transmitted
to the MIS through the interface module. In case of failure of ETLB Hardware/software or transmission issue the
Paper TLB is back up solution.
IS
In the event that unscheduled maintenance and/or defect rectification is required to be carried out away from
NT
main base, by another CAR 145 approved maintenance organisation, the prior agreement of the primary
maintenance contractor must be sought. The organisation carrying out such maintenance will be required to
issue a Certificate of Release to Service in the Aircraft Technical Log using the appropriate approval number on
EM
the CRS box of the ETLB.
Air Arabia will ensure that copies of all Aircraft Technical Log Sector Record Pages are transmitted to pre-defined
CU
e-mail addresses of the concerned station where the maintenance was carried out. Any other pertinent
maintenance-related information shall be available to the maintenance contractor, to allow them to perform their
DO
planning and maintenance co-ordination functions. The records are updated in AMOS system and the
maintenance contracted agency can be given access when required.
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LINE PROCEDURE FOR POOLED PARTS AND LOAN PARTS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
L2.5 LINE PROCEDURE FOR POOLED PARTS AND LOAN PARTS

UAE CAR 145.30(g), 70(a)12, 15, 75(b)-(d)
D
TE
L2.5.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding management of pooled and loan aircraft components.
IN
L2.5.2 GENERAL
PR
Under ‘International Airlines Parts Pool Arrangements’, Air Arabia shall borrow/loan aircraft components at
out-stations and main base under mutual agreement with other EASA Part-145 Approved/Accepted
Maintenance Organization. Loaned aircraft component shall be returned within a period of seven days.
IF
At out-station, Manager MCC & Technical Performance/Technical Handling Agent shall be allowed to arrange
ED
pool/loan aircraft component from an EASA Part-145 Approved/Accepted Maintenance Organization (Refer
MOE Chapter 2.2 for details). Aircraft Engineer (concerned) accompanying the aircraft shall be responsible to
follow this procedure. If no such personnel are available, Technical Handling Agent shall be responsible for the
LL
process as per contract.
RO
Before utilizing, pool/loan aircraft component shall be inspected to ensure its integrity, compliance to
documentation provided and availability of acceptable authorized released certificate (i.e. EASA Form One or
acceptable equivalent) or other acceptable serviceable tag. When installing pool/loan aircraft component,
NT
corrective action shall be entered in Aircraft Technical Log, listing item as a pool/loan aircraft component and
identifying aircraft component provider.
CO
Where aircraft is grounded at out-stations and components are not available with valid EASA Form 1, it shall be
permissible to install a component without EASA Form 1 or acceptable equivalent, provided a valid Serviceable
UN
Tag is available and component is in acceptable physical condition. Such installed component shall be removed
when aircraft returns to maintenance base. Ref Par 2 c).
IS
Leased parts should normally meet the requirements of UAE CAR 145; if they do not (part not released to service
in accordance with criteria p. 2.1, 2.2 MOE), it must be replaced with a part complying with UAE CAR 145 within
NT
a maximum of 30 flying hours, or on first returning to the aircraft’s main base.
L2.5.3 PROCEDURE
EM
L2.5.3.1 Handling of Pool/Loan Parts

CU
Information of pool/loan item installation on Air Arabia aircraft, at out-stations, shall be communicated to Manager
MCC & Technical Performance via e-mail by Technical Handling Agent/Aircraft Engineer (concerned). Process
detailed in MOE Chapter 2.19 shall be followed, for return of aircraft component to the ‘OWNER’.
DO
L2.5.3.2 Robbery
An aircraft component is referred to as Robbed component when removed from an aircraft/aircraft component
S
(NHA-Next Higher Assembly) as ‘Serviceable’ for fitment on another aircraft/aircraft component without
I
performing any maintenance on said component.

TH
Aircraft component shall only be robbed, when ensured that required component is not available with Stores.
Robbed aircraft component cannot be installed on customer aircraft. However, such component can only be
accepted from customer for fitment on its own aircraft/aircraft component with authorized released certificate
(AW Form 1, EASA Form 1, FAA Form 8130-3 or TC Authorised Release Certificate Form 1) issued by customer.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LINE PROCEDURE FOR POOLED PARTS AND LOAN PARTS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
Robbed aircraft component shall only be installed after ensuring the compatibility through maintenance data.
D
For robbery of an aircraft component/higher assembly, following may be different cases:
TE
1. Robbery from Aircraft – Used aircraft components removed from a serviceable aircraft
IN
Serviceable aircraft components removed from a registered aircraft may be issued an AW Form 1, or
equivalent form/serviceable tag, by an appropriately rated organization in compliance with the following:
PR
• The organization shall ensure that the component was removed from the aircraft by an appropriately
qualified person.
IF
• The aircraft component may only be deemed serviceable if the last flight operation with the component
ED
fitted revealed no faults on that component/related system.
• The aircraft component should be inspected for satisfactory condition including in particular damage,
LL
corrosion or leakage and compliance with any additional manufacturer’s maintenance instructions.
• The aircraft record should be researched for any unusual events that could affect the serviceability of the
RO
aircraft component such as involvement in accidents, incidents, heavy landings or lightning strikes.
Under no circumstances may, an AW Form 1, or equivalent form/serviceable tag, be issued if it is
suspected that the aircraft component has been subjected to extremes of stress, temperatures or
NT
immersion which could affect its operation.

CO
• A maintenance history record should be available for all used serialized aircraft components.
• Compliance with known modifications and repairs should be established.

UN
• The flight hours/cycles/landings as applicable of any service life limited parts including time since
overhaul should be established.
IS
• Compliance with known applicable airworthiness directives should be established.
Aircraft Engineer (concerned) shall confirm the validation of robbed component from Maintenance Control
NT
Centre before initiating the robbery. Upon verification and approval from MCC, Aircraft Engineer
(concerned) shall rob the component from aircraft. Aircraft Engineer, performing robbery, must attach
EM
‘Robbery Notice Label’ to robbed item or close to location and shall make entries in Aircraft Technical Log
of both aircraft.
CU
2. Robbery of LRU Sub-assembly from Stores
In case, where it is imperative to remove aircraft component/sub-assembly (LRU) from another component
DO
(NHA – Next Higher Assembly) in Stores, Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control shall attach ‘Robbery
Notice Label’ and received Form with Serviceable Tag of donor assembly. Such donor component shall be
sent for restoration of component serviceability by Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control along with all
documents/tags.
S
I
3. Robbery at Outstation
TH
Before releasing an aircraft at out-station, on which robbed aircraft component has been installed, Technical
Handling Agent/Aircraft Engineer (concerned) shall send information of robbed aircraft component including
serial number to Manager MCC & Technical Performance with a copy to – Manager Technical Procurement.
Ref TPM 01.31 and TPM 05.26 for detailed robbery procedure.
MAINTENANCE LINE PROCEDURE FOR RETURN OF DEFECTIVE PARTS REMOVED FROM

AIRCRAFT
EXPOSITION
L2.6 LINE PROCEDURE FOR RETURN OF DEFECTIVE PARTS REMOVED FROM AIRCRAFT
UAE CAR 145.30(g), 70(a)12, 15, 75(b)-(d)
D
L2.6.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding return of defective aircraft components, removed from an aircraft, during
line maintenance activities.
IN
L2.6.2 GENERAL
PR
At outstations, defective aircraft component removal and tagging shall be performed under the responsibility of
Aircraft Engineer (concerned) accompanying the aircraft. If no such personnel are available, Technical Handling
Agent shall be responsible for the process as per contract.
IF
Procedure for returning defective aircraft component, removed from aircraft, shall be the same as stated in MOE
ED
Chapter 2.19.
LL
Defective aircraft component shall be dispatched to outside contractor, following the process detailed in MOE
Chapter 2.20.
L2.6.3 LINE PROCEDURE FOR FLIGHT DECK TOOLKIT

RO
L2.6.3.1 Flight Deck Toolkit
NT
Flight Deck toolkit shall consist of tooling required for rectification of defects at out-stations. Such items can be
stored in a canvas baggage clearly identified by Aircraft Registration and content securely placed in coat
CO
stowage which is located behind Captain Seat. Selection of tool Selection of tool shall be based on Minimum
Equipment List (MEL) for deactivation of systems and minor maintenance deemed required in out stations. For
ready reference, tool kit Items List shall be kept at a designated location in the aircraft cockpit.
UN
L2.6.3.2 Toolkit Onboard Procedure

Tool kit content shall be checked against the checklist during weekly check. Should any tool found missing from
IS
the kit, Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control and Manager Line Maintenance shall be advised by email in order
to replenish the missing tool at the next opportunity.
NT
L2.6.3.3 Amendment in Tool Kit List

Amendment for the content of tool kit Items list shall be initiated by Manager Line Maintenance in consultation
EM
with Manager MCC & Technical Performance.

CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE LINE PROCEDURE FOR CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS AND ERROR

CAPTURING METHODS
EXPOSITION
L2.7 LINE PROCEDURE FOR CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS AND ERROR CAPTURING
METHODS
D
UAE CAR 145.48(b), 70(a)12
TE
L2.7.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding control of the critical tasks and error capturing methods during line
IN
PR
L2.7.2 PROCEDURE
This paragraph is the equivalent of the paragraph 2.23 & 2.25 of the MOE for the line maintenance activity.
IF
MOE Chapter 2.23 & 2.25 states requirements regarding control of critical tasks and application error capturing
methods. During line maintenance, maintenance personnel in the Organization shall follow same procedure.
ED
Routine task documentation is prepared to identify those tasks, which may have a critical effect on safety and
should clearly identify the individual stages of such tasks. The basic rules of Approved Maintenance Program
LL
shall provide the necessary standard to ensure the identification of critical scheduled maintenance, independent
inspection tasks and need for application of error capturing methods.
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE LINE PROCEDURE FOR CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS AND ERROR

CAPTURING METHODS
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Chapter 3 Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
CHAPTER 3 – QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES

Quality System Procedures
D
TE
3.0 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................5
IN
3.1 QUALITY AUDIT OF ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES ...................................................7
PR
3.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................7
3.1.2 General.................................................................................................................................7
IF
3.1.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................7
3.1.3.1 Quality Audit..........................................................................................................7
ED
3.1.3.2 Follow-up Audit .....................................................................................................8
LL
3.1.3.3 Quality Audit Scheduling .......................................................................................8
3.1.3.4 Audit Procedures.................................................................................................10

RO
3.1.3.5 Levels of Non-Conformity....................................................................................11
NT
3.1.3.6 Recording............................................................................................................12
3.1.3.7 Reporting.............................................................................................................13
CO
3.1.3.8 Quality Investigation............................................................................................13

UN
3.2 QUALITY AUDIT OF AIRCRAFT .....................................................................................14

3.2.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................14
IS
3.2.2 General...............................................................................................................................14
3.2.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................14

NT
3.3 QUALITY AUDIT REMEDIAL ACTION PROCEDURE ....................................................15

EM
3.3.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................15

CU
3.3.2 General...............................................................................................................................15
3.3.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................15

DO
3.3.3.1 Audit Follow up Flow Chart .................................................................................19
3.3.3.2 Quality Assurance Management Evaluation .......................................................20

I S
3.4 CERTIFYING STAFF, CATEGORY B1 & B2 SUPPORT STAFF

TH
QUALIFICATION & TRAINING PROCEDURES..............................................................21

3.4.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................21
3.4.2 General...............................................................................................................................21
3.4.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................21

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
3.5 CERTIFYING STAFF AND CATEGORY B1 AND B2 SUPPORT STAFF

RECORDS ........................................................................................................................24
D
3.5.1 Certifying Staff ....................................................................................................................24
TE
3.5.2 Certifying Staff – Category B1/B2, Base Maintenance Support Staff, Cat C
IN
Category B1/B2 Certifying Staff..........................................................................................24
3.5.2.1 B1/B2 Base Maintenance Support Staff..............................................................24
PR
3.5.2.2 The Cat C Certifying Staff (BCS) ........................................................................25
3.5.2.3 Component Maintenance ....................................................................................25
IF
3.5.2.4 Category A1 Certifying Staff................................................................................25
ED
3.5.3 Certifying Staff Records......................................................................................................25
LL
3.5.4 Access to Staff Records .....................................................................................................25
3.6 RO
QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL .......................................................................................26
3.6.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................26
NT
3.6.2 General...............................................................................................................................26
CO
3.6.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................26
3.6.3.1 Auditor Qualifications and Requirements ............................................................26

UN
3.6.3.2 Auditor Approval..................................................................................................28
3.6.3.3 Auditor Responsibilities .......................................................................................28

IS
3.6.3.4 Auditor Independence .........................................................................................28
3.6.3.5 Auditors/Audit Team Assignment........................................................................29

NT
3.6.3.6 List of Auditors ....................................................................................................29

EM
3.7 QUALIFYING INSPECTORS............................................................................................30

CU
3.7.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................30
3.7.2 General...............................................................................................................................30
DO
3.7.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................30
3.8 QUALIFYING MECHANICS .............................................................................................31

IS
3.8.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................31

TH
3.8.2 General...............................................................................................................................31
3.8.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................33
3.8.4 Conditions for Authorizing a Mechanic to Make Maintenance Work Without

Supervision.........................................................................................................................34
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
3.9 AIRCRAFT OR AIRCRAFT COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASKS

EXEMPTION PROCESS CONTROL................................................................................35
D
3.9.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................35
TE
3.9.2 General...............................................................................................................................35
IN
3.9.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................35
PR
3.10 CONCESSION CONTROL FOR DEVIATION FROM ORGANISATION’S
PROCEDURES .................................................................................................................37
IF
3.10.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................37
ED
3.10.2 General...............................................................................................................................37
3.10.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................38
LL
3.10.3.1 One-Off Certification Authorization .....................................................................38
3.11 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR SPECIALIZED ACTIVITIES SUCH

RO
AS NDT, WELDING ETC..................................................................................................40
NT
3.12 CONTROL OF MANUFACTURER’S AND OTHER MAINTENANCE

CO
WORKING TEAMS ...........................................................................................................42

3.12.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................42
UN
3.12.2 General...............................................................................................................................42
3.12.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................42

IS
3.12.3.1 External Team Working Under its Own GCAA CAR 145 Approval .....................42
NT
3.12.3.2 External Working Team Not Holding a GCAA CAR 145 Approval ......................42
3.12.3.3 External Personnel..............................................................................................43

EM
3.13 HUMAN FACTORS TRAINING PROCEDURE ................................................................44

CU
3.13.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................44
3.13.2 General...............................................................................................................................44
DO
3.13.3 Human Factors Training Procedure ...................................................................................45

S
3.14 COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT OF PERSONNEL..........................................................47

I
TH
3.15 TRAINING PROCEDURES FOR ON-THE-JOB-EXPERIENCE (OJE) AS

PER OJE SECTION OF APPENDIX III TO CAR 66.........................................................50
3.16 PROCEDURE FOR THE ISSUE OF A RECOMMENDATION TO THE GCAA

FOR ISSUANCE OF CAR 66 LICENSE...........................................................................51
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
3.17 MORC PROCEDURE .......................................................................................................52
D
3.17.1 MORC Issuance Procedure................................................................................................52
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
S
I
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
3 QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES

UAE CAR-145.65(a), 65(c)(1), (2)
D
TE
3.0 INTRODUCTION
This section describes the CAR-145 AMO Quality System which is an integral part of the Air Arabia’s Quality
IN
Management System (QMS).
PR
Quality Management System Manual (QMSM) defines Air Arabia’s Quality Management System.
Quality Assurance Program enables monitoring of Air Arabia compliance with CAR 145 provisions stipulated in
IF
CAR M, MOE and any other standards specified by UAE GCAA or Air Arabia, to ensure safe operations and
airworthy aircraft.
ED
The Accountable Manager assumes overall responsibility for the Air Arabia's Quality Management System and
designates the Manager Quality Assurance.
LL
The Manager Quality Assurance is responsible for monitoring the Quality Management System including the
RO
feedback system. The Manager Quality Assurance has direct access to the Accountable Manager and ensures
that the Accountable Manager is properly informed on quality compliance matters. The Manager Quality
Assurance heads the Quality Assurance Department. The Manager Quality Assurance is responsible for
NT
establishing the Maintenance Quality Audit Plan, Maintenance Audit Procedures and Maintenance Audit
Remedial Action Procedures.
CO
For the purpose of this section, maintenance is to be taken as covering both maintenance and continuing
airworthiness management activities.
UN
Quality Assurance is defined as all those planned and systematic actions necessary to provide confidence that
all operations and maintenance are conducted in accordance with all applicable requirements, standards and
IS
operational procedures.
Quality Assurance is comprised of two principal elements, namely, Monitoring and Corrective Action. Monitoring
NT
is accomplished through line quality audit functions, wherein line management checks activities in its own area,
and quality audits, wherein the Quality Assurance Department examines the totality of quality system area by
EM
area. The second element, Corrective Action, represents the rectification of root causes which have been
identified either in line quality control activities or in quality audits.
CU
The Quality Assurance Program specifies the following items:

DO
• Audits
• Quality inspections/Spot Checks
• Auditor's and Auditee’s names
I S
• Audit scope
TH
• Audit scheduling
• Monitoring and corrective actions
• Management evaluation
• Recording
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Quality audits, inspections, spot checks, observations are carried out periodically through all maintenance
functions in order to determine whether quality activities and related results comply with planned arrangements
D
and whether these arrangements are suitable to achieve objective in respect of quality.
TE
The audits and quality inspections are performed not less than once per 12 months on all CAR 145 requirements.
IN
Concerning sub-contracted services the Program incorporate the external audits and inspections covering these
activities.
PR
The planning process is dynamic and allows special inspections or off-schedule audits if tendencies or worries
were identified. Also are planned the audits and inspections in night time.
IF
Q-pulse is a system forming a part of the Quality Assurance Program, which provides with a fully integrated and
ED
consolidated Quality Management System for managing Audits, Documents, Root-Cause Analysis,
Non-Conformance and Corrective and Preventive Action management.
LL
Air Arabia and Q-pulse
Air Arabia uses Q-Pulse software for the purpose of its Quality Management System.
RO
The main focus is on:
NT
• Improving the Auditing system management (scheduling, internal & external communication and processing
of findings);
CO
• Improve the analysis of all findings raised and received;

• Consolidate information on organisation performance;
UN
• Control the manuals and other related documents;

• Control of Suppliers;
IS
• Control of Subcontractors.
NT
Ref: QMSM 2.1 and 2.9.

EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION QUALITY AUDIT OF ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
3.1 QUALITY AUDIT OF ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES

UAE CAR 145.65(c)1, 65(c)2, AMC 145.65(c)(1), 65(c)(2), GM 145.65(c)(1)
D
3.1.1 PURPOSE
TE
1. Air Arabia is committed to monitor compliance with and adequacy of, all procedures as described in the
exposition, to ensure good maintenance practices, airworthy aircraft and components, and to ensure
IN
compliance with CAR 145 and CAR Part X requirements.
PR
2. To establish an audit plan clearly showing areas to be audited, when audits are due and dates of audit
completion.
3. To establish a system of audit reporting which allows observations regarding poor standards and/or
IF
non-compliance as part of a feedback system, to the person(s) specified in Part 1 of this exposition and
ultimately to the accountable manager, to ensure corrective action as necessary.
ED
4. To ensure that the quality monitoring and audit systems are acceptable to the GCAA and that all quality
records and findings are available to be seen by GCAA on request.
LL
5. To develop a dynamic audit procedure which allows for special evaluations and/or re-scheduling of planned
audits where trends or concerns are identified or where the nature of the operation or the terms of the
maintenance contracts in force are subject to change.
RO
NT
3.1.2 GENERAL
Quality Audits are carried out by QA Auditors. The QA Audit Plan shall ensure that all aspects of CAR-145
compliance are audited every 12 months. This plan is approved by the Accountable Manager and Manager
CO
Quality Assurance. Subsequently the audit plan is fed into ABY Q-Pulse.
Contracted Services are monitored once in 24 months in accordance with QA Annual Audit Plan.
UN
3.1.3 PROCEDURE
IS
3.1.3.1 Quality Audit

A Quality Audit is a systematic and independent comparison of the way in which an operation is being conducted
NT
against the way in which the operational procedures say it should be conducted. Audits process shall include at
the following:
EM
• Scheduling of Audits in Q-Pulse for particular months

• Notification of scheduled audits to the respective auditees
CU
• Audit Planning – Obtain an agreement with auditee on the audit date and audit scope prior to conducting the
audit
DO
• Audit Preparation
• Pre-audit meeting
S
• Conducting the audit as per Audit checklist and gather appropriate evidence
I
TH
• Conduct de-brief meeting
Techniques which contribute to an effective audit are:
• Interviews and discussions with personnel;

• A review of published documents;
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION QUALITY AUDIT OF ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
EXPOSITION
• The examination of an adequate sample of records;

• The witnessing of the activities which make up the operation; and
D
TE
• The preservation of documents and the recording of observations.
Manager Quality Assurance (MQA) in cooperation with nominated auditors performs surveillance inspections
IN
over the entire company operational departments to measure the results achieved by sampling, auditing and
analyzing.
PR
Through these means, the MQA shall ensure that the total system established for maintaining Airworthiness and
quality standards is functioning as intended.
IF
In support of the above, the Quality Assurance Department shall operate a Quality Assurance Surveillance and
ED
Planned Audit Program.
Quality audit is carried out by the independent and specially qualified auditors to one of the following types:
LL
1. Scheduled (Planned) Quality Audit
RO
To be carried out in accordance to the approved Air Arabia audit plan. Scheduled audit has been
established to monitor at least the following functions.
NT
• Monitoring that all CAR 145 activities are performed in accordance with approved procedures, and
CO
• Monitoring that all contracted maintenance is carried out with approved procedures, and
• Monitoring the continued compliance with the requirements of CAR 145 and applicable procedures.
UN
2. Special Purpose Quality Audit

In the event that trends are identified in the conduct of monitoring activities, which suggest a systemic
deficiency, the MQA will convene a Special Purpose Quality Audit. Such audit will employ standard audit
IS
techniques and procedures and will be generally unannounced. Special Purpose Audits may be based upon
the following:
NT
• GCAA concerns;
• Accountable Manager directives;
EM
• Trends identified through Quality audits;

CU
• Industry Identified trends;

• Spot checks/Inspections.
DO
3.1.3.2 Follow-up Audit

Follow-up Audits will generally be announced and are designed to:
S
• Ensure corrective action commitments are met; and

I
TH
• Verify that corrective action has eliminated the root cause of the reported concern or finding.
3.1.3.3 Quality Audit Scheduling

Air Arabia’s annual audit schedule will be established and continuously reviewed by Manager Quality Assurance.
Annual Audit Schedule has to cover all CAR 145 requirements.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Previous year’s findings and experience will be taken in consideration for Annual Audit Plan preparation.
D
The Schedule shall be approved by Accountable Manager and then to be fed into ABY Q-Pulse.
TE
Annual Audit Schedule has to be sent as information to GCAA (Flight Operations and Airworthiness).
IN
Audit plan, furthermore, should include a percentage of random audits Carried out on a sample basis when
Aircraft/Component maintenance/overhaul activities are Carried out.
PR
The annual audit plan shall include night-time audits for area working on 24 hours shifts.
IF
Audits of each CAR 145 functional area identified for audit will be scheduled at least once annually. (i.e facilities,
personal requirements, equipment/tools/material, acceptance of components…)
ED
The independent audit should sample check one product on each product line every 12 months as a
LL
demonstration of the effectiveness of maintenance procedures compliance.
RO
Product line includes any product under an AMO approval class rating as specified in the approval schedule
(MOE Chapter 1.7)
NT
For work shop activities (component maintenance), the audit plan shall include at least an audit for each rating
presented on the Approval Schedule.
CO
The verifications of line maintenance activities performed at the outstations shall be repeated normally every two
years. The frequency of such verifications may change depending upon the non-conformities found and on the
evaluation of the relevant remedial actions records.
UN
During the last month of each calendar year, the schedule will be prepared for the upcoming year.
IS
The schedule should be flexible, and allow unscheduled audits when trends are identified. Follow-Up audits
should be scheduled when necessary to verify that corrective action was Carried out and that it was effective.
NT
MQA may increase the frequency of audits at his discretion, according to the results obtained, but should not
EM
decrease the frequency without the agreement of GCAA.
When the audit schedule has been defined, significant changes to the management, organization, operation, or
CU
technologies should be considered as well as changes to the regulatory requirements.
Manager Quality Assurance can make propose changes in the Annual Audit Plan and has to inform Accountable
DO
Manager on the status of implementation and prepare revised audit plan, if applicable.
When necessary, Manager Quality Assurance can postpone audits, introduce new audits in the annual audit plan
S
or schedule audits before planned date.

I
TH
The following are typical factors that will be considered in developing a comprehensive evaluation schedule:
1. The critical nature of the function to be examined with respect to potential impacts on safety.
2. Concerns or findings highlighted in previous audit reports.
3. Findings of any inspections conducted by regulatory agencies or other outside organizations.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION QUALITY AUDIT OF ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
EXPOSITION
4. Industry identified trends or problems areas.
5. Need to verify the implementation and effect of corrective actions for previously identified programs.
D
TE
6. Any requests or concerns raised by an audit of a Division, Department, or Top Management, Station or
Subcontractor, conducted by the Quality Auditing may be scheduled more frequently until all open issues
are resolved.
IN
The frequency and the type of audit are based on an analysis of reports and historical performance including
PR
reliability information and/or a review of previous audit results and corrective actions as described in various
documents.
IF
For internal departments or stations, an on-site visit is usually part of each audit. In addition to scheduled audits,
Quality Auditing may conduct special audits based on the criteria listed above.
ED
3.1.3.4 Audit Procedures
LL
Audit Planning
1. RO
MQA initiate Quality Audit Plan in the Q-pulse Audit module.
2. Type of audit (internal/external, subcontractor).
NT
3. Scheduled period.
4. Determine Lead auditor and auditors.
CO
Each Audit will be carried out with reference to an Audit Checklist, which is not necessarily a complete list of
UN
items to be considered, but serves as a reference.
The nominated Lead auditor should notify the relevant department head at least two weeks before the date of
IS
the planned audit. He should make necessary preparation at least a week prior to the audit which may include:
1. Audit Checklist Manual (ABY/QAM/ACL/006).

NT
Completed checklist for every audit should be incorporated by the Lead auditor in the Q-pulse under
Checklist section or attached to the Properties section. Verify if the checklist is updated as per the current
EM
regulations and add any additional points as and when required.

2. Discuss with MQA for any additional points or matters, which are considered by the previous audit(s) for the
CU
same area.
3. Obtain information which will assist in performing the audit such as Lists, revision status and procedure
DO
sheets, etc.
The auditor performing the planned audit should also comment on any other items which he considers significant
S
for that particular area or activity.

I
TH
In case an audit is to be re-scheduled or postponed, same shall be agreed with MQA and the auditee two weeks
prior to the schedule date and reason of re-scheduling must be reflected in the Q-Pulse “Notes” Section. Audits
can be postponed for a maximum of three months.
If the audit is required to be further postponed (more than three months) due to some practical difficulties, audit
plan shall be revised to reflect the change.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
The Lead Auditor should discuss and agree in advance the audit Non-Conformances (NC) with the auditee.
D
The auditor will raise a factual report in the Q-pulse “Audit Module” stating:
TE
1. Audit number
IN
2. Title
3. Type and scope
PR
4. Lead auditor; auditor’s names
5. Auditee names
IF
6. Scheduled start, scheduled end, actual start, actual end, closed date of the audit
ED
7. Audit findings
All fields in the Q-Pulse generated report must be completed by the Lead Auditor within maximum five days from
LL
the date the audit carried out.
RO
The findings fixed during the audit should be discussed in advance and approved by the Manager Quality
Assurance and then should be generated in the Q-Pulse, from the Audit module, using wizard form or template
NT
form.
Q-Pulse will generate automatically a message with the NCs created which will be send to the process owner
CO
(auditee most senior positions), Lead Auditor and MQA. The list of all the NCs is producing in the Q-Pulse under
Finding (CA/PA) module.
UN
The process owner is responsible for timely reply to the audit finding using Corrective Action section in the
Finding (CA/PA) module.
IS
Lead auditor is responsible for final check and assures all the boxes in the Finding (CA/PA) module contain
required data. When the Lead auditor is satisfied with the CA/PA action taken by the auditee, he will fill in the
NT
Follow Up section in the CA/PA module and will close the finding.
An automatic message will be send to the process owner and MQA confirming Non-Conformance has been
EM
closed. When all NCs are closed a message is generated with confirmation for audit closure.
Quality Management System audit being conducted by the independent auditor, a person not involved in
CU
day-to-day QA department activities and qualified to conduct such audit.

DO
3.1.3.5 Levels of Non-Conformity

The findings are classified into three levels:
S
Level One (1) Finding

I
A Level One (1) finding being the most serious level of finding shall be defined as any noncompliance which
TH
could jeopardize overall safety, poses a hazard to aircraft operational safety or which contravenes a legal
requirement or which lowers safety standards.
This non-compliance might be with the:
• Applicable provisions of the Civil Aviation Law,

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
• The organization’s certification requirements/conditions,

• Terms of license/approval,
D
TE
• GCAA rules, or
• A major non-conformance with the organization’s SOPs and procedures.
IN
Evidence of system failure also falls under this level.
PR
Level Two (2) Finding
A Level Two (2) Fining is a non-compliance with GCAA rules, or a non-conformance with the organization’s
IF
procedures, which could possibly hazard the aircraft operational safety or which could lower safety standards.
ED
Level Three (3) Finding
A level Three (3) finding is addressing to opportunities for improvements or deficiencies that may lead to potential
LL
lowering the operational or maintenance standard, which warrant attention; or action as appropriate to improve
safety standards and/or achieve a better practice.
Observation
RO
Observation is the act or instance of noticing or perceiving of an opportunity for improvement of a procedure,
NT
process or practice. Observations should be brought to the attention of the auditee as Auditor personal opinion/
recommendation for continuing improvements. Such approach does not required formal written response from
CO
Auditee with applied CA/PA or mandatory implementation of auditor recommendations, but, as a minimum,
Auditee is to acknowledge taking note of observation.
UN
After receipt of notification of findings, the responsible audit area manager shall define a corrective action plan
and demonstrate corrective action to the satisfaction of the lead auditor within an agreed period. agreed period.
IS
If corrective action, required by auditor, after receipt of notification of findings, the responsible audit area
manager shall define a corrective action plan and demonstrate corrective action to the satisfaction of the lead
auditor within an agreed period.
NT
3.1.3.6 Recording
EM
Accurate, complete, and readily accessible records documenting the results of the Quality Assurance Program
shall be maintained.
CU
Records are essential data to enable Air Arabia to analyze and determine the root causes of Non-Conformity, so
that areas of non-compliance can be identified and addressed.
DO
The following records should be retained for a period of 05 years:
1. Audit Schedules
I S
2. Quality inspection and Audit reports

TH
3. Responses to findings
4. Corrective action reports
5. Follow-up and closure reports and
6. Management Evaluation reports
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
All above mentioned records will be kept in the Q-pulse. A back-up for the Q-pulse is provided by IT department
on the company’s server.
D
3.1.3.7 Reporting
TE
Quality Audit Findings and Reports will be generated in Q-Pulse and distributed to relevant personnel.
IN
Reports and statistics from Q-Pulse will be used for feed-back system, audit schedule preparation and other
purposes.
PR
3.1.3.8 Quality Investigation
When the MQA is made aware of a circumstance of Non-Compliance, an investigation will be convened to
IF
investigate the circumstance of such non-compliance. The MQA will assign the person to lead the investigation.
ED
Quality Inspection or Quality Audit procedures may be used as appropriate at the discretion of the MQA.
LL
Any findings raised will be subject to normal corrective action procedures.
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION QUALITY AUDIT OF AIRCRAFT Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
3.2 QUALITY AUDIT OF AIRCRAFT

UAE CAR 145.65(c)(1), 65(c)2, AMC 145.65(c)(1), 65(c)(2)
D
3.2.1 PURPOSE
TE
Audits are conducted to ensure good maintenance practices and compliance with company procedures and
CAR 145.
IN
3.2.2 GENERAL
PR
Annual audit plan will cover 12 Ramp inspections and 2 Product Audits. These inspections/audits should include
aircraft which are more than one year in operation and are not planned to be re-delivered during the current year.
A report will be raised on the inspection and results recorded.
IF
Any such arising from these audits will be reported to the Manager concerned for his action and a copy retained
ED
on data base.
LL
If Quality Audits show a severe deterioration, repetitive deficiencies or non-correction of deficiencies, these shall
be added to the audit report and circulated to the management/meeting.
3.2.3 PROCEDURE
RO
Quality Audits of Aircraft are an integral part of the overall monitoring function carried out by the Quality
NT
Assurance Department.
1. Quality audit of aircraft is carried out to monitor performance of maintenance tasks to ensure compliance
CO
with:
• Approved maintenance program
UN
• AMO procedures
• Product sampling (Quality Control)
IS
• Airworthiness Standards
• Night Maintenance Operations
NT
1. An audit is phased through the various stages of a maintenance input to enable an overall assessment to
EM
be made.
2. When the audit is closed, report is completed, which includes findings and any remedial action taken.
CU
DO
IS
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION QUALITY AUDIT REMEDIAL ACTION PROCEDURE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
3.3 QUALITY AUDIT REMEDIAL ACTION PROCEDURE

UAE CAR 145.65(c)2, 95(a), 95(b), 95(c), AMC 145.65(c)(2)
D
3.3.1 PURPOSE
TE
To establish guidelines for remedial action when deficiencies are discovered by Quality Management System
external or CAA audits.
IN
3.3.2 GENERAL
PR
The aim of monitoring within the Quality Management System is primarily to ensure continuing compliance with
regulatory requirements and customer requirements, and, thereby, to ensure that defined policy, operational,
IF
and maintenance standards are continuously complied with in addition to eliminate the causes of unsatisfactory
performance.
ED
Monitoring activity is based upon quality inspections, audits, corrective action and follow-up. Any
non-compliance identified as a result of monitoring should be communicated to the manager responsible for
LL
taking corrective action or, if appropriate, the Accountable Manager.
RO
Such Non-Compliance will be recorded, for the purpose of further investigation, in order to determine the cause
and to enable the recommendation of appropriate corrective action.
NT
3.3.3 PROCEDURE
Audit Findings (Non-Conformance Report – NCR)
CO
Each audit NCR will be reflected in the Q-Pulse under Findings (CA/PA) module. The responsible department
manager (post holders, process owners or their delegates) shall complete the Corrective Action section in the
Findings (CAPA) module.
UN
When the Lead auditor is agree with corrective action taken he will complete the Follow Up section in the
Findings (CAPA) module and will close the audit where appropriate assuring all the boxes are completed with
IS
required data.
NT
“Level 1” and “Level 2” findings will be identified on the audit report where appropriate. The reference to the
standard (requirement) not followed shall be made.
EM
Corrective actions for “Level 3” findings, which are the least serious finding level, are not required. A special form
from the templates should be applied.
CU
Procedure for Issuing Findings (NCRs)

When an authorized quality assurance auditor identifies a finding, it must be “a condition supported by objective
DO
evidence that demonstrates a Non-Compliance with a specific standard or requirement”.
Prior to issuing a finding report the Lead Auditor must:

I S
• Fully establish the validity of the finding.

TH
• Determine what level the finding is – level 1 or level 2.

• Identify the origin of the finding.
• Advise the MQA of the intent to issue the finding report.
• Address the finding with the relevant department head.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION QUALITY AUDIT REMEDIAL ACTION PROCEDURE Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
EXPOSITION
The finding shall then be raised against the applicable department in the Q-Pulse Audit module.
D
For Spot Checks and Observations NCR are generated from the Findings (CAPA) module. The NCR will be
automatically sent by Q-Pulse Messaging to the head of the applicable department.
TE
If there is a dispute between the Lead Auditor and the Responsible Manager with regard to which level the finding
IN
should be categorized, the ultimate decision lies with MQA.
PR
The relevant responsible manager shall immediately initiate an internal review of the facts and circumstances
contained in the NC report.
IF
Agreed Corrective Action
An agreed corrective action and completion date shall be proposed by the responsible manager as early as is
ED
warranted by the significance of the finding, but should not exceed the following:
LL
Level 1 finding – Immediate action required, not exceeding 7 days
For Level (1) finding, immediate corrective actions are required. Depending on the nature of finding and risk
RO
involved, MQA may restrict or cease operation on some or all of the product lines before the expiration of the 7
days period. In some cases, work will be completely stopped in order to correct the non-conformance.
NT
Level 2 Finding
For Level (2) finding, the default closure timeline is 60 days from the date the finding is raised in Qpulse. The
CO
auditor, based on his judgment, may reduce the target timeline to 30 days for the closure of the finding.
Alternatively, he may extend it beyond the default 60 days based on his judgement as per appropriate extension
procedure.
UN
Level 3 Finding
For Level (3) recommendations, which require an action, the default closure timeline is 90 days from the date
IS
the recommendation is raised in Q-pulse.

NT
Notwithstanding the all above said, in some cases, where applicable, the reported finding is considered
significant or directly affects quality or safety standards, it shall be escalated to the Higher Management and
appropriate mitigation actions are put in place to reduce the risk involved subject to the severity of the issue.
EM
Observation
CU
Observation is the act or instance of noticing or perceiving of an opportunity for improvement of a procedure,
process or practice. Observations should be brought to the attention of the auditee as Auditor personal opinion/
recommendation for continuing improvements. Such approach does not required formal written response from
DO
Auditee with applied CA/PA or mandatory implementation of auditor recommendations, but, as a minimum,
Auditee is to acknowledge taking note of observation.
S
After receipt of notification of findings, the responsible audit area manager shall define a corrective action plan
and demonstrate corrective action to the satisfaction of the lead auditor within an agreed period.
I
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Root Cause Analysis

A root cause analysis assessment and subsequent implementation of corrections (if applicable) shall be
D
performed by the responsible manager.
TE
Root cause analysis can be categorized based on different perspectives that can easily identify the factual cause
of nonconformity. These are the categories may be used to analyze the root cause(s): Equipment, Process,
IN
People, Materials, Training, Environment, Management and Facilities.
PR
All auditees must conduct more enhanced review of root cause analysis using “Fishbone (Ishikawa) Diagram”,
“The 5 Why’s method” or combination of both methods. The final root cause shall be recorded in Q-Pulse.
IF
Please refer to Air Arabia’s TPM 07.21 for detailed root cause analyses and identification methods.
ED
Follow Up Audit
It is the responsibility of the quality department to conduct a follow up audit to establish the following:
LL
• Agreed corrective action has been Carried out.
• The action taken re-establishes the required standard.
RO
• The root cause analysis proposed changes are implemented (if applicable).
NT
The subject audit shall be performed on or after the agreed completion date.
CO
Where the findings of the Follow Up Audit does not meet the above criteria, the finding report will remain open
and one of the following courses of action shall be implemented:
UN
• A revised “agreed completion date” to be established, or

• The latter is referred to MQA for resolution.
IS
For the purpose of audit follow up the Q-pulse messaging function is monitoring CA/PA status. If the NC
NT
rectification is not completed within ABY QMS established period an automatic message will be send to the
auditee (process owner, Lead auditor and MQA) informing Nonconformance due.
EM
Where the response follows and the result of the CA/PA is found to be satisfactory, the audit shall be closed by
the Lead Auditor.
CU
If the NC rectification can’t be completed within ABY QMS established period, approval for extension has to be
granted from the Auditor or Manager Quality Assurance before the target date. Process owner will send request
DO
for extension, supported with the reason, to the Auditor and Manager Quality Assurance by email at least 3 days
before the target date.
S
If extension has been granted, confirmation will be sent to the process owner and target date in QPulse will be
I
updated. Email will be attached with the notes to the relevant finding or audit in the QPulse.
TH
Level 1 finding can’t be extended.
Request for Level 2 finding can be raised by process owner for maximum period of 1 month. Auditor can extend
Level 2 finding for the requested period, but target date should not exceed 3 months from the date it has been
raised.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
If additional extension is required, it must be approved by the Manager Quality Assurance before target date. All
extended findings by MQA will be included in the Management Evaluation Meeting.
D
Corrective Action Follow up
TE
All corrective actions need to be completed on time in the Findings (CA/PA) module. In the event that the process
owner does not respond to the NC, the message will be generated by the system and send a reminder to the
IN
process owner 10 days before the NC target date.
PR
In the event that the process owner does not respond or set a new agreed date, a second reminder will be sent
to the Head/Director of the department requesting corrective action once NC becomes due date.
IF
All reminders are generated automatically by the Q-Pulse.
ED
It is the responsibility of the Q-Pulse Administrator to activate the messaging and remainder function after MQA
approval.
LL
Extension of rectification intervals of findings shall be processed in accordance with the provisions of Air Arabia
Quality Management System Manual (QMSM) section 3.12. RO
Finding Report Register
NT
In the Q-pulse Findings module the register of all finding is retained. All system records pertaining to audit
findings/corrective actions shall be retained at least for 5 years after the date of corrective action clearance.
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
3.3.3.1 Audit Follow up Flow Chart
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
3.3.3.2 Quality Assurance Management Evaluation

A management evaluation is a comprehensive, systematic, documented, review by the management of the ABY
D
Quality Management System, operational policies and procedures.
TE
The purpose of the management evaluation is to review the effectiveness of the Quality Management System
IN
and take the necessary decisions to improve it.
PR
The Accountable Manager chairs management evaluation.
The nominated Post-Holders, departmental Managers and Manager Quality Assurance attend and perform a
IF
management evaluation.
ED
Quality Assurance Management Evaluation shall be at least twice a year.
The items below shall be considered in each Management Evaluation meeting:
LL
1. Previous decisions and tasks. Decisions taken and tasks allocated at the previous Management meetings
shall be reviewed for relevancy and effectiveness; RO
2. The results of quality inspections, audits, investigations and feedback;
NT
3. The overall effectiveness of the management organization in achieving stated objectives;

CO
4. Feedback from the regulatory authorities.
A summary of the Non-Conformance audit reports and all matters affecting the Quality Management System will
UN
be discussed during the meeting with the Accountable Manager and the relevant manager areas to check the
progress of the rectifications.
IS
A management evaluation identifies and corrects trends, and prevents, where possible, future non-conformities.
NT
Conclusions and recommendations made as a result of an evaluation shall be submitted in writing to the
responsible manager for action with deadlines defined.
EM
The responsible manager shall be an individual who has the authority to resolve issues and take action and to
allocate resources for the corrective actions.
CU
The MQA is responsible for planning, administration and preparation of the management evaluation meeting
including:
DO
• Preparation and distribution of agenda to all postholders in advance.
• Distribution of minutes of meeting after the meeting.

I S
• Keeping minutes of meeting records for minimum of 5 years.

TH
Part of QA management evaluation and review are 6-monthly Audit Review Meetings addressing audit findings
and implemented corrective actions for each Post Holder.
Management Evaluation Review meetings are attended by the Accountable Manager, respective Post Holders
and invited Quality and Safety Representatives.
MAINTENANCE CERTIFYING STAFF, CATEGORY B1 & B2 SUPPORT STAFF

QUALIFICATION & TRAINING PROCEDURES
EXPOSITION
3.4 CERTIFYING STAFF, CATEGORY B1 & B2 SUPPORT STAFF QUALIFICATION &

TRAINING PROCEDURES
D
UAE CAR 145.30(e), 30(f), 30(g), 30(h)1, 30(h)2, 30(i), 30(j)1, 30(j)2, 35(a), 35(b), 35(c), 35(d), 35(e),
TE
35(f), 35(g), 35(h), 35(k), 35(m), 35(n), 35(o), AMC 145.30(g), 30(h), 30(f), 35(b), 35(c), 35(d), 35(e),
35(f), 35(n), 35(o), Appendix IV
IN
3.4.1 PURPOSE
PR
To declare the policy and procedures for implementation of the Company Authorization and training systems.
To define prerequisites for approval issuing and duties and responsibilities of Approval holders.
IF
3.4.2 GENERAL
ED
Under the Air Arabia terms of approval MQA is empowered to authorize appropriately qualified persons to
perform and certify airworthiness tasks on aircraft and their associated engines and equipment and accessories
within the scope and limitation of their individual approval.
LL
RO
The minimum age for certifying staff and support staff is 21 years old.
Completed work tasks are to be certified by the issue of airworthiness release certificates as applicable.
NT
Authorizations may be granted to Line Maintenance engineers; Base maintenance engineers, workshops
specialists and persons performing support functions.
CO
The minimum qualification to grant an individual authorization relate to acceptable training including an aircraft/
UN
engine type course and have obtained a UAE GCAA license for personnel engaged in Line or Base maintenance
tasks.
IS
Persons authorized to certify airworthiness release of aircraft, engines and aircraft associated equipment may
be employed in a dual function supervisory role providing guidance and directions to their staff and subordinates
in addition to the role of approved Inspector.
NT
Persons performing a dual function role (Supervisor/Inspector) shall not allow a conflict of interest between
EM
inspection standards and output targets.
The Quality role in this case is to perform overall surveillance on an activity sampling basis.
CU
All individual authorizations granted by the MQA shall remain valid unless the authorisation is surrendered,
DO
superseded, suspended or expired, as long as the Holder is Air Arabia employee, and shall be terminated when
employment ceases.
S
3.4.3 PROCEDURE
I
For the scope of work Air Arabia is approved, personnel may be authorized by the organization in the following
TH
categories:
1. A category A aircraft maintenance license permits the holder to issue certificates of release to service
following minor scheduled line maintenance and simple defect rectification within the limits of tasks
specifically endorsed on the authorization. The certification privileges shall be restricted to work that the
license holder has personally performed in a CAR 145 organization.

EXPOSITION
2. A category B1 aircraft maintenance license shall permit the holder to issue certificates of release to service
following maintenance, including aircraft structure, power plant and mechanical and electrical systems.
D
Replacement of avionic line replaceable units, requiring simple tests to prove their serviceability, shall also
be included in the privileges provided such simple tests is not requiring trouble shooting subject to AMEL
TE
limitation. Category B1 shall automatically include the appropriate A subcategory.
IN
3. A category B2 aircraft maintenance license shall permit the holder to issue certificates of release to service
following maintenance on avionic and electrical systems for avionic and electrical tasks within power plant
PR
and mechanical systems, and requiring only simple tests to prove their serviceability.
4. A category C aircraft maintenance license shall permit the holder to issue certificates of release to service
following base maintenance on aircraft. The privileges apply to the aircraft in its entirety in a CAR 145
IF
organization.
ED
Category C Certifying Staff requirements (Base Certifying Staff for Aircraft):
• Possession of UAE GCAA Category C AML (CAR 66).
LL
• For the personnel who are in possession of academic degree in adequate technical discipline it is
necessary minimum of three years of work experience relevant to the aircraft maintenance activities
RO
including six months of observation of base maintenance tasks.
• For the personnel who are in possession of B1 or B2 Company authorization, it is necessary minimum
NT
of three years of work experience in base or five years in Line maintenance as a certifying staff on the
certain type of aircraft.
CO
• Training in accordance with Training Program defined in Technical Training Manual (TTM) (Including
FTS Training Level 2).
• English language knowledge - understanding of technical and work documentation.
UN
5. Base Maintenance Supporting Staff – B1 and B2 supporting staff are authorized to sign work completion
attesting that all requested work has been appropriately accomplished and signed before final release by
IS
Cat. C certifying staff.

Base Maintenance Support Staff requirements:
NT
• Possession of UAE GCAA AML (CAR 66).

EM
• 08 years of work experience in aircraft maintenance.

• At least 24 months experience as Aircraft Maintenance Certifying Staff.
CU
• Training in accordance with Training Program defined in Technical Training Manual (TTM) section 1.3
(Including FTS Training Level 2).
DO
• English language knowledge – understanding of technical and work documentation.

6. Work Shop Certifying Staff
Requirements for Certifying Staff for all components from Capability List maintained in Component Work
S
Shops:
I
TH
• A holder of GCAA CAR 66 basic licence, or a holder of a relevant technical degree, or a holder of a
recognized technical training certificate,
• Can demonstrate sufficient experience on the intended component maintenance that meets the
standards of CAR-145,
• Successfully completed the relevant component maintenance training, and

EXPOSITION
• Shall be conversant with the applicable GCAA regulations.

The detailed qualifications and requirements in order to obtain above certification authorizations are
D
elaborated under TPM 7.01.
TE
Control and management of technical trainings (Initial and Continuation) are defined in Technical Training
Manual (TTM).
IN
7. MCC Engineers
PR
All staff working in the MCC department (as MCC Engineers) shall be holder of type rated GCAA CAR-66
Category B1.1 or B2 license or equivalent ICAO Type II License.
IF
8. Practical Assessor
Practical assessor is the person authorized by MQA to perform the final evaluation of the knowledge, skills
ED
and attitude of the trainee following the practical element of the type training. Practical assessor may hold
other positions within the Air Arabia AMO like an instructor or a certifying staff if it is agreed by MQA.
LL
Assessment objectives are to evaluate if the candidate has gained the required competence in performing
safe maintenance, inspections and routine work according to the aircraft documentation and other relevant
RO
instructions and tasks as appropriate for the type of aircraft.
Please refer to TPM 07.01 (22) for qualification requirements and description of authorization process
related to Practical Assessor.
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
S
I
TH

MAINTENANCE CERTIFYING STAFF AND CATEGORY B1 AND B2 SUPPORT STAFF

RECORDS
EXPOSITION
3.5 CERTIFYING STAFF AND CATEGORY B1 AND B2 SUPPORT STAFF RECORDS

UAE CAR 145.35(j), AMC 145.35(j), 35(k), 35(l), 35(h)
D
3.5.1 CERTIFYING STAFF
TE
Records of Air Arabia Certifying staff are maintained within the Quality Assurance Department.
IN
The records show previous history, qualifications, training and experience, licenses held and authorizations
granted, etc.
PR
Records are held for a further three years when the relevant staff employment ceases.
IF
The following minimum information as applicable should be kept on record in respect of each certifying person
or category B1 or B2 support person:
ED
• Identity (Name & Surname)
LL
• Date of Birth
• Education
• Basic Training
RO
NT
• Type Training
• Continuation Training
CO
• Experience
• Qualifications relevant to the approval
UN
• Scope of the authorization

• Date of first issue of the authorization
IS
• If appropriate – expiry date of the authorization

• Identification Number of the authorization
NT
• Certifying staff assessment check list and associated documents/materials

EM
3.5.2 CERTIFYING STAFF – CATEGORY B1/B2, BASE MAINTENANCE SUPPORT STAFF, CAT C
CATEGORY B1/B2 CERTIFYING STAFF
CU
Category B1/B2 Certifying staff, is an employee who is a holder of CAR 66 Maintenance License issued by UAE
GCAA and also the holder of company authorization Cat B1 or B2.
DO
Company authorization Cat B1/B2 holder is qualified to sign all tasks in Line/Base maintenance that he
personally performed.
S
He can also sign the task after accomplishment by some other authorized person or by maintenance technician
I
after assuring that task has been performed correctly IAW appropriate maintenance data.
TH
3.5.2.1 B1/B2 Base Maintenance Support Staff

B1/B2 Support Staff, is an employee who is a holder of CAR 66 Maintenance License issued by UAE GCAA,
and also the holder of company authorization as Cat. B1 or B2 with additional authorization as Supporting Staff,
which allows him/her to support Certifying Staff Cat C for the verification of the standards required for all
accomplished maintenance works.
MAINTENANCE CERTIFYING STAFF AND CATEGORY B1 AND B2 SUPPORT STAFF

RECORDS
EXPOSITION
3.5.2.2 The Cat C Certifying Staff (BCS)

The Cat C Base Maintenance Certifying Staff is an employee holder of CAR 66 Maintenance License issued by
D
UAE GCAA. This person must be a holder of Company authorization for Cat C. These certificates enable him/
TE
her to release the Certificate of Release to Service of aircraft (CRS) upon verification that all maintenance tasks
required have been carried out, in accordance with CAR 145 procedures specified in the MOE.
IN
The BCS uses the aid of a B1 and B2 Support Staff, providing that all conditions are in accordance with CAR
PR
145, company procedures defined in MOE, to issue a Release to Service for the aircraft.
3.5.2.3 Component Maintenance
IF
Certifying Staff for Components is the person holding company authorization to issue UAE GCAA AW Form 1,
Serviceable Tag (internal release and use only) or equivalent airworthiness form (third party authority) for
ED
component listed in ABY Shop Capability List maintained in referent workshop.
LL
3.5.2.4 Category A1 Certifying Staff
A Category “A1” authorization permits the holder to issue CRS following minor scheduled line maintenance and
RO
simple defect rectification within the limits of tasks specifically endorsed on the Authorization. This authority is
restricted to work that the authorization holder has personally performed.
NT
Note: Category B2 staff can be issued “A1” authorization provided Task Training as per TTM section 4.2 is
completed by staff and subsequent to the Successful Technical and QA Competence Assessments.
CO
Category A1 certifying staff are allowed to certify the minor checks (Daily and weekly) and simple defect
rectifications when personally performed.The task training requirements for “A1” authorisation are elaborated
UN
under TTM section 4.2. The Qualification and assessment procedures are detailed under TPM 07.01.
3.5.3 CERTIFYING STAFF RECORDS

IS
Copies of all relevant documents, certificates and licenses are retained in the individual's personal technical
authorization file and/or in the QA where the files are stored.
NT
A register of all Air Arabia authorizations/AME licenses held by authorized staff is held in QA.
EM
3.5.4 ACCESS TO STAFF RECORDS

The records are maintained on files by the Manager Quality Assurance with restricted access in order to preclude
CU
the confidential records to become accessible to unauthorized persons.

DO
Access to records shall be granted to the UAE GCAA for inspection or when investigating the record system for
initial and continued approval or when there is a reason to have doubt on the competence of a particular person.
S
The personnel authorized as certifying staff should have access to their own files on request including authorised
managers. Copies of the own personal records should be given to the person which has ceased employment.
I
TH
Copy of their GCAA CAR 145 certifying/support staff individual authorisation shall be delivered to their holders
in either a documented or electronic format.
The records shall be retained under the responsibility of the Manager Quality Assurance for at least 3 years after
the person has ceased employment with Air Arabia or the authorization has been withdrawn for any reason.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
3.6 QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL

UAE CAR 145.30(e)
D
3.6.1 PURPOSE
TE
Quality Audit personnel are those employed by the company to carry out QA duties directly under the control of
the Manager Quality Assurance.
IN
3.6.2 GENERAL
PR
Air Arabia policy is to use full-time auditors, part-time auditors from within Air Arabia organization or from external
sources provided they are familiar with type of operation and/or maintenance conducted by Air Arabia.
IF
Air Arabia employs part time auditors seconded from their primary duties within the company in addition to Air
Arabia dedicated auditors.
ED
Auditors are recruited on an “as required” basis by MQA and are selected from among candidates with relevant
LL
operational experience and who have undergone an Audit Techniques Course.
RO
They must, however, also have adequate knowledge and understanding of the area concerned, to be able to
assess the effectiveness and appropriateness of the methods and measures employed.
NT
For audits of highly specialized departments, auditors should enlist the support of specialists as required
(technical experts).
CO
3.6.3 PROCEDURE
3.6.3.1 Auditor Qualifications and Requirements

UN
Prerequisite Education and Experience

A candidate for Quality Auditor shall have completed at least secondary education. Secondary education is
typically the stage of the national educational system that comes after the primary or elementary stages and is
IS
completed prior to entrance to a university or similar educational institution.

NT
Experience requirements for a Quality Auditor are defined in QMSM Chapter 3.8.
EM
Personal Attributes of Auditors

The Quality Auditor must possess certain personal attributes that contribute to the successful performance of an
audit. Such personal attributes include the following:
CU
1. Ethical in conduct.
DO
2. Objective, fair and impartial in applying judgment.

3. Self-confident in knowledge and ability.
S
4. Honest and firm in convictions.

I
5. Focused on achieving objectives.

TH
6. Observant of physical surroundings and activities.

7. Dedicated to operating in a teamwork environment.
8. Open to alternative ideas or methods.
9. Tactful in dealing with people.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
EXPOSITION
10. Discreet in managing information.
D
11. Insightful of and adaptable to different situations.
TE
12. Analytical and logical in reaching conclusions.
13. Physically and mentally fit for duties as an auditor.
IN
14. Well groomed, with good personal habits and hygiene.
PR
Knowledge and Skills for Quality Auditors
1. Auditors shall have a thorough knowledge of the following:
IF
• Quality and safety audit principles, procedures and techniques.
ED
• Manuals that comprise the Quality documentation system; including Quality Management System
Manual (QMSM).
LL
• Typical organizational structure of Air Arabia, including size, functions and relationships.
• Relevant technical areas of Air Arabia operations. RO

2. Auditors shall have a general knowledge of the following:
NT
• Applicable laws, ICAO Annexes and regulatory requirements.

CO
• Air Arabia business processes and related terminology.
• Cultural and social customs.

UN
3. Auditors shall have effective skills in the following areas:
• Speaking, reading and writing English.

IS
• Writing reports.
NT
• Communicating.
• Working with people.

EM
• Using computer programs.

CU
Additional Skills for Lead Auditors

Lead Auditors require additional skills in leadership that enhance the performance of the Audit Team. Skills in
DO
this area include:
• Planning the audit and making effective use of resources during the audit.
S
• Representing the audit team in communications with the auditees.

I
TH
• Organizing and directing audit team members.
• Leading the audit team to reach audit conclusions.
• Preventing and resolving problems and conflicts.
• Preparing and completing the audit reports.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
3.6.3.2 Auditor Approval

Quality auditor will be approved by MQA after completing the following:
D
TE
• Completion of Air Arabia Quality Awareness.
• GCAA Regulations familiarization.
IN
• Have observed a minimum of 2 audits under the supervision of a qualified Auditor or Lead Auditor.
PR
• Have conducted a minimum of 1 audit under the supervision of a qualified Auditor or Lead Auditor.
• CAR 145 auditors are required to complete Initial EWIS training, Initial Fuel Tank Safety training and initial/
IF
continuation Human Factors training.
• Have been evaluated and approved by the Manager Quality Assurance. Evaluation forms ABY/QAM/017 and
ED
ABY/QAM/027 shall be completed and approval issued in the form of letter.
LL
Re-assessment of Auditor’s competence shall be carried out every two years as per form ABY/QAM/027.
Sources of Quality Training RO

Quality management training courses should be conducted by an institution approved and accepted by the
NT
Manager Quality Assurance however should be of a national and/or an international standard.
Quality training courses may be conducted in-house if appropriately qualified staff is available.
CO
Requirements for Auditor Qualifications and Requirements are defined in QMSM 3.8.2.
UN
3.6.3.3 Auditor Responsibilities

1. Perform quality inspections and audits as part of ongoing Quality Assurance.
IS
2. Identify and record any findings or concerns, and the evidence necessary to substantiate such findings or
concerns.
NT
3. Assist the auditees to define the corrective actions plan. The corrective action plan is responsibility of the
auditees.
EM
4. Verify the implementation of corrective action plan within specific timescales.

CU
5. Audit closure.
6. When doing audit activities, report directly and only to the Manager Quality Assurance.
DO
3.6.3.4 Auditor Independence

To ensure as much objectivity as possible, persons who have no responsibility for the area concerned and can
S
be relied upon to provide a true independent assessment of the area/procedures/processes being audited must
I
conduct audits.
TH
Auditors shall not have any day-to-day involvement in the area of the operations or/and maintenance activity that
is to be audited.
Any member of the audit team, who believes there may be a conflict of interest in the conduct of the audit, shall
advise the Lead Auditor of that fact. Auditors shall not audit their own activities.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
3.6.3.5 Auditors/Audit Team Assignment

Manager Quality Assurance will decide, depending on the complexity of the operation, whether to make use of
D
a dedicated audit team or a single auditor.
TE
In any event, the auditor or audit team should have relevant operational and/or maintenance experience.
IN
If an audit is to be conducted for a large area of activity or for a supplier, an audit team may be organized as
deemed appropriate, in order to reduce the time required.
PR
The Lead Auditor must ensure that all members of the team are adequately informed of the task.
IF
The audit team must know what the Quality Management System is required to do and what measures have
been established for the department under study.
ED
Appointing the auditors/audit team is carried out by the MQA considering the following:
LL
1. Audit objectives, scope, criteria, and estimated duration of the audit.
2. RO
The need to ensure the independence of the audit team from the activities to be audited.
3. The overall competence of the audit team needed to achieve the objectives of the audit, specific knowledge
NT
and skills of auditors (initial and recurrent training on the audit procedures program, knowledge of audit
principle, procedures, techniques, Airworthiness principle, reference documents, organization’s operational
context, applicable laws, regulations, and requirements).
CO
4. The ability of the audit team members to interact effectively with the auditee and to work together.
UN
3.6.3.6 List of Auditors

List and records of full-time, part-time, and external auditors are kept in, and updated by the Quality Assurance
Department.
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION QUALIFYING INSPECTORS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
3.7 QUALIFYING INSPECTORS

UAE CAR 145.30(e), 48(b)
D
3.7.1 PURPOSE
TE
This part outlines the policy and procedures for the implementation of Company Authorization and training
systems and to define the duties and responsibilities of persons holding approvals granted by Manager Quality
IN
Assurance (MQA) under Air Arabia terms of approval.
PR
3.7.2 GENERAL
Inspectors shall receive an initial theoretical and practical training for each type of aircraft, engine or component
for which they are designated to work on.
IF
Air Arabia Manager Quality Assurance is responsible for maintaining administrative control over the Company
ED
Authorization system and will maintain a file on all authorization holders.
LL
Manager Quality Assurance may delegate this process to QA Engineer(s).
3.7.3 PROCEDURE RO
Qualification of person conducting an independent inspection should be equal to qualification required to carry
out and certify such task (1st inspection), therefore, only ABY certifying staff holding valid B1/B2 Company
NT
Authorisation may conduct independent inspections (2nd inspection) in Air Arabia AMO.
QA department shall verify ability to conduct independent inspection by Air Arabia Engineers during initial/
CO
recurrent competence assessment.

UN
Ref. TPM 07.01; ABY Form QAM-028-R05-Nov 14, 2020 (Competence Assessment Form).
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
IS
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION QUALIFYING MECHANICS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
3.8 QUALIFYING MECHANICS

UAE CAR 145.30(e)
D
TE
3.8.1 PURPOSE
This chapter shall refer to the different specialities of mechanics as applicable to the Air Arabia AMO and
IN
specified below. Those personnel have to be considered authorised by the Air Arabia AMO approved under CAR
145 to sign-off tasks that they have personally performed. An authorised mechanic is not authorised to issue a
PR
release to service for aircraft or component or engine or NDT, unless he/she is also holding a “certifying staff
privilege”.
IF
To define the qualifying and training procedures for the authorization of mechanics.
ED
3.8.2 GENERAL
Mechanics are the maintenance personnel who perform specific maintenance tasks on aircraft or aircraft
LL
component such as routine maintenance, repair, overhaul, modification, component replacement or servicing in
accordance with their competence resulting from the type/specific training, skill and experience (i.e. airframe/
RO
engine mechanics, sheet metal worker, mechanical component repair, electrical/instruments/radio component
repair, line maintenance mechanic, base maintenance mechanic, shop maintenance mechanic, etc.).
NT
Mechanic or “Technician” as such role defined by Air Arabia HR for the purpose of AMO must have successfully
completed an Air Arabia recognized Technicians course and a structured program of in-house training in respect
CO
to Company Procedures and Documentation.
The following types of technician are existing in Air Arabia:

UN
• A1 Certifying Technician;
IS
• Airframe Technician on the A320(CFM56), A321(LEAP-1A);

NT
• Avionic Technician on the A320(CFM56), A321(LEAP-1A);
• Workshop Technician;
EM
• Trainee Technician.
CU
Qualification & Experience requirements

DO
B1 Technician
Qualification:
IS
• Qualified and experienced Civil Aircraft Maintenance Technician, for example Bachelor of Aviation
TH
Maintenance Technology Course or Diploma in Aircraft Maintenance & Engineering or equivalent.
• Ability to read, write, speak and understand English to a good standard for technical communications.
• Ability to use computer (Microsoft Office).
• Ability to obtain UAE Driver’s License.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Experience:
D
External applicants:
TE
• At least 2 years of experience performing maintenance on large commercial aircraft, preferably Airbus types.
IN
• At least 2 years of experience in Base Maintenance environment.
PR
• Able to demonstrate solid basic understanding of Airframe and Engine Maintenance theory and practice.
Internal Applicants:
IF
• Qualified Aircraft Technician following successful completion of internal training program.
ED
• 2 years as a Junior Technician with good performance.
• Good Airframe and Engine maintenance knowledge and experience.
LL
Ref. ABY Form No. HR/JD/FH/9107
RO
B2 Technician
NT
Qualification:
CO
• Qualified and experienced Civil Aircraft Maintenance Technician, for example Bachelor of Aviation
Maintenance Technology Course or Diploma in Aircraft Maintenance & Engineering or equivalent.
UN
• Good knowledge in Avionic discipline.
• Ability to read, write, speak and understand English to a good standard for technical communications.
IS
• Able to demonstrate solid basic understanding of Avionics maintenance theory and practice.
NT
• Ability to obtain UAE Driver’s License.
External applicants
EM
• At least 2 years’ experience performing maintenance on large commercial aircraft, preferably Airbus types.
CU
• At least 2 years’ experience in a Line or Base Maintenance environment.
• Able to demonstrate solid basic understanding of Avionics Systems Maintenance theory and practice.
DO
• Competent using specialized Avionics test equipment, computers and software tools.
S
Internal Applicants
I
TH
• Qualified Aircraft Technician following successful completion of internal training program.
• 2 years as a Junior Technician with good performance.
• Good Avionics maintenance knowledge and experience.
Ref. ABY Form HR/JD/FH/9108.

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION QUALIFYING MECHANICS Rev.16 – 14 Jul 2021
EXPOSITION
Maintenance personnel are trained by:
D
• Aviation university, institute or college,
TE
• Manufacturers,
IN
• Other airlines,
PR
• Dedicated training centers and engineering societies (Welding, Non Destructive Testing, etc.),
• ABY Training Instructors.
IF
Technical Training Manual cover the following:
ED
• The training program for each category of personnel performing production and control tasks:
LL
– theoretical courses (topic and duration),
– on-the-job practical courses and/or professional training,

RO
– refresher courses every two years for certifying staff and support staff. These trainings take significant
technical changes, procedural changes and feed-back from HF (human factor) experience into account.
NT
• The method of assessing training results.

CO
3.8.3 PROCEDURE
The Manager Line Maintenance and Manager Base Maintenance are responsible to evaluate the level of
UN
mechanic’s competence, skill and experience in order to perform specific jobs by practical assessment and/or
examination and to assign them to specific maintenance tasks.
IS
Mechanics should be able to carry out maintenance tasks to the standard specified in the maintenance
instructions. They must understand the necessity of reporting to supervisors of any mistakes, errors or missing
NT
elements which need rectification action in order to re-establish the required maintenance standard.
EM
The mechanics with sufficient experience, as assessed by their department manager, may be assigned tasks to
work on independently, without supervision and sign off for the work when it is completed and inspected for
compliance with the required standard.
CU
The mechanics may not sign a release to service for an aircraft or an aircraft component. The mechanics may
DO
perform maintenance jobs under the supervision of an experienced person as an instructor, who will sign off for
the specific task when completed.
S
The duration of the work under supervision is established by the Manager in charge and it is dependent upon
the skill and competence of the individual.
I
TH
Training shall be provided to assist technical understanding for career development and work requirements. The
company shall annually assess technicians and inform them (when required), as to areas of performance which
require improvement.
Technician records to be retained in accordance with the provisions of p. 1.7.3.6 MOE.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
3.8.4 CONDITIONS FOR AUTHORIZING A MECHANIC TO MAKE MAINTENANCE WORK WITHOUT

SUPERVISION
D
The mechanics operating in the aircraft maintenance division are entitled to sign-off in the specialties in which
TE
they are authorised in order to be able to work without supervision and sign the associated working documents.
The “sign-off” authority is issued according to the criteria defined in p. 2.13 MOE on the request, via ABY HR
IN
process, of the manager who undertakes that the mechanic is able of carrying out the tasks according to the
information specified in the approved data, and that he will notify the supervisor, engineers or support staff all
PR
difficulties encountered and errors requiring correction in order to restore compliance.
The validation of the autonomy formalized by the authorization “sign-off” in a specialty does not mean that the
IF
mechanic is able to sign all the tasks but only those that will be attributed to him by his Manager, leader, support
staff, engineers etc.... according to its skills, training and experiences.
ED
He is responsible for the conformity of the work he has carried out and undertakes on this conformity by the
affixing of his signature. In this context it must notify any error or difficulty encountered to the supervisors,
LL
engineers or support staff.
RO
Note: A person authorized “sign-off” may supervise a person who is not “sign-off”, i.e. Trainee Technician for
tasks within his or her jurisdiction. In this case he assumes responsibility for the conformity of the work
NT
he has supervised and will sign the corresponding work cards.
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
IS
TH

MAINTENANCE AIRCRAFT OR AIRCRAFT COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASKS

EXEMPTION PROCESS CONTROL
EXPOSITION
3.9 AIRCRAFT OR AIRCRAFT COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASKS EXEMPTION

PROCESS CONTROL
D
UAE CAR 145.65(b)1, GM 145.65(b)(1)
TE
3.9.1 PURPOSE
To define Air Arabia policies for aircraft/aircraft component Maintenance Tasks Exemption Process Control.
IN
PR
3.9.2 GENERAL
The control of maintenance tasks exemption means the method to obtain an approval for a time interval
extension or for deferment of a maintenance task when it becomes necessary as an exceptional case.
IF
3.9.3 PROCEDURE
ED
Deviations from approved standards, such as maintenance schedule, aircraft configuration or specification
standards will be controlled by this procedure to ensure the compliance with limitations stated by the CAR 145
approval granted to Air Arabia and with applicable airworthiness requirements.
LL
The necessity to re-schedule a maintenance task occurs for the following reasons:
RO
• Lack or delay of tools, materials, parts, etc.
NT
• The aircraft cannot be made available on time for the required task.
• Personnel with the appropriate qualification not available
CO
When the maintenance task which needs deferment is requested by an operator’s work order, the Manager Base
Maintenance shall notify the ABY CAMO who in turn inform the operator in writing that the subject task cannot
UN
be completed, explaining also the reason of such incomplete maintenance.
Air Arabia shall not issue a Certificate of Release to Service (CRS) for the aircraft involved in such a case unless
IS
a concession approved by the Authority responsible for the oversight of the aircraft is obtained by the operator
and be provided to Air Arabia.
NT
A reference to the approved concession shall be entered on CRS and the concession shall be attached to CRS.
EM
For the aircraft operated by Air Arabia, the Concession Procedure TPM 07.09 shall be followed.
CU
In the event that a scheduled maintenance task on Air Arabia operated aircraft may not be carried out within the
limits of the Approved Maintenance Schedule, an application for extension shall be raised by Planning, stating
all the pertinent details concerning the aircraft status, with due consideration given to the reliability of the system
DO
or the component concerned.
The Manager Quality Assurance shall evaluate all aspects involved, including the necessity of additional
S
maintenance and any adverse effect arising from the existence of two or more concessions on the same aircraft/
I
system/component.
TH
It should be noted that certain maintenance schedule items are not permitted to be extended.
The application should state at least the following:
1. The reason for the extension

MAINTENANCE AIRCRAFT OR AIRCRAFT COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASKS

EXEMPTION PROCESS CONTROL
EXPOSITION
2. A statement that the concession would not affect:

• Any applicable Airworthiness Directive
D
• Mandatory Requirements of the Certification Authority (“Certification Maintenance Requirements”)
TE
• Airworthiness Limitation Items
IN
• ETOPS conditions (where applicable)
PR
3. Additional maintenance (if required)
4. Date when the subject task is re-scheduled.
IF
After the assessment of all pertinent data by the Manager Quality Assurance, the approval will be granted by the
Manager Quality Assurance or UAE GCAA, as applicable.
ED
MQA may grant approval under the terms defined in the Air Arabia Approved Maintenance Program.
LL
Requests for exemptions out of terms defined in the Air Arabia Approved Maintenance Program must be
submitted to the UAE GCAA for an approval.
RO
Planning is responsible to hold the dispensation on file until the deferred work is completed, and then placing the
dispensation into aircraft record file.
NT
Copies of the approved concession shall be distributed to Inspection (Quality Control), the maintenance unit
CO
involved and Quality Assurance.
Supervisor Maintenance Planning and Records is responsible for issuing a Work Order for the deferred task to
UN
ensure that the concession is closed prior to the expiry date.
The same policy shall apply to other mandatory inspections. Should an extension of a major inspection be
IS
requested, an interim inspection may be required to establish the serviceability status of the aircraft.
The Manager Quality Assurance shall periodically reviews the Concession Register to ensure that the terms of
NT
concession approval are complied with and due dates are not exceeded.
EM
The Manager Quality Assurance will monitor the concession control system by audit. Detailed procedure is
defined in TPM Section 07.09 (Approved Maintenance Schedule Dispensation Procedure).
CU
DO
S
I
TH

MAINTENANCE CONCESSION CONTROL FOR DEVIATION FROM ORGANISATION'S

PROCEDURES
EXPOSITION
3.10 CONCESSION CONTROL FOR DEVIATION FROM ORGANISATION’S PROCEDURES

AMC 145.65(b)
D
3.10.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies for Concession Control for Deviation from Organization’s Procedures.
IN
3.10.2 GENERAL
PR
Applications for exceptional authorizations fall into two categories:
The derogations:
IF
It involves dealing with cases of non-compliance with a certain GCAA requirement.
ED
The deviations:
LL
It is a question of treating a non-conformity with the approved specifications of the organization which does not
impact the conformity with the requirements of the regulation which was used to issue the approval, and which
RO
does not impact the certificate. In other words, the deviation only relates to the fact that the specifications are not
respected; if the urgency and/or punctual nature of the deviation does not justify its treatment by an exceptional
authorization, it could be approved through a revision of the specifications.
NT
Should an occasion arise where full compliance with company procedures cannot be met, an application can be
CO
made to the Manager Quality Assurance for a concession to deviate from that procedure.
The application will only be made by department manager responsible and will be made in writing specifying all
UN
criteria and mitigating circumstances.
Application shall be made on Form ABY/QAM/079.

IS
The applicant should:

NT
• To demonstrate that it is due to unforeseen circumstances, that there is an urgent operational need, and that
all non-derogatory solutions have been explored to cope with it.
EM
• Provide all the justifications and propose any compensatory measures deemed necessary to ensure that
safety, environmental protection and compliance with the essential requirements are guaranteed, if
CU
necessary through the application of mitigation measures.
The application package must describe:

DO
• The clear identification of the subject of the request;

• Operational privileges impacted;
I S
• The exceptional/unforeseen/urgent nature of the circumstances giving rise to the request;

TH
• Security justifications and compensatory measures;

• The measures taken to recover a normal situation within the period of exceptional authorization.
After careful consideration, the Manager Quality Assurance may agree subject to any conditions appropriate at
the time. This agreement will be made in writing and a copy held on file in the QA department.

PROCEDURES
EXPOSITION
3.10.3 PROCEDURE
Any deviation from the Approved Maintenance Organization procedures must be notified and identified by a
D
document containing instructions and justifications for the acceptance of a new procedure or derogation to a
TE
procedure.
The following deviations from the organization procedures may be considered:
IN
• Maintenance organization procedure deviations. The request for such deviations will be initiated by the
PR
manager of the affected department;
• Quality Management System procedure deviations. The request for such deviations will be compiled by the
IF
Manager Quality Assurance to initiate a temporary change to an approved procedure until the establishment
of a new procedure.
ED
The Accountable Manager, his deputy or the Manager Quality Assurance may approve concessions for deviation
from Approved Maintenance Organization’s procedures.
LL
All derogations and dispensations shall be submitted to the GCAA for approval.
RO
It is the responsibility of Manager Quality Assurance to notify the GCAA as soon as practical of any deviations,
to issue deviation instructions from the organization’s procedures, and to identify and file all concessions for
NT
deviation.
CO
Manager Quality Assurance will prepare, coordinate, issue and verify compliance to the special instructions and
distribute copies to the affected personnel or department. These special instructions shall be temporary in
nature.
UN
If it is required that these deviation instructions will become permanent, a revision to the MOE shall be requested.
IS
TPM 07.10 defines MEL Time Extension.

NT
3.10.3.1 One-Off Certification Authorization

In accordance with CAR 145.30 (j) 5, in the following unforeseen cases, where an aircraft is grounded at a
location other than the main base where no appropriate certifying staff is available, the MQA may issue a one-off
EM
certification authorization:
1. To one of its employees holding equivalent type authorizations on aircraft of similar technology, construction
CU
and systems; or
2. To any person with not less than five years maintenance experience and holding a valid ICAO aircraft
DO
maintenance license rated for the aircraft type requiring certification provided there is no organization
appropriately approved under this Part at that location and the contracted organization obtains and holds
on file evidence of the experience and the license of that person.
I S
When requesting Manager Quality Assurance for One-Off Authorisation, MCC should arrange to provide the
TH
following documents:
• NAA AME License

• Company Authorization
• Evidence of 05 years of maintenance Experience

PROCEDURES
EXPOSITION
• Completed form ABY/QAM/035
D
All such cases as specified in this subparagraph shall be reported to the Authority within seven days of the
issuance of such certification authorization.
TE
It is the responsibility of MCC department to ensure that any such maintenance carried out under one-off
IN
authorisation shall be re-checked by an appropriately authorized staff at the base.
PR
This procedure is not to be used for aircraft final release from maintenance.
In case of unavailability of appropriate certifying Engineer at Outstation(B1/B2), ABY Certifying Staff holding
IF
appropriate QA Authorization for the relevant task shall be sent from SHJ base.
ED
Detailed procedure for granting and control of One-off Certification Authorization is in TPM 07.02.
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE QUALIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR SPECIALIZED ACTIVITIES SUCH AS

NDT, WELDING ETC.
EXPOSITION
3.11 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR SPECIALIZED ACTIVITIES SUCH AS NDT,

WELDING ETC
D
UAE CAR 145.30(f), EN4179, AMC 145.30(f), 65(b)(2), AMC1 145.30(e), GM2 145.30(e), GM3
TE
145.30(e)
Procedure describes requirements for the qualification and approval for Non Destructive Testing Personnel
IN
(NDT). The present procedure gathers requirements and criteria stated into European Standard EN 4179 and
MIL-STD-410 rules.
PR
Non Destructive Testing Methods
Currently, NDT methods used at Air Arabia and established by EN 4179 are:
IF
1. Magnetic Particle – MT;
ED
2. Liquid penetrant – PT;
LL
3. Eddy current – ET;
4. Ultrasonic – UT;
5. Thermography – IRT.
RO
NT
All personnel qualified for relevant NDT method holds a dedicated approval released by the Manager Quality
Assurance.
CO
Personnel Qualification
Personnel authorized for accomplishment of nondestructive testing must be appropriately qualified as per Air
UN
Arabia NDT Written Practice Manual (Doc. ref. ABY/QAM/NDT/031).
NDT Personnel Qualification Levels

IS
Level I
An Aeronautical Mechanic/Technician qualified as Level I is a person recognized able to:
NT
• Prepare and set the tool for the testing;

EM
• Perform the testing;

• Understand and judge the acceptability of the part tested provided that the criterion is expressly indicated by
CU
specific written instructions;

• Complete the testing report, results inclusive.
DO
Level II
An Aeronautical Mechanic/Technician qualified as Level II is a person who, besides to carry the activities
S
performed by the Level l person, is recognized able to:

I
TH
• Select the technique that has to be used to perform the nondestructive testing;
• Guide and supervise the work performed by trainees or Level I;
• Interpret and evaluate results of testing in accordance with applicable standards;
• Organize and document the results of nondestructive testing performed.
MAINTENANCE QUALIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR SPECIALIZED ACTIVITIES SUCH AS

NDT, WELDING ETC.
EXPOSITION
Level III
Level III activities are outsourced when required. Level III Responsible Person is specified in NDT Written
D
Practice Manual (ref ABT/QAM/NDT/031).
TE
Level III person has the ultimate responsibility for all NDT carried out by the approved organization and its
personnel and in cases of dispute or concern has direct access to the Accountable Manager and/or the
IN
Regulatory Authorities to discuss those concerns when referring directly to airworthiness related issues.
PR
In addition to requirements defined in standard EN 4179, Air Arabia NDT approved personnel shall comply with
the following requirements:
IF
1. Minimum age 21 years;
ED
2. General physical fitness;
3. Minimum school qualification: Secondary (high) school degree with engineering background;
LL
4. Knowledge in English language, related to work that has to be performed;
5. Attendance, with successful results to a HF and procedures training course;
RO
Note: In order to satisfy the level II requirements of IRT, personnel will have formal classroom training with
NT
hours as specified in table 2 of NDT Working Practices Manual. Until the training hours have been
completed (reference table 3) the certification will be limited. (Level II Limited) Refer NDT Working
Practices Manual Section 5.1.3.
CO
Personnel who carry out and interpret such inspections are properly trained and assessed for their competence
with the process (TPM 07.01).
UN
List of non-destructive testing personnel kept by Manager Quality Assurance.

IS
Boroscoping and other techniques such as delamination coin tapping are nondestructive inspections rather than
nondestructive testing, and are not specifically pertaining to Non Destructive Testing personnel.
NT
Nondestructive inspections, not being considered as NDT by CAR 145 are not listed under class rating D1.
EM
Welding is not currently permitted in Air Arabia AMO.

CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF MANUFACTURER’S AND OTHER MAINTENANCE WORKING

TEAMS
EXPOSITION
3.12 CONTROL OF MANUFACTURER’S AND OTHER MAINTENANCE WORKING TEAMS

UAE CAR 145.75(b), 55(a), AMC 145.75(b), 10
D
3.12.1 PURPOSE
TE
This procedure defines the control, supervision and certification of work carried out by manufacturers and
contractor working parties.
IN
PR
3.12.2 GENERAL
When it is established that work is to be carried out on Air Arabia aircraft by representatives of the aircraft/engine
or component manufacturer the Manager Quality Assurance will determine the certification requirements.
IF
The Manager Base Maintenance will ensure that the work environment is suitable for the task performance and
that adequate manpower is available where necessary.
ED
The Manager Quality Assurance shall ensure that the CRS is issued in accordance with MOE 3.10.3.
LL
3.12.3 PROCEDURE
RO
The maintenance programs include specific work (special modifications or repair) that may be performed by
manufacturer's teams or other outside maintenance teams, working in the ABY’s facilities.
NT
3.12.3.1 External Team Working Under its Own GCAA CAR 145 Approval
In this case, a specific part of the maintenance program is contracted to the manufacturer or to an outside
CO
maintenance team. Air Arabia only coordinates the scheduling of such work for which it is responsible.
Manager Base Maintenance shall select a specific area/room where all tools, equipment, parts, materials etc. of
UN
external team to be stored and controlled to ensure segregation between the two maintenance organisations
working in ABY premises.
IS
Manager Base Maintenance by himself or assigned person-in-charge shall communicate with the External Team
Leader and provide necessary support i.e. tools/equipment, facilities etc. as mutually agreed in appropriate
NT
business arrangements.
Head of Maintenance will hold regular meetings with External Team Leader as necessary to monitor progress of
EM
work.
CU
The external team will issue their own CRS for the work done.
3.12.3.2 External Working Team Not Holding a GCAA CAR 145 Approval
DO
In this case, interventions by a manufacturer working party on aircraft, engines, or components are subject to the
general rules applicable to sub-contractors (protocols, agreements, etc.) and the applicable procedures
developed in MOE Section 2.1.
I S
Air Arabia shall provide standard environmental conditions, as it required by CAR-145.25.

TH
External Working Team members have been instructed on the ABY internal procedures.
Air Arabia conducts a quality review concerning the requirements and the approved documents provided or to
be provided. Air Arabia certifies the Release to Service for all work performed resulting from the maintenance
program, including the tasks performed by the outside maintenance team.
MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF MANUFACTURER’S AND OTHER MAINTENANCE WORKING

TEAMS
EXPOSITION
In this case, either a contract or any other equivalent document, determines the interface between the outside
maintenance team and Air Arabia’s Production Managers, the industrial means used to allow the outside
D
maintenance team to perform the imparted work (hangar, documentation, tooling, warehouses, authorized or
restricted areas) as well as the required release documents (EASA Form 1, Certificate of Conformity).
TE
The following personnel may issue the Certificates of Release to Service:
IN
1. Member of the manufacturer’s working party holding an appropriate written authorization issued by the
PR
manufacturer who is approved by UAE GCAA.
2. The MQA may authorize an appropriate person in particular case, and may be either:
IF
• A manufacturer’s representative holding a valid appropriate authorization issued by the manufacturer, or
• The holder of a valid company authorization in the relevant category who is considered competent to
ED
assess the work performed.
Work is carried out in accordance with the written instructions relevant to the task. Variations where required
LL
are authorized by the appropriate design authority.
RO
All the personnel who release specific work (NDT, fix point, ground and flight test) should have valid human
factors training.
NT
3.12.3.3 External Personnel
In some cases, external personnel may be called in. These personnel are distributed among teams to ensure
CO
that they are supervised by Air Arabia personnel. If they are to work in an aeronautical specialty, they must hold
an aeronautical qualification.
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
S
I
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION HUMAN FACTORS TRAINING PROCEDURE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
3.13 HUMAN FACTORS TRAINING PROCEDURE

UAE CAR 145.30(e), AMC2 145.30(e), GM1 145.30(e)
D
TE
3.13.1 PURPOSE
Human factor training is carried out to satisfy the requirements of GCAA CAR 145.30 (e). Authorization holders
IN
are given initial training and continuation training every two (02) years after the initial.
PR
In respect to the understanding of the application of human factors and human performance issues,
maintenance, management, and quality audit personnel should be assessed for the need to receive.
IF
3.13.2 GENERAL
The focus of human factors is on how people interact with tasks, with equipment/technologies, and with the
ED
environment, in order to understand and evaluate these interactions. The goals of human factors are to optimize
human and system efficiency and effectiveness, safety, health, comfort, and quality of life.
LL
Initial human factors training, but in any case all maintenance, management, and quality audit personnel should
receive human factors continuation training. This should concern to a minimum:
RO
• Post-holders, managers, supervisors;
NT
• Certifying staff, technicians, and mechanics;
• Technical support personnel such as, planners, engineers, technical record staff;
CO
• Quality control/assurance staff;

UN
• Specialized services staff;
• Human Factors staff/Human Factors trainers;

IS
• Store department staff, purchasing department staff;
• Ground equipment operators;

NT
• Contract staff in the above categories.

EM
Initial training should be provided to personnel within six (06) months of joining the maintenance organization,
but temporary staff might need to be trained shortly after joining the organization to cope with the duration of
CU
employment.
Personnel being recruited from another maintenance organization and temporary staff should be assessed for
DO
the need to receive any additional Human factors training to meet the new maintenance organization’s approved
under CAR 145 human factors training standard as per TTM section 3.2.1.
S
The purpose of human factors continuation training is primarily to ensure that staff remains current in terms of
I
human factors and also to collect feedback on human factors issues. The results of the feedback are
TH
summarized in a report which is prepared every 4 months and distributed to MQA, HOM, HOE and HoE&M, for
their review and action.
Human factors continuation training should be of an appropriate duration in each two (02) year period in relation
to relevant quality audit findings and other internal/external sources of information available to the organization
on human errors in maintenance.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
3.13.3 HUMAN FACTORS TRAINING PROCEDURE

Present procedure defines the training of Air Arabia personnel on the influence of human factors in maintenance.
D
The present procedure is applicable to all personnel directly involved in maintenance activities and to
TE
management.
IN
Initial Training
Contents
PR
In order to sensitize all personnel on the importance of the human factor, Air Arabia has established a dedicated
initial training for the employees directly or indirectly involved into maintenance activities. The training, which
IF
generally lasts for two working days, is organized by Technical Training Instructors, in liaison with ABY
Engineering & Maintenance Department and human factor instructors. As a dispensation to what above stated,
in case of post-holders and managers not directly involved into planning and performance of maintenance
ED
activities and of purchasing department personnel, the course duration can be reduced. HF Training syllabus is
in accordance with CAR 145 (GM 145.30) and is elaborated under TTM section 3.2.3.
LL
Recurrent Training
RO
Purpose of this training is refreshing the sensitive topics related to Human Factors issues, analyzing occurrences
and maintenance errors reported in the Company and collecting feedback on human factors issues.
NT
Contents
CO
Quality Assurance Department receives the occurrence reports (engineering occurrence reported through
IQSMS module (ESR), ROSIs…). Such reports can be originated from following:
UN
• Reports from IQSMS data management system that personnel fill for each problem found during the working
activities (ESR);
IS
• Report of defects sent by maintenance personnel when required;
• Reports made by the Authorities;

NT
In support of the training program, Manager Safety & ERP shall provide specific information regarding Human
EM
Factor related events occurred in Air Arabia (Engineering ASRs from IQSMS, ROSI report samples, Incident
Investigation reports etc.) to Technical Instructors. Such information may be de-identified to ensure
confidentiality of persons involved in such events.
CU
Any Human Factor issue found out by internal or third part audit activity shall be notified to QA department.
DO
All above information will be the included in recurrent Human Factor trainings, together with refreshment of
human factors basic principles.
S
For personnel directly involved into maintenance activity such courses will last at least one working day. For all
I
TH
personnel not directly involved in such activities the duration can be reduced. How deep different subjects of the
course must be explained it is an issue of the instructor depending on the kind of personnel time by time involved.
Timing
The Human Factor continuation training course will be administered, to each employee or contracted person,
within two years from the date of last Human Factor continuation or initial training course.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Trainers
Suitably qualified Air Arabia employees may provide training under Air Arabia CAR 145 Approval.
D
TE
Suitability is determined by attending appropriate “Train-the-Trainer” classes and relevant Human factors
training to a depth permitting transmission of that knowledge to all Air Arabia employees depending on their
respective roles in the organization. The trainers are qualified as per the procedure detailed under TTM 2.4.1.
IN
The list of approved instructors with their relevant training capability is in Appendix in TTM.
PR
Training records may include but not to be limited to:
• Attendance Sheet (ABY/QAM/010, ABY/ETR/05)
IF
• Certificate of completion
ED
• Examination papers
• Practical Assessment Sheet and
LL
• Training Material including
– Accidents/incidents analysis & case studies RO
– Audio visual aids
NT
– Teamwork exercises
CO
Course Records
Initial and continuation courses contents and main information about each session held are kept on file with
Technical Training Instructors and available upon request from GCAA. (Course attendance form, feedback form
UN
(ABY/ETR/04), training material).

IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT OF PERSONNEL Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
3.14 COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT OF PERSONNEL

UAE CAR 145.30(a)3, 30(b)3, 30(e), 35(a), 35(f), AMC1 145.30(e), AMC3 145.30(e), AMC4 145.30(e),
D
GM2 145.30(e), GM3 145.30(e), AMC 145.30(a), 30(e), 35(a), Appendix IV
TE
This chapter is related to the competence assessment of personnel involved in any maintenance, management
and quality audit activities: planners, mechanics, specialized services staff, supervisors, certifying staff and
quality audit staff.
IN
PR
A record of the qualification and competence assessment should be kept at QA Department.
The Technical Competence assessment of maintenance personnel is documented i.a.w ABY/QAM/031 (Initial
Issuance of Certification Authorisation) or ABY/QAM/033 (Renewal of Certification Authorisation).
IF
In addition to the Technical assessment, QA competence assessment is carried out during the Issuance of initial
ED
certification authorization or extension of existing scope of certification authorization i.a.w form # ABY/QAM/028.
LL
In order to ensure continued competence, QA assessment for all Certifying staff will be carried out atleast once
in 24 months and records of the same must be filed under personnel file. Additionally, adequate initial and
RO
recurrent training should be also provided and recorded to ensure continued competence.
The competence assessment shall be based on:

NT
• Review of personnel records,

CO
• Interview,
• Evaluation of competence “on-the job performance”.
UN
The detailed procedure for competence assessment of planners, mechanics, specialized services staff, and
certifying staff is elaborated under TPM 7.01.
IS
Assessment should be conducted by person authorised by the Manager Quality Assurance and Technical
assessor defined in TTM.
NT
QMSM Chapter 3.8 and MOE Section 3.6 details the procedures regarding competence assessment of Quality
auditors.
EM
The assessment should establish that:

CU
• Planners are able to interpret maintenance requirements into maintenance tasks, and have an appreciation
that they have no authority to deviate from the maintenance data.
DO
• Mechanics are able to carry out maintenance tasks to any standard specified in the maintenance data and
will notify supervisors of mistakes requiring rectification to re-establish required maintenance standards.
S
• Specialized services staff is able to carry out specialized maintenance tasks to the standard specified in the
maintenance data and will both inform and await instructions from their supervisor in any case where it is not
I
TH
possible to complete the specialized maintenance in accordance with the maintenance data.
• Supervisors are able to ensure that all required maintenance tasks are carried out and where not completed
or where it is evident that a particular maintenance task cannot be carried out to the maintenance data, and
then such problems will be reported to the CAR 145.30(c) person for appropriate action. In addition, for those
supervisors who also carry out maintenance tasks that they understand such tasks should not be undertaken
when incompatible with their management responsibilities.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
• Certifying staff are able to determine when the aircraft or aircraft component is ready to release to service and
when it should not be released to service.
D
TE
Planners, specialized services staff, supervisors and certifying staff shall be trained on and familiar with the
organization procedures relevant to their particular role.
IN
Quality audit staff shall be able to monitor compliance with CAR 145 identifying on compliance in an effective
PR
and timely manner in order that the organization may remain in compliance with CAR 145.
In addition, to the necessary expertise related to the job function; competence must include an understanding of
IF
the application of human factors and human performance issues appropriate to that person's function in the
organization.
ED
All these personnel have to complete following information:
LL
• Experience, training and competence requirement;
• Procedure training;
RO
NT
• Initial and continuous training;
• Qualifications conditions;
CO
• Recording system;
UN
• Case of temporary contract personnel; and
• Human Factor training records.

IS
Technical training instructor shall assess the need of EWIS or Fuel Tank Safety training for various categories
NT
of maintenance personal whom are not involved in the compliance of EWIS/CDCCL tasks. Such exemption
should be authorised by Manager Quality Assurance via TTM amendment/approval process which identifies
EWIS/FTS training target groups.
EM
Personal Approval Authorization

CU
Personal Approval Authorization will be issued to all personnel to whom authority has been delegated. These
certificates will be signed by Manager Quality Assurance and each certificate will show the level and limitations
DO
of the authorizations.
Ref Form ABY/QAM/001: Personal Approval Authorization.

I S
Renewal of Authorization
TH
Holders of Authorizations are required to renew their authorization prior to its expiry. Validity of Authorization will
be shown on the certificate, but no more than two (02) years. At the time of renewal it must be demonstrated that
the holder has related experience and completed relevant continuation training.
Ref Form ABY/QAM/033: Renewal of Authorization

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Related Experience for Authorization Renewal

At time of renewal it must be shown that experience relative to the individual’s authorization has been attained
D
during preceding six (06) months.
TE
An analysis of the information file is carried out, at least, every two years for aircraft CRS personnel, and every
five years for the others. This analysis is under the responsibility of the Manager Quality Assurance for all
IN
personnel with a quality delegation, and under the supervisor of the current department for the others.
PR
Ref Form ABY/ETR/09: Work Experience Record.
All these files are recorded during the contract/employment period, and during three (03) years after termination
IF
of employment or resignation.
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE TRAINING PROCEDURES FOR ON-THE-JOB-EXPERIENCE (OJE) AS PER

OJE SECTION OF APPENDIX III TO CAR 66
EXPOSITION
3.15 TRAINING PROCEDURES FOR ON-THE-JOB-EXPERIENCE (OJE) AS PER OJE

SECTION OF APPENDIX III TO CAR 66
D
UAE CAR 145. Appendix III
TE
Air Arabia has developed the On-the-Job-Experience Logbook (ABY/ETR/008) to support its maintenance staff
in gaining the required competence and experience in performing maintenance on the Airbus A320 and therefore
IN
in applying for the first aircraft type endorsement on their GCAA CAR-66 B1.1/B2 AMEL.
PR
The Air Arabia A320 OJE Logbook has been approved by the GCAA (Ref. LIC-ENG-OJE-24). Any need for
amendment shall be communicated to the Technical Training Instructors who shall ensure that the revised
version of the Logbook is submitted to the GCAA for approval.
IF
The OJE Logbook includes tasks listed in Appendix II to AMC to CAR-66 (“Aircraft type practical experience and
OJE – List of tasks”) which are applicable to the Airbus A320 (CF-56) and Air Arabia operations; additional
ED
frequent tasks have also been included in the Logbook.
LL
The details of the training procedures are elaborated under TTM section 4.3.
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE FOR THE ISSUE OF A RECOMMENDATION TO THE GCAA

FOR ISSUANCE OF CAR 66 LICENSE
EXPOSITION
3.16 PROCEDURE FOR THE ISSUE OF A RECOMMENDATION TO THE GCAA FOR

ISSUANCE OF CAR 66 LICENSE
D
In case of initial Issuance of CAR 66 license, endorsement of first type rating and removal of limitations from the
TE
license, GCAA Approved Practical Assessors are responsible to assess and evaluate the applicant.
IN
The assessor shall sign off the recommendation and the Logbook when satisfied that applicable tasks have been
performed and properly recorded. Uniform coverage of the applicable ATA chapters shall also be verified. The
PR
evaluation for correct task performance should be based on the supervisor(s) reports and feedback.
Subsequent to the evaluation, Quality Assurance Engineer requesting the grant or amendment to a licence is
IF
responsible for the review of the application before making a recommendation to the GCAA.
Each application shall be supported by documentation to demonstrate compliance with the applicable theoretical
ED
knowledge, practical training and experience requirements at the time of application. All relevant documents
must be attested by the QA department and then submitted to GCAA.
LL
In case of issuance CAR 66 GCAA license on the basis of foreign license, Manager QA shall ensure the following
prior to recommending the applicant to GCAA: RO
1. All documents submitted to GCAA for the purpose of a licence conversion are genuine, up to date, valid and
NT
free from any kind of falsification.
2. The applicant is fully knowledgeable in all aspects of GCAA rules and regulations related to aircraft
CO
airworthiness and maintenance.

3. Ensure that original licence and ratings on the basis of which GCAA had granted the conversion remains
UN
valid during the conversion period.

4. Ensure that the applicant is legally allowed to work in the UAE or country of deployment.
5. Ensure that in the preceding two years period, the applicant has had either six months of maintenance
IS
experience in accordance with the privileges granted by the original licence or met the provision for the issue
of the appropriate privileges.
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION MORC PROCEDURE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
3.17 MORC PROCEDURE

UAE CAR 145.100–105
D
GCAA CAR 145 provision of issuance of MORC-AS is limited to the MORC Statement for line maintenance rating
TE
(A1) as defined in Appendix II to CAR 145 for the:
• Initial issuance of approval or extension to the scope of approval for foreign AMO, and/or
IN
• Initial issuance of approval or extension of the scope of approval for organizations manned line stations
PR
located outside the UAE.
Note: Extension to the scope of approval is defined as Addition of a line station to an existing GCAA AMO
IF
approval or Addition of an aircraft type to an approved GCAA Line Station.
ED
3.17.1 MORC ISSUANCE PROCEDURE
• ABY may exercise the MORC privilege in accordance with CAR 145 Section B and shall ensure that:
LL
– The maintenance organization it intends to contractor use services complies with the provisions of CAR
145.
RO
– The compliance demonstration process is in compliance with Section B of CAR 145.
• ABY MQA shall assign a MORC-AS and inform the GCAA.
NT
• The MORC-AS shall complete the MORC tasks including the audit to determine the audited organisations
compliance with CAR 145 Regulations for the intended rating/capability, using the prescribed GCAA
CO
checklists and obtaining the supporting evidence.

• Any non-compliance noted by MORC-AS during the review, shall be supported with appropriate evidence.
UN
• The MORC-AS shall ensure that the compliance review is documented and any noncompliance identified is
satisfactorily closed.
• The MORC-AS shall complete the MORC Statement using the AWF-MORC-002 form.
IS
• ABY MQA or MORC-AS is responsible to advise GCAA, as soon as practical, but in any case within 48 hours,
NT
if there is a failure to compete the MORC tasks or if the outcome of the MORC report is inconclusive. The
reason or condition leading to the MORC failure or inability to complete the review shall be stated with
adequate substantiation.
EM
• Air Arabia shall provide the maintenance organisation with a MORC compliance review including audit report
and the MORC Statement.
CU
• MORC-AS shall ensure that copies of completed audit report/MORC statement including supporting evidence
are filed in ABY Q-Pulse.
DO
Details of mandatory supporting docs and responsibilities of MORC Staff are elaborated under TPM 7.22.
Updated List of MORC staff is available with QA Department.
I S
TH

CONTRACTED OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS Chapter 4 Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
CHAPTER 4 – CONTRACTED OPERATORS/MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS

Contracted Operations/Maintenance Organizations
D
TE
4.1 CONTRACTED OPERATORS/MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS.................................3
4.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................3
IN
4.1.2 General.................................................................................................................................3
PR
4.1.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................3
4.1.3.1 Maintenance Contracts – Contracted Operators...................................................3
IF
4.1.3.2 List of Contracted Operators .................................................................................3
ED
4.1.3.3 Maintenance Contracts – Contracted Maintenance Organizations .......................4
LL
4.2 OPERATOR PROCEDURES AND PAPERWORK ............................................................8
4.2.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................8
4.2.2
RO
General.................................................................................................................................8
NT
4.2.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................8
4.2.3.1 Documentation ......................................................................................................8

CO
4.3 OPERATOR RECORD COMPLETION ..............................................................................9

UN
4.3.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................9
4.3.2 General.................................................................................................................................9
IS
4.3.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................9
4.3.3.1 Record Completion and Retention ........................................................................9

NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CONTRACTED OPERATORS/MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
4 CONTRACTED OPERATORS/MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS
D
4.1 CONTRACTED OPERATORS/MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS
TE
UAE 145.70(a)13
4.1.1 PURPOSE
IN
To define Air Arabia policies regarding maintenance and release to service the aircraft/aircraft components when
maintenance is contracted by other operators.
PR
To define Air Arabia policies regarding contracted AMO for the maintenance of Air Arabia aircraft, engines and
components.
IF
4.1.2 GENERAL
ED
Air Arabia shall maintain and release to service aircraft on behalf of contracted operators. In such contracts, the
Organization shall clearly define limitations for any maintenance task performed for the contracted operator,
LL
especially for pre-flight inspections, airworthiness of aircraft and serviceability of both operational and
emergency equipment.
4.1.3 PROCEDURE
RO
4.1.3.1 Maintenance Contracts – Contracted Operators
NT
Head of Maintenance shall manage contracts with the contracted operators for all technical aspects. Contracts
shall be formulated in accordance with GCAA CAR 145, containing following information:
CO
• List of requested maintenance tasks

UN
• Applicable maintenance data

• Concerned aircraft and/or part identification
IS
• Records requested by the Operator

• Specific procedure with the Operator (responsibility for provisioning of maintenance data, components/
NT
material, work order, maintenance program, defect rectification, CRS, review of ADs, SBs and all
requirements mentioned in GCAA CAR-OPS documentation.)
EM
Contracted maintenance tasks shall never exceed UAE GCAA CAR 145 approved scope of work and capability
(Refer MOE Chapter 1.7 for details). Technical elements of each contract shall be made readily available to the
UAE GCAA personnel, when deemed necessary.
CU
4.1.3.2 List of Contracted Operators

DO
List of contracted operators is in MOE Chapter 5.5 and will be revised by QA department based on information
received from Head of Maintenance Air Arabia.
S
Head of Maintenance shall maintain list of contracted operators, providing following information, for each
Operator:
I
TH
• Name of the Operator

• Location and address
• Type of Equipment under contract
• Level of work to be performed
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CONTRACTED OPERATORS/MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
• Period of contract
• Specification of each contract
D
TE
Head of Maintenance Air Arabia shall also maintain individual files of each operator for the purpose of records.
Records shall be archived for at least two years after maturity period of the contract.
IN
4.1.3.3 Maintenance Contracts – Contracted Maintenance Organizations
PR
List of Contracted approved Maintenance Organizations is in MOE Chapter 5.4 and will be revised by QA
department based on information received from Head of Maintenance.
IF
1. The maintenance organization shall be appropriately approved by the UAE GCAA, for the requirements of
Air Arabia. The organization will have to demonstrate it has the necessary qualified manpower, facilities,
ED
tooling, technical documentation etc. This verification is to take in account any engine or component
maintenance capability that may be required (although this may be available through subcontract to other
suitable UAE GCAA approved Maintenance Organizations).
LL
2. It will be confirmed that the maintenance organization has adequate capacity to undertake the proposed
RO
maintenance support. Experience will also be a criterion to be considered.
3. Head of Maintenance and the Manager Quality Assurance shall ensure maintenance organization that
performs maintenance has the appropriate maintenance capability and qualified licensed/authorized aircraft
NT
maintenance personnel per the UAE GCAA requirements with respect to age, knowledge, experience, and
when required, medical fitness and skill to sign the certificate of release to service.
CO
4. The draft Maintenance Contract will be reviewed and agreed by both parties with a view to ensuring that
each has ability to discharge their responsibilities with respect to UAE GCAA requirements.
UN
5. The company under consideration has been reviewed by the Head of Maintenance and audit carried out by
the Manager Quality Assurance and Manager Safety & ERP as necessary.
IS
4.1.3.3.1 Advising the Authorities of Changes to the Maintenance Support

The UAE GCAA will be advised of Major maintenance support arrangements in writing giving the required notice.
NT
4.1.3.3.2 Contracts, Service Level Agreements (SLA’s) and Review

EM
Contracts and SLA’s will identify the service commitments of both parties to each other at the boundary of their
responsibilities.
CU
The Head of Maintenance is responsible for the preparation, co-ordination and review of the SLA’s, and ensuring
that engineering, maintenance and “in-service” support contracts/agreements are reviewed by all the affected
parties prior to acceptance.
DO
The Manager Quality Assurance and Post Holder – Quality Assurance of the maintenance providers are
responsible for reviewing all Regulatory requirements, including with approved suppliers.
I S
The SLA for engineering and maintenance functions shall include but is not limited to:
TH
• All maintenance requirements will be adequately defined and documented.

• Regulatory requirements and accountabilities will be defined.
• An approval process for the Contractor by the operator and where applicable the Contractors and/or the
operator’s Authority;
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CONTRACTED OPERATORS/MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
EXPOSITION
• Facilities where the maintenance is to be carried out, including a list of satellite facilities that the Contractor
may use;
D
• A ‘Scope of Work’ for the Maintenance Agreement that contains the detailed technical requirements, including
TE
references to maintenance intervals, manuals, Airworthiness Directives (ADs), Service Bulletins (SBs) and
operator special requirements. A clear, unambiguous and sufficiently detailed SOW and assignment of
IN
responsibilities are required to ensure no misunderstanding arises between the operator, the Contractor and
the operator’s Authority that could result in a situation where the work, which has a bearing on the
PR
airworthiness or the serviceability of operator’s aircraft, is not properly performed;
• Maintenance provider to produce a suitable quality plan for the project;
IF
• Use and control of parts and materials;
• Process for the approval of deviations from maintenance documents;
ED
• A need for an internal evaluation system by the Contractor;
LL
• Access by the operator’s quality assurance department staff for the purpose of evaluating ongoing quality;
• RO
A reporting structure that immediately notifies the operator of any significant defects;
• Completing, reviewing, retaining maintenance records;

NT
• Calibration of tooling and equipment;
• Operator supplied product;

CO
• Inspecting and testing, i.e., a quality control system;

UN
• Handling unsatisfactory product;
• Shelf-life programme for applicable stored items, which includes a requirement for the shelf-life limit to be
controlled and displayed;
IS
• Handling, storage, packaging and delivery; assures that aircraft components and parts are shipped in a
NT
suitable containers that provide protection from damage and when specified by the OEM, ATA-300 or
equivalent containers shall be used;
EM
• All sensitive parts and equipment (i.e. oxygen system components – oxygen generators and bottles), O-rings,
and Electrostatic Sensitive Devices shall be properly packed, identified, and stored to protect them from
damage and contamination;
CU
• Product identification and traceability;
• Training by the Contractor of its staff as well as a system of training the Contractor by the operator;
DO
• Release To Service of an aircraft or component;
• Communication between the operator and the Contractor; Communication may be exchanged through
S
electronic media (email, fax, telephone) or may be through letter notes/document that are handed over in hard
I
TH
copy. All these mails, letters, fax & documents whatever shall be documented & archived in a systematic
manner. Air Arabia shall ensure that in case of a revision/amendment to any manuals/technical documents,
all relevant external & internal users are informed of this revision/amendment and revised pages are made
available to the users at the earliest;
• Service Level Agreement (SLA) that includes clear Key Performance Indicators (KPI) for the assessment of
achievement of ongoing quality levels;
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
• A system of periodic review meetings to include some or all of those below:

– Contract Review Meeting
D
TE
– Work scope Planning Meeting
– Technical Meeting (ADs/CNs/SBs)
IN
– Commercial and/or Logistics Meeting
PR
– Quality Meeting
– Reliability Meeting
IF
4.1.3.3.3 Maintenance and Servicing Training
All personnel involved in maintenance and servicing of Air Arabia aircraft, engines and components are
ED
appropriately trained and qualified for the work undertaken.
LL
The Head of Maintenance is responsible to identify training requirements and ensure that staff is appropriately
trained for the work they are directed to do so. All staff involved in performing maintenance and servicing work
RO
on Air Arabia aircraft will be adequately informed about procedures and techniques required to perform the task.
Training specifications and syllabi shall be developed and documented.

NT
Each person who certifies a release to service is fully informed about procedures, techniques to perform task.
CO
Air Arabia will provide all contracted organizations with all necessary manuals.
UN
Relevant Training documentation will be provided to all Contracted Organizations or where appropriate, conduct
training on Air Arabia relevant procedures.
In both cases records of training will be maintained.

IS
For destinations not covered by Line Maintenance Ground handling contracts, a UAE GCAA approved engineer
NT
will travel on-board the aircraft.

EM
Air Arabia is approved to perform transit checks at Line Stations using Air Arabia certifying staff holding UAE
GCAA License/approval. Air Arabia rated pilots who have attended the Flight Crew Transit Course and are
authorized by the Manager Quality Assurance are approved to perform Transit checks at off line stations as
CU
required.
Air Arabia shall ensure list of subcontractors listed above shall hold a valid aircraft maintenance organization
DO
approval or its equivalent and shall ensure the validity of the approval is current during the period of
maintenance. It is the responsibility of the maintenance organizations quality department to keep the certificates
valid and current in accordance with UAE GCAA requirements.
I S
Air Arabia shall audit the maintenance organization as per the audit plan and during such audits ensures the
TH
maintenance organization certificates are checked for their validity.
4.1.3.3.4 Relevant Technical Procedures Identified in the Maintenance Contracts

Air Arabia monitors all activity related to its contracted Maintenance providers by several means:
• Follow up of the technical data.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
• Regular meetings with the contracted maintenance organization.

• Maintenance contract review meetings.
D
• Quality audits.
TE
• Maintenance Procedures as laid down in the contract according to this MOE.
IN
• Shelf-life programme for applicable stored items, which includes a requirement for the shelf-life limit to be
controlled and displayed.
PR
Regular Meetings with the Contracted Maintenance Organization
Meetings are held on a regular basis, but at least once per month with the contracted maintenance organization
IF
to discuss technical ongoing problems. A meeting report shall be issued by the contracted organization and sent
to all persons involved.
ED
Maintenance Contract Review
LL
Once a year a maintenance contract review is held with the contracted maintenance organization and Air Arabia
Technical Management. The purpose of this meeting is to review all points of the contract to analyse
discrepancies. RO
4.1.3.3.5 Contracted Maintenance Organization Procedures
NT
Refer to Air Arabia/Turkish Technics; Air Arabia/SNECMA Services Maintenance Support Contracts and
appendices.
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION OPERATOR PROCEDURES AND PAPERWORK Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
4.2 OPERATOR PROCEDURES AND PAPERWORK

UAE CAR 145.65(b)1, GM 145.65(b)(1), 70(a)
D
4.2.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies regarding documentation and procedures to be followed for maintenance performed
on the operators’ aircraft.
IN
4.2.2 GENERAL
PR
Air Arabia shall perform maintenance on the aircraft in accordance with operator’s Aircraft Maintenance
Program. All such maintenance tasks shall be performed conforming to maintenance data, available or provided
by the operator, whichever is referred in the contract.
IF
All organizational procedures, defined in this exposition must be complied with during accomplishment of
ED
maintenance tasks for the contracted operators.
LL
Prior to first maintenance input with the particular customer, Air Arabia maintenance staff shall be provided with
customer Procedures & Policies training to ensure correct completion of customer provided work cards.
4.2.3 PROCEDURE
RO
4.2.3.1 Documentation
NT
Planning department shall generate ‘Outside Party Work Order’ whenever a request for maintenance on aircraft
is received from the operator/customer. Such Work Order shall provide details of maintenance tasks to be
CO
performed and reference of applicable maintenance data to be utilized for such maintenance.
Supervisor Maintenance Planning and Records shall ensure the updated status of maintenance data. Upon
UN
confirmation, operator shall be requested to handover aircraft for required maintenance.
Certifying staff, holding appropriate certification authorization, shall issue the aircraft Certificate of Release to
IS
Service on Aircraft Technical Log in accordance with operator Work/Repair Order and organizational
procedures.
NT
For line maintenance activities, contracted operator may request to use their recording system such as
operator’s Aircraft Technical Log.
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION OPERATOR RECORD COMPLETION Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
4.3 OPERATOR RECORD COMPLETION

UAE CAR 145.60(d), 65(b)1, 55(b), 55(c)1, 55(c)2, 55(c)3
D
4.3.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies for record completion and retention of records on behalf of the operators.
IN
4.3.2 GENERAL
Air Arabia shall complete all maintenance records as specified in MOE Chapter 2.17 and retain copies of such
PR
records, on behalf of the customers/operators. If contracted operator ceases operating aircraft, a copy of such
records shall be transferred to the next operator.
IF
4.3.3 PROCEDURE
ED
4.3.3.1 Record Completion and Retention
Air Arabia Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records must retain a copy of issued Certificate of Release to
Service, providing original to the operator with an update of operator’s Logbooks.
LL
Records of the customer aircraft shall be archived separately from other records. However, procedures as
RO
detailed in MOE Chapter 2.14 shall remain applicable. Copies of all detailed maintenance records and
associated maintenance data (if any) shall be retained by Technical Records section for at least three years from
releasing date of particular aircraft. All such records shall be secured against fire, flood and theft. Records
NT
keeping area shall have restricted/authorized access for security reasons.

CO
Upon cease of maintenance activities, Supervisor Maintenance Planning and Records shall dispatch retained
maintenance records to last operator/customer of aircraft. If the operator/customer are not traceable, the UAE
GCAA/Competent Authority shall be informed and their judgment shall be considered as final regarding
UN
management of such records.

IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION OPERATOR RECORD COMPLETION Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

APPENDICES Chapter 5 Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
CHAPTER 5 – APPENDICES
Appendices
D
TE
5.1 SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................................3
5.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................3
IN
5.1.2 General.................................................................................................................................3
PR
5.1.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................3
5.1.3.1 Forms Management ..............................................................................................3
IF
5.1.4 Appendices to MOE 5.1........................................................................................................3
ED
5.2 LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS AS PER CAR 145.75 (B)..............................................28
LL
5.2.1 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................28
5.2.2 General...............................................................................................................................28
5.2.3
RO
Procedure ...........................................................................................................................28
NT
5.2.3.1 Subcontracting ....................................................................................................28
5.2.3.2 Certificate of Release to Service (CRS) ..............................................................29
CO
5.2.4 List of Subcontracted Organizations...................................................................................29

UN
5.3 LIST OF LINE MAINTENANCE LOCATIONS AS PER CAR 145.75 (D) ........................30
5.4 LIST OF CONTRACTED ORGANIZATIONS AS PER CAR 145.70 (A) (16)...................31

IS
5.5 LIST OF CONTRACTED OPERATORS...........................................................................32

NT
5.6 CROSS REFERENCE TABLE .........................................................................................33

EM
5.6.1 Cross Reference Table – MOE and Technical Procedures Manual (TPM)/
Technical Training Manual (TTM)/Quality Management System Manual
CU
(QMSM)/Workshop Manual (WSM)/NDT – Working Practices Manual

(NDT-WPM)........................................................................................................................33
DO
S
I
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
5 APPENDICES
D
5.1 SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS
TE
UAE CAR 145.70(a)
5.1.1 PURPOSE
IN
To define Air Arabia policies regarding management of list of documents/forms used within the Organization and
PR
sample of forms in Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE).
5.1.2 GENERAL
IF
Documents/forms are used in the Organization to support maintenance/support activities and issuance of
Certificate of release to service/authorized release certificate for aircraft/aircraft components.
ED
5.1.3 PROCEDURE
LL
5.1.3.1 Forms Management
Need for document/form shall be generated by Manager (concerned). Such requisition, along with proper
RO
justification and design/format, shall be submitted to Manager Quality Assurance for assessment of document/
form. Finalized document/form, compliant with GCAA CAR 145 requirements, shall be dispatched to Technical
Publication Supervisor, for allocation of unique form number and onward submission to Manager Quality
NT
Assurance for approval.

CO
Upon approval, Manager (concerned) being initiator shall record the original file and inform Manager Quality
Assurance for inclusion of approved document/form in relevant MOE Chapter in forthcoming revision. Technical
Publications Supervisor shall make arrangements for printing and accordingly inform all concerned for
UN
availability of new form.
Manager (concerned) shall communicate for new document/form within the section, with instructions to dispose
IS
obsolete ones. Personnel shall be trained, if required for use of revised document/form through recurrent
training.
NT
Technical Library staff shall maintain a Master control file, listing nomenclature & assigned numbers for all Forms
to be used in the organization. The subject file will also exhibit concept of numbering with an example of
EM
composition of Codes and Sequence Numbers.
Note: Existing forms may continue to be used till their stock is exhausted but as far as feasible they should be
CU
issued with new numbers allotted in accordance with the laid down policy. Forms must not have
notations, like “Typists” and/or “Writer” initials. It is deemed equally necessary to perform periodic review
of existing forms to ensure conformance with the activities and avoid duplication.
DO
5.1.4 APPENDICES TO MOE 5.1

Readers must be informed that appendicies contains sample of forms only and are not subject to immediate
S
revisions.
I
TH
All forms, that are in use in Air Arabia, are listed and controlled in Form Control Manual (Doc. Ref. ABY/ENG/
FCM/030) issued by Technical Publications.
1. Request for Deviation from Organisation Procedures

2. Certificate of Release to Service
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
EXPOSITION
3. Component Label
4. Engine Run-Up and Test Record
D
5. Hold Label
TE
6. Identification Label
IN
7. Incident/Accident Holding Label (Component Under Investigation)
PR
8. Maintenance Compliance Sheet
9. One-Off Certification Authorization
IF
10. Pool/Non Pool Loan Unit Removal Label
11. Robbery Notice
ED
12. Scrap Label
13. Store Quarantine Notification
LL
14. Store Quarantine Register
15. AW Form 1 RO
16. Personal Approval Authorization
NT
17. Work shop Component IN-OUT Register

18. Work shop Inspecting report
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

REQUEST FOR Request Number
DEVIATION FROM ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES

EXPOSITION
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION
1 DEVIATION FROM ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES

TH
Reason for Request:
I S
DO
Deviation from:
CU
(MOE/TPM; Part and Paragraph)
EM
Details for Request: NT
IS
Originator:
UN
Name: Signature: Date:
CO
APPENDICES
Quality Assurance Manager Review:

NT
SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS
RO
Appendix 1: Request for Deviation from Organisation Procedures
LL

Condition(s):
ED
IF
Deviation:
PR
Approved Not Approved
IN
Name : Signature: Date:
TE
D
Original: Quality Assurance Manager
Copy: Requesting person
ABY/QAM/079/R01/Jan 31, 2019

Chapter 5 Page 5
Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 2: Certificate of Release to Service
D
CERTIFICATE OF RELEASE TO SERVICE
TE
UAE GCAA AMO Approval No. UAE.145.0003
IN
Customer: Work Order (or Contract) Ref.:
PR
Air Operator: Approved Maintenance Program:
Aircraft
IF
Type/Model MSN Registration Flight Cycles Flight Hours
ED
Engines-Type/Model:
LL
ENG #1 S/N: ENG #2 S/N:
APU-Type/Model: APU S/N:
Workpackage Reference:
RO
NT
Work Performed:
CO
Exceptions / Deferral Works:

UN
IS
Exemptions / Concessions:
NT
EM
Beginning of work (Date/Time): End of work (Date/Time):

CU
Certificate of Release To Service

DO
Certifies that the work specified except as otherwise specified was carried out in accordance with CAR 145 and in respect
to that work the aircraft/aircraft component is considered ready for release to service under GCAA Approval No.
UAE.145.0003.
S
With Test Flight YES NO (Tick in appropriate box)

I
TH
Name of Authorized Person Signature/Stamp Place Date (d/m/y) Time (Hr/Min)

(GMT/Local)
ABY/PLN/080/R06/NOV 19, 2018 DISTRIBUTION: Original: Work Package; Copy: Aircraft Technical Log Book

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 3: Component Label
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 4: Engine Run-up & Test Record
D

TE
A320 / CFM56-5B
ENGINE RUN-UP AND TEST RECORD
IN

CUSTOMER JOB NO. WORKPACK REF.
PR
AIR ARABIA PJSC
AIRCRAFT REGN. AIRCRAFT TYPE DATE (mm/dd/yyyy)

A6– _ _ _ A320-214
IF

ENGINE S/N ENGINE POSITION ENGINE MODEL
ED
CFM56-5B

- Refer to the current approved corresponding A320 AMM Tasks, performed during the
LL
maintenance, to identify the tests which have to be performed.
- For those tests that are not required, enter “N/A” in the INSP column and stamp and or sign to
-
endorse. RO
Enter all required test figures in the respective fields and that are not required, enter “N/A.”
- All fields to be completed as required and where no findings observed enter “Nil Findings.”
NT
NO. DESCRIPTION Performed By Supervisor
Sign/Date Sign/Stamp
1. Engine Dry Motoring
CO
(Ref.AMM:71-00-00-710-001) Record observations if any:

UN
2. Engine Wet Motoring

(Ref.AMM:71-00-00-710-002) Record observations if any:
IS
3. Minimum Idle Check

NT
(Ref. AMM: 71-00-00-710-006).

a. Carry out Check and ensure that observed N2 and oil pressure
are within limits (Ref. 71-00-00-991-309). Investigate and
EM
rectify any reading outside of limits. Record observations if

any:

CU

b. Deactivate thrust reverser and open thrust reverser doors.
DO
Carry out visual inspection of fuel, lubrication and pneumatic

lines, fittings and accessories for leaks and rectify as
necessary. For oil leakage, staining or wetting refer to AMM
79-00-00-210-003
S
Record observations if any:

I

TH

Close the thrust reverser doors and reactivate thrust reverser.
ABY/ENG/072/R06/Jan 31, 2019

SHEET 1 OF 4

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Engine Run-up & Test Record – contd.
D

TE
A320 / CFM56-5B
IN


PR
4. Power Assurance Check
(Ref: TASK 71-00-00-710-008).

IF

OAT BARO PRESS ALTITUDE N1 Modifier N2 at IDLE

ED

NOTE: Take the data immediately before Engine is operated for this test.
LL
Parameter N1 RO N2 EGT 0C

1 Target /Limit (form AMM table)
NT

Adjustment For Engine Model

2 XXX
CO
(Refer to AMM)

3 Limit Adjusted (1) + (2) XXX
UN

4 Actual Engine Parameters
IS

N1 Difference /

5
Adjustment for N1 Difference
NT

Parameter Adjusted for N1

6 XXX
Difference
EM

7 N1 Modifier Adjustments XXX
CU

Parameter Adjusted for N1

8 XXX
Modifier
DO

9 Sea Level Margins (3) – (8) XXX
Altitude Adjustment, if
applicable,
S
10 XXX XXX
ALT = feet
I

TH
11 EGT Margin Final (9) + (10) XXX XXX
ABY/ENG/072/R06/Jan 31, 2019

SHEET 2 OF 4

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
A320 / CFM56-5B
IN
PR

5. Engine Vibration Check
(Ref: AMM 71-00-00-710-009)
IF
Accelerometer : BEAR 1
ED

N1% Vibration (units) N2% Vibration (units)

LL

RO

NT
Accelerometer : TRF
N1% Vibration (units) N2% Vibration (units)

CO

UN

IS
6. Engine Acceleration and Deceleration (Accel / Decel) Check

(Ref: AMM 71-00-00-710-025).
NT

a. Find 95% of the target fan speed (N1) setting for the outside air
temperature (OAT)
EM

0
OAT : C
CU
N1 LIMIT shown on ECAM :
N1 Clock Target :

DO
b. Make a record of the time from the initial movement of the

throttle until the actual N1 RPM reaches the N1 Limit minus
5% (N1 Clock Target)

S
Record : Sec.
I

TH
The Acceleration Time should be less than 7.5 seconds.
7. Shutdown the engine.

(Ref.AMM:71-00-00-710-028)
ABY/ENG/072/R06/Jan 31, 2019

SHEET 3 OF 4

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
A320 / CFM56-5B
IN
PR
CERTIFICATE OF RELEASE TO SERVICE
IF
Certifies that the work specified except as otherwise specified was carried out in accordance with
CAR 145 and in respect to that work the aircraft/aircraft component is considered ready for release to
service.
ED
LL
SIGNATURE: ………………………… PRINT NAME: …………………………..
DATE:………………………………….. STAMP ………………………………….

RO
NT
CO
GCAA APPROVAL NUMBER NO.: UAE.145.0003
(Record Approval No. if different from above ……………………………………..)

UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH
ABY/ENG/072/R06/Jan 31, 2019

SHEET 4 OF 4

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 5: Hold Label
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 6: Identification Label
D
A/CTYPE:
TE
FROMA/C(Reg):
MSN:
IN
Description:
PR
P/N:
IF
S/N:
ED
Zone/Position/FIN:
LL

ȋȀȀȌǣ RO
Ȁǣ
NT
zͬE'ͬϬϭϲͬZϬϰͬƉƌϭϲ͕ϮϬϭϵ
CO
UN
/ZZ/
IS
KDWKEEd
NT
/Ed/&/d/KEd'
EM
CU
zͬE'ͬϬϭϲͬZϬϰͬƉƌϭϲ͕ϮϬϭϵ
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 7: Incident/Accident Holding Label (component under investigation)
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 8: Maintenance Compliance Sheet
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
MAINTENANCE COMPLIANCE SHEET
ED
A/C TYPE: A/C REGISTRATION:
LL
CHECK TYPE:
DATE:
WORK ORDER:
LOCATION:
RO
NT
Certifies that the work specified except as otherwise specified was carried out in
accordance with CAR 145 and in respect to that work the aircraft is considered ready to
CO
be evaluated by authorized person for release to service under approval No UAE.145.0003.

UN
IS
CERTIFICATION
NT
EM
Category B1
Empl. No. Signature/Stamp: Date:

CU
Category B2
DO
Empl. No. Signature/Stamp: Date:

I S
TH
ABY/QAM/078/R07/Sept12,2013

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 9: One-Off Certification Authorization
D
One-Off Certification Authorisation
TE
This is to authorise:
IN
1. NAME: 2. NCAA License No:
3. AMO Appr No: 4. Company Approval No:
PR
5. Maintenance Experience: years
6. DATE: 7. MCC Request No:

AC reg (dd) (mm) (yr) (hr) (min)
IF
(last 3 letters) ( UTC )
ED
8. Aircraft Type: 9. A/C Reg:
10. Engine Type: 11. Eng S/N: 12. Position
LL
13. Component: 14. P/N: 15.S/N:
NOTE: N/A if Not Applicable RO
16. FLT No: 17. Location:
NT
18. 7/%(7/% No:
19. Defect Details (7/%(7/% Entry)

CO
UN
20. Maintenance Action to be performed in outstation:

IS
NT
20 a). Reference to Approved Data related to Maintenance Activity (AMM, etc...) *

EM
21. Maintenance Action to be performed upon arrival to SHJ:

CU
22. 7/%(7/% Reference uppon arrival:

DO
23. Approval granted by: via: e-mail phone (mark as appropriate)
NOTE: Attach copies of all required documents to this form

(7/%(7/% Pages, NCAA License, AMO Approval, Company approval)
This authority may ONLY be used to certify the work specified above by the indicated. The authority is not to
S
be exceeded. This authority is granted for this ONE-TIME certification ONLY

I
TH
QA reference:
Manager Quality Assurance Date

* - Mandatory to be filled
ABY/QAM/035/R03/Jan 31, 2019

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 10: Pool/Non Pool Loan Unit Removal Label
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 11: Robbery Notice
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 12: Scrap Label
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 13: Store Quarantine Notification
D
TE
Store Quarantine SQN. No: _______________
Notification
IN
(SQN) Raised Date: ____________
PR
Parts Details:
IF
Part Number: Order Number:
ED
Serial No: Quantity Received:
LL
Full Description Of the Part:
Technical Buyer: RO 6XSSOLHU:

NT
SQN Raised By: Stamp:
CO
Reason For SQN:

UN
Store Quarantine Location: Case Taken With:

IS
Voluntary Action:
NT
Good Receiver keep one copy of the SQN attached to the shipment and place in Quarantine Stores. Original to
be sent to Materials Controller or Technical Buyer for necessary actions. SQN register to be updated on
Engineering Server.
EM
SQN Closing Details -

CU
SQN. Clearance Date: SQN. Closed By:

DO
SQN. Closing Remarks:

S
Inspector’s Signature: Stamp:

I
TH
ABY/MAT/051/R01/Sept 03, 2015

EXPOSITION
MAINTENANCE
STORESQUARANTINEREGISTER
ORGANISATION
TH
I S
SQN.No SQN SQN Part Serial Description Order ^ƵƉƉůŝĞƌ ReasonFor TOBE CLOSINGREMARKS
Opened Closed Number Number Number SQN ACTIONED
DO
Date Date BY

CU

EM

Appendix 14: Store Quarantine Register
NT

IS

UN

CO
APPENDICES

NT
SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS

RO
LL


ED

IF

PR
IN
TE
D
ABY/MAT/062/R02/Nov02,2017
Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
Chapter 5 Page 22
1. 2. 3. Form Tracking Number
EXPOSITION
MAINTENANCE
AUTHORISED RELEASE CERTIFICATE

ORGANISATION
General Civil Aviation Authority

TH
I S AW FORM 1
4. Organisation Name and Address 5. Work Order / Contract / Invoice
Air Arabia PJSC
DO
P.O. Box 132, Sharjah International Airport
CU
6. Item 7. Description EM 8. Part Number 9. Qty. 10. Serial Number 11. Status/Work
12. Remarks NT
IS
UN
CO
13a. Certifies that the items identified above were manufactured in conformity to: 14a. CAR 145.50 Release to Service Other regulation, specified in block 12
APPENDICES
Appendix 15: Authorised Release Certificate – AW Form 1
Certifies that unless otherwise specified in block 12, the work identified in block 11 and
NT
Approved design data and are in condition for safe operation
described in block 12, was accomplished in accordance with CAR 145 and in respect to
SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS
Non-approved design data specified in block 12 that work the items are considered ready for release to service.
RO
13b. Authorised Signature 13c. Approval / Authorisation Number 14b. Authorised Signature 14c. Certificate/Approval Ref. No
UAE.145.0003
LL

13d. Name 13e. Date (dd mmm yyyy) 14d. Name 14e. Date (dd mmm yyyy)
ED
USER / INSTALLER RESPONSIBILITIES
IF
This certificate does not automatically constitute authority to install the item(s).
Where the user/installer performs work in accordance with regulations of an Airworthiness Authority different than the Airworthiness Authority specified in block 1, it is essential
that the user/installer ensures their Airworthiness Authority accepts items from the airworthiness authority specified in block 1.
PR
Statements in blocks 13a and 14a do not constitute installation certification. In all cases aircraft maintenance records must contain an installation certification issued in
IN
accordance with the national regulations by the user/installer before the aircraft may be flown. TE
D
ABY/QAM/002/R05/Jan 31, 2019*
Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
Chapter 5 Page 23
EXPOSITION
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION
TH
I S
DO
CERTIFYING PERSONNEL AUTHORIZATION
(GCAA CAR-145 Approval No. UAE.145.0003)
CU
License Number: ***
EM
CERTIFYING PERSONNEL AUTHORIZATION
Category: ***
Limitations: *** (GCAA CAR-145 Approval No. UAE.145.0003)
NT
Initial Issue: *** Valid until: ***
IS
Approval Number: *** Approval Number: ***
Appendix 16: Personnel Approval Authorization
Initial Issue: ***

UN
Issue on: *** Valid until: *** Name: ***
This authorisation is not part of an aircraft maintenance personnel licence but Staff Number: ***
CO
constitutes a personnel approval authorisation in accordance with Chapter 3 of Air This is to certify that the above person has satisfied the quality system
APPENDICES
Arabia MOE. procedure requirements in all aspects. The approval holder is herewith
authorised to perform work according the privileges mentioned in this
NT
The personnel approval number must be quoted whenever signing work performed and
SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS
authorisation.
when completing the certificate for release to service.
RO
Individuals wishing to ascertain further information on the full status of the
authorisations contained herein, should obtain this from the Manager Quality
LL

Assurance.
ED
On termination of services with Air Arabia, the authorisation must be returned to the Quality Assurance Manager
Manager Quality Assurance. Signature and Stamp
IF
ABY/QAM/001/R14/ Dec 19, 2018 PR
IN
TE
D
Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
Chapter 5 Page 24
EXPOSITION
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION
TH
I S
CERTIFYING PERSONNEL AUTHORIZATION CERTIFYING PERSONNEL AUTHORIZATION
DO
CU (GCAA CAR-145 Approval No. UAE.145.0003) (GCAA CAR-145 Approval No. UAE.145.0003)
AUTHORIZATION CODES & SCOPES

SCOPE OF AUTHORIZATION AIRCRAFT WORKSHOP
Certificate for ETOPS Pre- Non-Destructive
EM
Rating: *** C E ND CR Composite Repair
Release to Service Departure Service Testing
Borescope Limited Transit
Authorization Type: *** B A2 WB Wheels & Brakes BS Battery
Inspection Check
NT
Full Power Engine Base Maintenance Cabin /Safety
Airbus A320 (CFM56): *** F S SM Sheet Metal CI
Ground Run Support Staff Equipment
Idle Engine Ground
Airbus A321 (LEAP-1A32):
IS Aircraft Weighing ***
*** R Run
W *** *** ***
Others: *** STORES PLANNING
UN
SI Store Inspector PC Production Controller
Limited Authorization: ***
LIMITED AUTHORIZATION CODES & SCOPES
CO
*** DC Daily Check ET Eddy Current Testing
APPENDICES
Third Party Handling: *For detailed Privileges and Limitations refer to form WC Weekly Check UT Ultrasonic Testing
NT
ABY/QAM/025 (as revised).
SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS
PA Practical Assessor PT Penetrant Testing

RO
BR Base Maintenance Release MT Magnetic Testing
*** *** IRT Thermography
LL

THIRD PARTY HANDLING CODES
ABQ Air Blue (PCAA Approval no. PCAA.145.144) JZR Jazeera Airways (DGCA/AMO/095)
ED
MAC Air Arabia Maroc (2069/DAC/DSA/AIR) KNE FlyNas (026B-CAY-AMO-2018)
Authorization Holder's Signature Stamp
IF
RBG Air Arabia Egypt (ECAA/AW/AE/E0124/R3) *** ***
ABY/QAM/001/R14/ Dec 19, 2018
PR
IN
TE
D
Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
Chapter 5 Page 25
EXPOSITION
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION
TH
I S
Work shop Component IN-OUT Register
DO
Work shop: CU Page no:
WO/JO Serial A/C Removal Date in Label Start Work done Date Received Date
NO Part No Description Location received Stamp
No Reg Date W/ Shop Report Date Completed by
EM
NT
IS
Appendix 17: Work Shop Component IN-OUT
UN
CO
APPENDICES
NT
SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS
RO
LL

ED
IF
PR
IN
ABY/ENG/018/R00/Nov 14, 2011 TE
D
Rev.13 – 30 Jun 2020
Chapter 5 Page 26
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Appendix 18: Workshop Inspection Report
D
:RUNVKRS,QVSHFWLRQ5HSRUW
TE

31R 6HULDO1R :21R
1RRI6KHHWV

RI
IN
:RUNVKRS

,QVSHFWLRQ5HSRUW1R

'DWH

'HVFULSWLRQ

5HPRYHGIURP

PR

ZĞĂƐŽŶĨŽƌƌĞŵŽǀĂů͗

IF

1R 'HIHFW $FWLRQ7DNHQ 0HFK6LJQ $XWK6WDPS

6WDII1R 6LJQ
ED
'DWH 'DWH

LL

RO

NT

CO

UN

IS

NT

EM

CU

DO

S

I

TH

OHSAS 18 001

ISO 9 001
ERITAS
ISO 1 4001
$%<(1*5$SU

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS AS PER CAR 145.75 (B) Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
5.2 LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS AS PER CAR 145.75 (B)

UAE CAR 145.70(a)14
D
5.2.1 PURPOSE
TE
To define Air Arabia policies for subcontracting maintenance tasks to non GCAA CAR 145 Approved or Accepted
organization and administration of list of subcontractors.
IN
5.2.2 GENERAL
PR
For any aircraft and/or aircraft components maintenance activities to commence or to be permitted to a non
GCAA CAR 145 Approved or Accepted maintenance organization, an Authorization must be granted by Air
Arabia’s Quality Assurance Department.
IF
Potential organization or entity to be subcontracted must be audited to assess compliance with GCAA CAR 145
ED
requirements and if found within the acceptable level of compliance only then the authorization be granted.
LL
For Subcontracted Organization granted with Authorization whose services are employed for longer period will
be audited regularly as per Air Arabia’s Quality Assurance System.
5.2.3 PROCEDURE
RO
5.2.3.1 Subcontracting
NT
5.2.3.1.1 Using Air Arabia Facility

CO
Subcontracted Organization must work under the Air Arabia’s Quality Assurance System.
All documentations, reference or approved data, materials or spares, tooling and equipment that are required to
UN
carry out any task or activity by the subcontracted organization must be from Air Arabia.
For Specialized Services, subcontractor’s documentation, approved data, tooling’s and equipment will be
permitted with the oversight of Air Arabia’s qualified personnel.
IS
5.2.3.1.2 Using the Subcontractor’s Facility

NT
Air Arabia must establish as to what extent it will use the subcontractor’s facility.
EM
• For Standard Services

During compliance of the task(s), all related documentations, personnel, references or approved data and
CU
materials or spare parts to be used must be from Air Arabia. The use of subcontractor’s tools, equipment and
personnel is permitted as long as it meets the CAR 145 requirements*.
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS AS PER CAR 145.75 (B) Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
* AMC 145.75(b) para 4.2
D
• For Specialized Services
TE
Personnel, reference or approved data and material to be used will be from subcontractor provided that it is
acceptable with Air Arabia’s Quality Assurance Department.
IN
Note: If the maintenance work or task of the subcontractor on components or parts cannot be fully
PR
inspected on receipt, Air Arabia must supervise the inspection and release to service of the product
or carried out task.
IF
Currently, ABY has subcontracted the services of NDT Level 3 to Ambrose NDT Consulting FZ LLE. Jim
Griffith (ABY 273) holds authorisation from ABY QA department to carry out functions of NDT Level 3.
ED
5.2.3.1.3 Line Maintenance In Outstation
Subcontracted Organization must work under the Air Arabia’s Quality Assurance System.
LL
Approved data or reference must be provided by Air Arabia. The use of subcontractor’s documentations,
RO
materials or spares, tools and equipment that are required to carry out any task or activity is permitted with the
oversight of Air Arabia’s Quality Assurance System.
NT
Please refer to ABY Outstation Maintenance Procedures Manual (OMPM) with no. ABY/ENG/OMP/038 for
information provided to Contracted AMO and their maintenance Certifying staff.
CO
5.2.3.2 Certificate of Release to Service (CRS)

UN
CRS is issued in the subcontractor facility and by the subcontractor’s qualified staff or Air Arabia’s facility and
qualified staff. If the subcontractor’s qualified staff is used, this person must meet the Air Arabia’s certifying staff
standard or qualifications.
IS
5.2.4 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTED ORGANIZATIONS

List of non GCAA CAR 145 Approved/Accepted organizations, providing maintenance services within intended
NT
scope of work under GCAA CAR 145 Approval, shall be managed by Head of Maintenance and kept by Manager
Quality Assurance by mean of “Suppliers” Module of Air Arabia Q-pulse. Any amendment in list shall be
EM
submitted to Manager Quality Assurance for approval. List of subcontracted organizations shall contain following
details:
CU
• Name of organization
• Reference number of individual file of organization

DO
• Any approval such as ISO 9001, AS9000, etc. (if any)
• Addresses and locations of organization

S
• Contact numbers of organization

I
TH
• Approval/Authorization number of organization
• Nature and scope of work subcontracted to organization
Air Arabia does not use external organisations working under Air Arabia’s Quality Management System and
i.e., Air Arabia does not currently have established subcontractual relations.
MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LIST OF LINE MAINTENANCE LOCATIONS AS PER CAR 145.75 (D) Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
5.3 LIST OF LINE MAINTENANCE LOCATIONS AS PER CAR 145.75 (D)

UAE CAR 145.70(a)15, 75(d)
D
Line station shall be location, other than maintenance base, where line maintenance activity is performed under
TE
the current UAE GCAA CAR 145 Approval (UAE.145.0003). Such line maintenance location shall be capable of
supporting any minor maintenance, approved by the UAE GCAA.
IN
List of line stations, performing maintenance on Air Arabia aircraft and as well as customer aircraft, shall be
PR
controlled by Manager Line Maintenance. Such list shall provide information for level of maintenance with
limitations on different aircraft types.
Air Arabia Line Maintenance Stations
IF
Sharjah (SHJ) Station
ED
Sharjah International Airport, U.A.E
P.O. Box: 132
Tel: +971 6 5580061/5580121
LL
Fax: +971 6 5580084
Email: lsmanager@airarabia.com
Dhaka (DAC) Station

RO
Harat Shahjalal International Airport, Dhaka, Bangladesh
NT
Phone number: +8801981309244

Fax Number: TBA
CO
Email: dac-eng@airarabia.com
Chittagong (CGP)
UN
Shah Amanat International Airport,

Potenga Road, South Patenga, Chittagong 4206,
Bangladesh
Phone number: +8801766680939
IS
Fax: TBA
Email: cgp-eng@airarabia.com
NT
Ras Al Khaimah (RKT)

EM
Ras Al Khaimah International Airport

Digdaga, Ras Al Khaimah
CU
Phone number: +971 56 1889965

Fax: TBA
Email: rkt-eng@airarabia.com
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LIST OF CONTRACTED ORGANIZATIONS AS PER CAR 145.70 (A) (16) Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
5.4 LIST OF CONTRACTED ORGANIZATIONS AS PER CAR 145.70 (A) (16)

UAE CAR 145.70(a)16
D
Contracted organization shall be GCAA CAR 145 Approved/Accepted Maintenance Organization performing
TE
maintenance on aircraft/aircraft components under GCAA CAR 145 approval, whenever requested by Air Arabia
(Refer MOE Chapter 2.1).
IN
List of Contracted Maintenance Organizations
PR
Manager Quality Assurance shall maintain ‘Approved Suppliers List’ for all contracted maintenance
organizations, as per contracts managed by Head of Maintenance on behalf of Air Arabia.
IF
Lists of contracted organizations shall contain following details:
ED
• Name of organization
• Addresses and locations of organization
LL
• Contact numbers of organization
• GCAA CAR 145 Approval number of organization
• Scope of work contracted to organization
RO
NT
Record Files of Contracted Organizations

Head of Maintenance shall maintain files for contracted organizations, providing aircraft/aircraft component
CO
maintenance services. Files for contracted organizations, providing pooled/loaned aircraft components and
aircraft maintenance at different line stations shall be managed by Manager MCC & Technical Performance. All
records shall be archived for a period of minimum two years after maturity/termination of the contract/agreement
UN
with the contracted organization.
List with relevant details will be kept in the QA Department, Q-Pulse.

IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION LIST OF CONTRACTED OPERATORS Rev.18 – 01 Nov 2021
EXPOSITION
5.5 LIST OF CONTRACTED OPERATORS

CAR 145.70 (a) 13
D
Air Arabia shall provide aircraft maintenance to other operators, in accordance with contract. Work shall be done
TE
under the UAE GCAA or Competent Authorities Approval.
CONTRACTED OPERATORS:
IN
PR
Seq No Operator Scope Approval
1 Airblue Line and Base Maintenance at Certification done under
IF
SHJ & Line Maintenance at RKT Pakistan CAA Approval:
Airbus A319/A320/A321 PCAA.145.144
(CFM56/V2500 Engines)
ED
2 Air Arabia Egypt Line and Base Maintenance at Certification done under Egypt
SHJ on Airbus A320 (CFM56) CAA Approval:
LL
ECAA/AW/AE/E0124/R3
3 Air Arabia Maroc RO

Line and Base Maintenance at
SHJ on Airbus A320 (CFM56)
Certification done under
Moroccan DAC Approval:
CN-E43/19
NT
4 Rotana Jet Line and Base Maintenance at UAE GCAA

SHJ on Airbus A319 (CFM56) UAE.145.0003
CO
5 Air Arabia Abu Line and Base Maintenance at UAE GCAA

Dhabi SHJ on Airbus A320 (CFM56) UAE.145.0003
UN
6 Jazeera Airways Line and Base Maintenance at Certification Done under

K.S.C SHJ on Airbus A320 (CFM56 & Kuwait DGCA Approval:
LEAP-1A) DGCA/AMO/095
IS
7 Qatar Airways Line maintenance at SHJ & RKT Certification done under Qatar
NT
on Airbus A320/A321 (CFM56 & CAA:

V2500) QCAA/FAMO/156
EM
8 Salam Air Component Maintenance Certification under Oman

PACA Approval:
AWR/AMO/AAP-191/17
CU
9 Constellation Line and Base Maintenance at UAE GCAA/UAE.145.0003

Aviation Services SHJ on Airbus A318 (CFM56)
DO
LLC
I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
ORGANISATION CROSS REFERENCE TABLE Rev.14 – 19 Jan 2021
EXPOSITION
5.6 CROSS REFERENCE TABLE
D
5.6.1 CROSS REFERENCE TABLE – MOE AND TECHNICAL PROCEDURES MANUAL (TPM)/
TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL (TTM)/QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM MANUAL (QMSM)/
TE
WORKSHOP MANUAL (WSM)/NDT – WORKING PRACTICES MANUAL (NDT-WPM)
IN
MOE
Description TPM/TTM/QMSM/WSM Cross Reference CAR-145 ref.
Section
PR
Corporate commitment by the N/A 145.70(a)1
1.1
accountable manager.
IF
Safety and quality policy. N/A 145.30(a)2,
1.2 145.65(a),
ED
145.70(a)2
Management personnel. N/A 145.30(a),
LL
145.30(b)1,
1.3 145.30(b)2,
RO 145.30(b)4,
145.30(f),
Duties and responsibilities of N/A 145.30(a)1,

NT
the management personnel. 145.30(a)2,

145.30(b)1,
CO
1.4 145.30(c),
145.45(i),
145.65(c)1,
UN
145.65(c)2
Management organisation N/A 145.70(a)5

1.5
chart.
IS
List of certifying staff and N/A 145.30(g),

NT
support staff. 145.30(h)1,

145.30(h)2,
145.30(i),
EM
1.6
145.30(j)1,
145.30(j)2,
145.35(a),
CU
145.70(a)6
Manpower resources and TPM 1.23 Manpower Planning 145.30(d),
DO
1.7 Training Policy. TPM 4.12 Man-Hours Planning 145.70(a)7

Technical Training Manual
S
General description of the N/A 145.25(a)1,

facilities at each address 145.25(a)2,
I
TH
1.8 intended to be approved. 145.25(c) 1-6,

145.40(a)3,
145.70(a)8

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
MOE
Section
D
TE
Organizations intended scope N/A 145.20,
1.9 of work. 145.42(c),
145.70(a)9
IN
Notification procedure to the N/A 145.15,
PR
GCAA regarding changes to 145.70(a)10,
1.10
the organization’s activities/ 145.80
approval/location/personnel.
IF
Exposition amendment N/A 145.65(b)2,
procedures including, if 145.70(a)11
ED
1.11
applicable, delegated
procedures.
LL
Supplier evaluation and TPM 07.11 Vendor Surveillance Procedure 145.42(a),
2.1 subcontract control TPM 03.18 Supplier Evaluation and Control 145.70(a)12,
procedure. Procedure RO 145.75(b)
Acceptance/inspection of TPM 03.01 Inbound logistics process 145.42(a)-(d),

NT
aircraft components and TPM 03.17 Engine/APU Storage and Shipping 145.70(a)12
2.2
material from outside TPM 03.02 – Goods receiving process
contractors.
CO
Storage, tagging and release TPN 03.03 – Material Shelf Life 145.25(d),
of aircraft components and TPM 03.11 –Temperature and Humidity 145.42(b),
UN
material to aircraft Control – Technical Stores 145.42(d),

maintenance. TPM 03.12 General Storage Conditions 145.70(a)12
2.3
TPM 03.14 Static Sensitive Equipment –
IS
Inspection and Handling

TPM 03.04 – Picking process
NT
TPM 03.05 – Outbound logistics process
Acceptance of tools and TPM 03.19 Tool Store inventory check 145.40(a)1,
EM
2.4 equipment. 145.40(b),

145.70(a)12
Calibration of tools and TPM 03.09 – Shelf life expiry control process 145.40(b),
CU
2.5
equipment. 145.70(a)12
Use of tooling and equipment TPM 01.11 Tooling Control 145.40(a)1,

DO
by staff (including alternate TPM 03.13 Use of alternative fabricated tools 145.40(a)2,
2.6
tools). TPM 03.07 Tooling process 145.40(b),
145.70(a)12
S
Cleanliness standards of TPM 3.16 Disposal of Waste Fluid 145.25(d),

I
2.7
TH
maintenance facilities. 145.70(a)12

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
MOE
Section
D
TE
Maintenance instructions and TPM 6.02 – Airbus Manual control 145.45(a)-145.45
relationship to aircraft/aircraft TPM 6.03 – Engine Manuals control (g), 145.70(a)12
component manufacturers' TPM 6.04 – Operations Manuals Control
IN
instructions including
updating and availability to
PR
DCPM 0.2.2 – Manual Distribution
staff.
DCPM 1.3.1 – Procedure for Internal
Controlled Document Registration, Issue and
IF
2.8 Revision
DCPM 2.1 – Distribution System, Intranet
ED
Distribution
DCPM 2.2.2 – Aircraft Manuals Control
Procedure
LL
DCPM 2.2.3 – Engine Manuals Control
Procedure
RO
DCPM 2.3.1 – Operations Manuals Control
Procedure
NT
Repair procedure. TPM 01.08 - Guidelines for Reporting
2.9 Structural Damage and Discrepancies to
aircraft and its components
CO
Aircraft maintenance program TPM 07.09 Approved Maintenance Schedule 145.30(e),

2.10 compliance. Dispensation Procedure 145.70(a)12,
UN
145.75(g)
Airworthiness directives TPM 05.02 Airworthiness Directives Handling 145.42(b),

2.11 procedure. and Control Procedure 145.45(b)2,
IS
145.70(a)12
NT
Optional modification TPM 05.02 Airworthiness Directives Handling 145.45(d),

2.12 procedure. and Control Procedure 145.48(d),
145.70(a)12
EM
Maintenance documentation TPM 02.08 ADD and MDD raise Procedure 145.45(e),
in use and completion of TPM 04.10 Non Routine Work Card Control 145.45(f),
CU
2.13 same. TPM 04.19 Component work packages 145.45(g),

preparation and control 145.55(a),
TPM 07.14 – Independent inspection 145.70(a)12
DO
Technical record control. TPM 04.03 Control of Computer Maintenance 145.55(a),

Records 145.55(c)1-(c)3,
2.14
TPM 04.05 Base Maintenance Checks Control 145.70(a)12
S
(Including “A” checks)

I
TH
Rectification of defects arising TPM 02.01 Control of time limit Deferred 145.50(c),
2.15 during base maintenance. Defects 145.50(e),
TPM 04.10 Non Routine Work Card Control 145.70(a)12

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
MOE
Section
D
TE
Release to service procedure. TPM 1.07 Aircraft Accidental Damage in Line 145.30(g)-(j),
Stations 145.35(a),
TPM 01.31 Robbery and component 145.48(a),
IN
2.16 replacement in line and base maintenance 145.50(a)-(f),
TPM 02.01 Control of time limit Deferred 145.70(a)12,
PR
Defects 145.80
TPM 07.18 CRS Procedure
IF
Records for the operator. TPM 04.02 Technical Records Control 145.55(b),
2.17
145.70(a)12
ED
Reporting of defects to the TPM 1.08 Guidelines for Reporting Structural 145.60 (a)-(e),
GCAA/operator/ Damage and Discrepancies to aircraft and its 145.70(a)12
2.18
LL
manufacturer. components
TPM 07.12 Occurrence/Defect Reporting
2.19
Return of defective aircraft RO
TPM 03.10 Scraping process 145.42(a), (d);
components to store. TPM 03.04 Picking process 145.70(a)12
NT
Defective components to TPM 03.15 Warranty Control and 145.42(d),
2.20
outside contractors. Administration 145.70(a)12
CO
Control of computer TPM 04.02 Technical Records Control 145.45(e),

2.21 maintenance record systems. TPM 04.03 Control of Computer Maintenance 145.55(c)2,
Records 145.70(a)12
UN
Control of man-hour planning TPM 4.12 Man-Hours Planning 145.25(a)1,

versus scheduled 145.25(a)2,
maintenance work. 145.30(d),
IS
2.22
145.47(b),
145.47(c),
NT
145.70(a)12
Control of critical tasks. TPM 07.08 Critical Maintenance Tasks 145.48(b),

EM
2.23
TPM 07.14 – Independent Inspection 145.70(a)12
Reference to specific TPM 01.04 Aircraft Engine Ground Running 145.70(a)12

CU
maintenance procedures. TPM 01.05 Cabin Pressurization Precautions

2.24
TPM 01.06 General Refuel/Defuel Safety
Procedures
DO
Procedures to detect and TPM 07.12 Occurrence/Defect Reporting 145.48(c),

2.25
rectify maintenance errors. 145.70(a)12
S
Shift/task handover TPM 01.00 Line Maintenance Operations 145.47(c),

I
2.26 procedures. Management (Sharjah) 145.70(a)12

TH
TPM 02.19 MCC Handover procedure

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
MOE
Section
D
TE
Procedures for notification of ---- 145.45(c),
maintenance data 145.70(a)12
2.27
inaccuracies and ambiguities,
IN
to the type certificate holder.
PR
Production planning TPM 07.08 Critical Maintenance Tasks 145.47(a),(b);
2.28 procedures. 145.66(b)1,
145.70(a)12
IF
2.29 Reserved. ----
ED
2.30 Certificate of Fitness for flight. TPM 07.17 Ferry Flight Procedure N/A
Line maintenance control of N/A UAE CAR
LL
aircraft components, tools, 145.25(d),
L2.1 equipment etc. 145.40(a),
RO 145.70(a)12,
145.75(b)-(d)
Line maintenance procedures N/A UAE CAR

NT
related to servicing/fuelling/ 145.70(a)12,

L2.2 de-icing including inspection 145.75(b)-(d)
CO
for/removal of de-icing/
anti-icing fluid residues, etc.
UN
Line maintenance control of TPM 02.01 Control of time limit Deferred UAE CAR
defects and repetitive defects. Defects 145.30(g),
L2.3
TPM 02.02 Recurring Defects Control 145.70(a)12,
TPM 02.08 ADD and MDD raise Procedure 145.75(b)-(d)
IS
Line procedure for completion TPM 01.13 Cabin Defect Log Procedure UAE CAR
NT
of technical log. TPM 04.08 Electronic technical log book and 145.30(g),
L2.4
paper technical log book handling Handling 145.70(a)12,
Procedure 15,145.75(b)-(d)
EM
Line procedure for pooled TPM 01.31 Robbery and component UAE CAR
parts and loan parts. replacement in line and base maintenance 145.30(g),
CU
TPM 03.01 Inbound logistics process 145.70(a)12,

L2.5
TPM 03.02 Goods receiving process 15,145.75(b)-(d)
TPM 05.26 Components Robbery from a spare
DO
Engine/APU
Line procedure for return of TPM 03.04 Picking process UAE CAR
S
defective parts removed from 145.30(g),

L2.6
aircraft. 145.70(a)12,
I
TH
15,145.75(b)-(d)
Line procedure control of TPM 07.08 Critical Maintenance Tasks UAE CAR
L2.7 critical tasks. 145.48(b),
145.70(a)12

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
MOE
Section
D
TE
Quality audit of organisation QMSM section 3 145.65(c)1
procedures. TPM 07.04 – Pulse
3.1 TPM 07.21 – Root cause analysis and
IN
identification
TPM 07.07 – Quality Auditors
PR
Quality audit of aircraft. QMSM section 3 145.65(c)1,
3.2
145.65(c)2
IF
Quality audit remedial action QMSM section 3.12 145.65(c)2
3.3
procedure.
ED
Certifying staff and support TPM 07.01 Internal Authorization System and 145.30(e)-145.30
staff qualification and training TTM 1.3 (j),
LL
3.4
procedures. 145.35(a)-145.35
(o)
Certifying staff and support

RO
TPM 07.01 Internal Authorization System 145.35(h),
staff records. 145.25(j),
3.5
NT
145.35(k),
145.35(i)
CO
3.6 Quality audit personnel. QMSM 5.3 Auditors 145.30(e)

Qualifying inspectors and/or ---- 145.30(e)
3.7
UN
practical assessor.
3.8 Qualifying mechanics. ---- 145.30(e)

IS
Aircraft or aircraft component TPM 07.09 Approved Maintenance Schedule 145.65(b)1

3.9 maintenance tasks exemption Dispensation Procedure
process control.
NT
Concession control for TPM 02.03 MEL Time Limit Extension 145.65(b)
deviation from organisations' TPM 07.02 ONE OFF Certification
EM
3.10 procedures. Authorization

TPM 07.10 Categorized MEL Time Extension
CU
Procedure
Qualification procedure for NDT Working Practices Manual 145.30(f)

DO
3.11 specialized activities such as

NDT welding etc.
Control of manufacturers' and N/A 145.55(a)

S
3.12 other maintenance working

I
teams.
TH
Human factors training TTM section 3.2 145.30(e)

3.13
procedure.

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
MOE
Section
D
TE
Competence assessment of TPM 07.01 Internal Authorization System 145.30(a)3,
personnel. 145.30(b)3,
145.30(e),
IN
3.14
145.30(f),
145.35(a),
PR
145.35(f)
Training procedures for TTM section 4.3 Appendix III
IF
on-the-job experience (OJE)
3.15
as per the OJE Section of
ED
Appendix III to CAR 66.
Procedure for the issue of a N/A N/A
LL
recommendation to the
3.16
GCAA for the issue of CAR 66
license. RO
4.1 Contracted operators. TPM 1.20 Third party technical handling 145.70(a)13
NT
Operator procedures and TPM 1.20 Third party technical handling 145.65(b)1
4.2
paperwork.
CO
Operator record completion. TPM 1.20 Third party technical handling 145.55(b),
145.55(c)1-(c)3,
4.3
145.60(d),
UN
145.65(b)1
5.1 Sample of documents. Forms Control Manual N/A

IS
List of Sub-contractors as per TPM 07.20 Subcontracting Maintenance to a 145.70(a)14

5.2 CAR 145.75 (b). Non GCAA CAR 145 Approved Maintenance
NT
Organizations
List of Line maintenance TPM 02.05 Management of Out Stations 145.70(a)15

EM
5.3 locations as per CAR 145.75

(d).
CU
List of contracted N/A

5.4 organizations as per CAR
145.70(a)(16).
DO
5.5 List of contracted Operators N/A 145.70(a)13

I S
TH

MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
D
TE
IN
PR
IF
ED
LL
RO
NT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CO
UN
IS
NT
EM
CU
DO
I S
TH

INDEX Chapter IDX Page 1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Index
D
ABY Hangar Ground Level .......................................................................................................................1.8.4.1
TE
Acceptance of Sizeable Aircraft Components ..........................................................................................2.2.3.7
Acceptance of Tools and Equipment .................................................................................................2.4, 2.4.3.2
IN
Acceptance/Inspection of Aircraft Components and Material .........................................................................2.2
Acceptance/Inspection Records ...............................................................................................................2.2.3.6
PR
Access to Staff Records ..............................................................................................................................3.5.4
Accountable Manager .................................................................................................................................1.4.2
IF
Additional Engineering Documentation .................................................................................................2.8.3.3.2
Additional Maintenance Procedures ................................................................................................................L2
ED
Additional Processes – Line Maintenance Control of Aircraft Components, Tools, Equipment, etc ......L2.1.2.1
Administrative Facilities – Chittagong Office ...............................................................................................1.8.7
LL
Administrative Facilities – Dhaka Office ......................................................................................................1.8.6
Administrative Facilities – Ras Al Khaimah Office & Stores ........................................................................1.8.8
RO
Administrative Facilities – Sharjah Line Maintenance .................................................................................1.8.5
Administrative Facilities, Sharjah ................................................................................................................1.8.3
NT
Advising the Authorities of Changes to the Maintenance Support ........................................................4.1.3.3.1
Air Arabia Line Stations ............................................................................................................................1.7.2.8
CO
Aircraft Component/Material Segregation ................................................................................................2.2.3.3

Aircraft Components Storage Conditions ...............................................................................................2.19.2.5
Aircraft Line/Base Maintenance .............................................................................................................2.16.3.1
UN
Aircraft Maintenance – Scope of Work .....................................................................................................1.9.2.1

Aircraft Maintenance Management Team ................................................................................................1.7.2.3
IS
Aircraft Maintenance Program Compliance ..................................................................................................2.10

Aircraft Maintenance Program Launching and Achievement .................................................................2.10.3.3
NT
Aircraft or Aircraft Component Maintenance Tasks Exemption Process Control ...........................................3.9

Aircraft Pressure-Run .............................................................................................................................2.24.2.2
EM
Aircraft Towing & Taxiing .......................................................................................................................2.24.2.3

Aircraft/Aircraft Component Maintenance at Supplier’s Facility .............................................................2.20.3.5
CU
Airworthiness Determination ....................................................................................................................2.2.3.2

Airworthiness Directive Compliance Process .........................................................................................2.11.3.1
Airworthiness Directive on Aircraft Components by Contracted Organization .......................................2.11.3.2
DO
Airworthiness Directives Control for Stored Items ....................................................................................2.3.2.4

Airworthiness Directives Procedure .............................................................................................................2.11
S
Amendment in Tool Kit List ....................................................................................................................L2.6.3.3

I
AMO Organizational Chart ..........................................................................................................................1.5.1

TH
Appendices ........................................................................................................................................................5
Appendices to MOE 5.1 ..............................................................................................................................5.1.4
Associated Procedures, Lists and Forms ..................................................................................................1.11.3
Audit Follow up Flow Chart ......................................................................................................................3.3.3.1
Audit Procedures ......................................................................................................................................3.1.3.4
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Auditor Approval .......................................................................................................................................3.6.3.2

Auditor Independence ..............................................................................................................................3.6.3.4
D
Auditor Qualifications and Requirements .................................................................................................3.6.3.1
TE
Auditor Responsibilities ............................................................................................................................3.6.3.3
Auditors/Audit Team Assignment .............................................................................................................3.6.3.5
IN
B
PR
B1/B2 Base Maintenance Support Staff ...................................................................................................3.5.2.1
Base Certifying Staff (Category C) ..............................................................................................................1.6.3
Base Maintenance ....................................................................................................................................1.7.2.5
IF
Base Maintenance Category B1 & B2 Qualified Support Staff ....................................................................1.6.4
ED
Base Maintenance Shift Handover .........................................................................................................2.26.3.2
Beyond Economic Repair .......................................................................................................................2.20.3.6
LL
Bogus Items .............................................................................................................................................2.2.3.5
Brief Description of Organisation .................................................................................................................0.2.1
C
RO
Calibration by Contracted Organization ...................................................................................................2.5.3.3
NT
Calibration Control ....................................................................................................................................2.5.3.1

Calibration of Tools and Equipment ...............................................................................................................2.5
CO
Category A1 Certifying Staff .....................................................................................................................3.5.2.4

Certificate of Fitness for Flight ......................................................................................................................2.30
UN
Certificate of Release to Service (CRS) ...................................................................................................5.2.3.2

Certifying Staff .............................................................................................................................................3.5.1
Certifying staff – Category B1/B2, Base Maintenance Support Staff, Cat C Category B1/B2 Certifying Staff
IS
......................................................................................................................................................................3.5.2
Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff Records ...................................................................3.5
NT
Certifying Staff Records ..............................................................................................................................3.5.3

Certifying Staff, Category B1 & B2 Support Staff Qualification & Training Procedures .................................3.4
EM
Cleanliness Standards of Maintenance Facilities ...........................................................................................2.7

Competence Assessment of Personnel .......................................................................................................3.14
CU
Component Certifying Staff .........................................................................................................................1.6.6

Component Maintenance ............................................................................................................1.9.2.2, 3.5.2.3
Component Repair ...................................................................................................................................2.9.3.2
DO
Component Sent Back to the Customer/Operator ..................................................................................2.20.3.3

Concession Control for Deviation from Organisation’s Procedures .............................................................3.10
S
Contingencies .........................................................................................................................................2.22.3.2
I
Contracted Operators/Maintenance Organizations ...........................................................................................4

TH
Contracts, Service Level Agreements (SLA’s) and Review ..................................................................4.1.3.3.2

Control Access .........................................................................................................................................2.3.2.3
Control of Alternate Materials .................................................................................................................2.3.2.10
Control of Computer Maintenance Record Systems ....................................................................................2.21
Control of Critical Tasks and Error Capturing Methods ................................................................................2.23
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Control of Man-Hour Planning Versus Scheduled Maintenance Work .........................................................2.22

Control of Manufacturer’s and Other Maintenance Working Teams ............................................................3.12
D
Control of Shelf Life ..................................................................................................................................2.3.2.6
TE
Corporate .................................................................................................................................................1.7.2.1
Corporate Commitment by the Accountable Manager ...................................................................................1.1
IN
Cross Reference Table ..................................................................................................................................5.6
PR
Customer Aircraft ...................................................................................................................................2.27.3.5
IF
Defect Deferment and Minimum Equipment List (MEL) .........................................................................L2.3.3.1
Defect Reporting, Recurrent Defects, Repetitive Defects ......................................................................L2.3.3.2
ED
Defective Aircraft Components Removal ...............................................................................................2.19.2.1
Defective Components to Outside Contractors ............................................................................................2.20
LL
Deferments of Defects Rectification .......................................................................................................2.15.3.4
De-Icing ..................................................................................................................................................L2.2.3.3
RO
Determination of Goods Conformity .........................................................................................................2.2.3.1
Dispatch/Receipt and Monitoring of Unit Movement ..............................................................................2.20.3.2
NT
Distribution and Management of Documents ...........................................................................................2.8.3.1
Distribution of MOE and its Amendments .................................................................................................1.11.6
CO
Distribution/Release of Material to Maintenance ......................................................................................2.3.2.7

Distribution/Use/Return of Tooling and Equipment ..................................................................................2.6.2.3
Documentation – Operator Procedures and Paperwork ..........................................................................4.2.3.1
UN
Documentation Completion ....................................................................................................................2.13.3.4

Documentation for Component Maintenance .........................................................................................2.13.3.3
IS
Documentation for Line Maintenance Defect Rectification .....................................................................2.13.3.2

Documentation for Scheduled Aircraft Maintenance (A and C checks) .................................................2.13.3.1
NT
Duties and Responsibilities of Management Personnel .................................................................................1.4
E
EM
Engine Ground-Run ...............................................................................................................................2.24.2.1

Environmental Safety ............................................................................................................................2.7.2.2.3
CU
Exposition Amendment Procedures Including, if Applicable, Delegated Procedures ..................................1.11

Extended Range Twin Engine Operations .............................................................................................2.24.2.7
DO
F
Fabrication of Parts ..................................................................................................................................2.9.3.3
S
Facilities – Sharjah Base Maintenance .......................................................................................................1.8.4

I
Fire Protection .......................................................................................................................................2.7.2.2.1

TH
Fleet Composition – Type of Maintenance ..................................................................................................0.2.3

Flight Deck Toolkit ..................................................................................................................................L2.6.3.1
Follow-up Audit .........................................................................................................................................3.1.3.2
Forms Management .................................................................................................................................5.1.3.1
Fuelling Procedure .................................................................................................................................L2.2.3.2
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
G
General – Acceptance of Tools and Equipment ..........................................................................................2.4.2
D
General – Acceptance/Inspection of Aircraft Components and Material from Outside Contractors ............2.2.2
TE
General – Aircraft Maintenance Program Compliance ..............................................................................2.10.2
General – Aircraft or Aircraft Component Maintenance Tasks Exemption Process Control .......................3.9.2
IN
General – Airworthiness Directives Procedure ..........................................................................................2.11.2
PR
General – Calibration of Tools and Equipment ...........................................................................................2.5.2
General – Certifying Staff, Category B1 & B2 Support Staff Qualification & Training Procedures ..............3.4.2
General – Concession Control for Deviation from Organisation’s Procedures .........................................3.10.2
IF
General – Contracted Operators/Maintenance Organizations ....................................................................4.1.2
General – Control of Computer Maintenance Record Systems ................................................................2.21.2
ED
General – Control of Man-Hour Planning Versus Scheduled Maintenance Work .....................................2.22.2
General – Control of Manufacturer’s and other Maintenance Working Teams .........................................3.12.2
LL
General – Defective Components to Outside Contractors ........................................................................2.20.2
RO
General – Duties and Responsibilities of Management Personnel .............................................................1.4.1
General – General Description of the Facilities ...........................................................................................1.8.1
General – Human Factors Training Procedure .........................................................................................3.13.2
NT
General – Line Maintenance Control of Defects and Repetitive Defects ..................................................L2.3.2

General – Line Maintenance Procedure Related to Servicing/Fuelling/De-icing etc .................................L2.2.2
CO
General – Line Procedure for Completion of Technical Log .....................................................................L2.4.2

General – Line Procedure for Pooled Parts and Loan Parts .....................................................................L2.5.2
UN
General – Line Procedure for Return of Defective Parts Removed from Aircraft ......................................L2.6.2
General – List of Certifying Staff and Support Staff ....................................................................................1.6.1
General – List of Sub-Contractors ...............................................................................................................5.2.2
IS
General – Maintenance Documentation in Use and Completion of the Same ..........................................2.13.2

General – Maintenance Instructions and Relationship to Aircraft/Aircraft Component Manufacturers Instructions
NT
......................................................................................................................................................................2.8.2
General – Management Personnel .............................................................................................................1.3.1
EM
General – Manpower Resources and Training Policy .................................................................................1.7.1

General – Notification Procedure to the Authority .....................................................................................1.10.1
CU
General – Operator Procedures and Paperwork .........................................................................................4.2.2

General – Operator Record Completion ......................................................................................................4.3.2
DO
General – Optional Modification Procedure ..............................................................................................2.12.2

General – Organisation Intended Scope of Work ........................................................................................1.9.1
General – Procedures for Notification of Maintenance Data Inaccuracies and Ambiguities, to the Type Certificate
S
Holder ........................................................................................................................................................2.27.2
I
General – Production Planning Procedures ..............................................................................................2.28.2

TH
General – Qualifying Inspectors ..................................................................................................................3.7.2

General – Qualifying Mechanics .................................................................................................................3.8.2
General – Quality Audit of Aircraft ...............................................................................................................3.2.2
General – Quality Audit of Organization Procedures ..................................................................................3.1.2
General – Quality Audit Personnel ..............................................................................................................3.6.2
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
General – Quality Audit Remedial Action Procedure ..................................................................................3.3.2

General – Records for the Operator ..........................................................................................................2.17.2
D
General – Rectification of Defects Arising During Maintenance ................................................................2.15.2
TE
General – Release to Service Procedure ..................................................................................................2.16.2
General – Repair Procedure .......................................................................................................................2.9.2
IN
General – Reporting of Defects to the Authority/Operator/Manufacturer ..................................................2.18.2
General – Sample of Documents ................................................................................................................5.1.2
PR
General – Shift/Task Handover Procedures ..............................................................................................2.26.2
General – Supplier Evaluation and Subcontract Control Procedure ...........................................................2.1.2
IF
General – Technical Record Control .........................................................................................................2.14.2
General Description of the Facilities at Each Address Intended to be Approved ...........................................1.8
ED
General Facilities and Cleaning ...............................................................................................................2.7.2.1
General Information ........................................................................................................................................0.2
LL
Ground and Flight Test ...........................................................................................................................2.24.2.6
HRO
Handling of Logbook and Release to Service ........................................................................................L2.4.3.1
Handling of Pool/Loan Parts ...................................................................................................................L2.5.3.1
NT
Hazardous Waste Management ............................................................................................................2.7.2.2.2

Head of Engineering and Maintenance .......................................................................................................1.4.3
CO
Head of Maintenance ..................................................................................................................................1.4.6

Human Factors Training Procedure .............................................................................................................3.13
UN
I
Incorporation of Amendment .....................................................................................................................1.11.5
IS
Incorporation of Amendments ................................................................................................................2.27.3.3

Introduction – Quality System Procedures .....................................................................................................3.0
NT
Introduction and Structure of MOE ....................................................................................................................0

Inventories ................................................................................................................................................2.3.2.5
EM
Investigation/follow-up of Technical Incident ..........................................................................................2.18.3.5

Issuance of the Repair Order .................................................................................................................2.20.3.1
CU
J
Jacking Up of Aircraft .............................................................................................................................2.24.2.5
DO
K
Knowledge of MOE ...................................................................................................................................1.11.2
S
L
I
Levels of Non-Conformity .........................................................................................................................3.1.3.5

TH
Line and Base Shift Managers ..................................................................................................................1.4.11

Line Maintenance .....................................................................................................................................1.7.2.4
Line Maintenance Certifying Staff ...............................................................................................................1.6.5
Line Maintenance Control of Aircraft Components, Tools, Equipment, etc ..................................................L2.1
Line Maintenance Control of Defects and Repetitive Defects ......................................................................L2.3
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Line Maintenance In Outstation .............................................................................................................5.2.3.1.3

Line Maintenance Procedure Related to Servicing/Fuelling/De-icing etc. ....................................................L2.2
D
Line Maintenance Shift Handover ..........................................................................................................2.26.3.1
TE
Line Maintenance Station ............................................................................................................................0.2.4
Line Maintenance Stations ..........................................................................................................................1.8.2
IN
Line Procedure for Completion of Aircraft Technical Log .............................................................................L2.4
Line Procedure for Critical Maintenance Tasks and Error Capturing Methods ............................................L2.7
PR
Line Procedure for Flight Deck Toolkit ......................................................................................................L2.6.3
Line Procedure for Pooled Parts and Loan Parts .........................................................................................L2.5
IF
Line Procedure for Return of Defective Parts Removed from Aircraft ..........................................................L2.6
Line Station .................................................................................................................................................0.2.4
ED
Line/Base Maintenance ..........................................................................................................................2.28.3.2
List of Auditors ..........................................................................................................................................3.6.3.6
LL
List of Certifying Staff and Support Staff ........................................................................................................1.6
List of Contracted Operators ..........................................................................................................................5.5
RO
List of Contracted Organizations ....................................................................................................................5.4
List of Line Maintenance Locations ................................................................................................................5.3
NT
List of Subcontracted Organizations ...........................................................................................................5.2.4

List of Sub-Contractors ...................................................................................................................................5.2
CO
Loaned Aircraft Components Management ............................................................................................2.19.2.4

Low Level Documents .................................................................................................................................0.1.3
UN
M
Maintenance and Servicing Training .....................................................................................................4.1.3.3.3
Maintenance Contracts – Contracted Maintenance Organizations ..........................................................4.1.3.3
IS
Maintenance Contracts – Contracted Operators ......................................................................................4.1.3.1

Maintenance Control Centre (MCC) .........................................................................................................1.7.2.7
NT
Maintenance Data Modifications Records ..............................................................................................2.27.3.4

Maintenance Documentation in Use and Completion of the Same ..............................................................2.13
EM
Maintenance Engineers (Line, Base and Workshop) ................................................................................1.4.12

Maintenance Instructions and Relationship to Aircraft/Aircraft Component Manufacturers Instructions Including
CU
Updating and Availability to Staff ....................................................................................................................2.8

Maintenance Instructions Modification ...................................................................................................2.27.3.2
DO
Maintenance on Fuel Systems and Fuel Tank Safety ............................................................................2.24.2.8

Maintenance Procedures ..................................................................................................................................2
Maintenance Program Creation .............................................................................................................2.10.3.1
S
Maintenance Program Update ...............................................................................................................2.10.3.2

I
Maintenance Record Preservation .........................................................................................................2.14.3.4

TH
Maintenance Record Re-construction ....................................................................................................2.14.3.5

Maintenance Record Retention ..............................................................................................................2.14.3.3
Maintenance Records Retention ............................................................................................................2.17.3.2
Maintenance Technicians ..........................................................................................................................1.4.13
Management .....................................................................................................................................................1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Management and Storage of Aircraft Components/Material ....................................................................2.3.2.1

Management of List of Certifying Staff ........................................................................................................1.6.2
D
Management of MOE ................................................................................................................................1.11.1
TE
Management of Supplier’s Arrangements ................................................................................................2.1.3.3
Management of Tooling and Equipment ..................................................................................................2.6.2.1
IN
Management Orgranization Chart ..................................................................................................................1.5
Management Personnel .................................................................................................................................1.3
PR
Manager Aviation Security ........................................................................................................................1.4.10
Manager Base Maintenance .......................................................................................................................1.4.8
IF
Manager Line Maintenance .........................................................................................................................1.4.7
Manager MCC & Technical Performance ....................................................................................................1.4.9
ED
Manager Quality Assurance ........................................................................................................................1.4.4
Manager Safety & Emergency Response ...................................................................................................1.4.5
LL
Manager Workshops .................................................................................................................................1.4.17
Man-Hour Planning and Control .............................................................................................................2.22.3.1
RO
Manpower Resources .................................................................................................................................1.7.2
Manpower Resources and Training Policy .....................................................................................................1.7
NT
MCC Engineers .........................................................................................................................................1.4.14

MORC Procedure .........................................................................................................................................3.17
CO
N
Notifiable Changes ....................................................................................................................................1.10.2
UN
Notification Procedure to the Authority Regarding Changes to the Organization’s Activities/Approval/Location/

Personnel .....................................................................................................................................................1.10
Notification Process ................................................................................................................................2.27.3.1
IS
O
NT
Occurrence Reporting ............................................................................................................................2.18.3.3

One-off Certification Authorization .........................................................................................................3.10.3.1
EM
Operator Procedures and Paperwork .............................................................................................................4.2

Operator Record Completion .........................................................................................................................4.3
Operator Records ...................................................................................................................................2.17.3.1
CU
Optional Modification Procedure ..................................................................................................................2.12

Optional Modification Process – Air Arabia Fleet ...................................................................................2.12.3.1
DO
Organisation Address and Contact Details ....................................................................................................1.0

Organisational Designations .......................................................................................................................1.3.2
Organizing Shifts and Human Performance Limitations .........................................................................2.28.3.1
I S
P
TH
Personnel Awareness ..............................................................................................................................2.7.2.3

Policy – Reporting of Defects to the Authority/Operator/Manufacturer ..................................................2.18.2.4
Procedure – Acceptance of Tools and Equipment ......................................................................................2.4.3
Procedure – Acceptance/Inspection of Aircraft Components and Material from Outside Contractors ........2.2.3
Procedure – Aircraft Maintenance Program Compliance ..........................................................................2.10.3
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Procedure – Aircraft or Aircraft Component Maintenance Tasks Exemption Process Control ...................3.9.3
Procedure – Airworthiness Directives Procedure ......................................................................................2.11.3
D
Procedure – Calibration of Tools and Equipment ........................................................................................2.5.3
TE
Procedure – Certifying Staff, Category B1 & B2 Support Staff Qualification & Training Procedures ..........3.4.3
Procedure – Cleanliness Standards of Maintenance Facilities ...................................................................2.7.2
IN
Procedure – Concession Control for Deviation from Organisation’s Procedures ......................................3.10.3
PR
Procedure – Contracted Operators/Maintenance Organizations ................................................................4.1.3
Procedure – Control of Computer Maintenance Record Systems ............................................................2.21.3
Procedure – Control of Man-Hour Planning Versus Scheduled Maintenance Work .................................2.22.3
IF
Procedure – Control of Manufacturer’s and Other Maintenance Working Teams .....................................3.12.3
Procedure – Defective Components to Outside Contractors ....................................................................2.20.3
ED
Procedure – Line Maintenance Control of Aircraft Components, Tools, Equipment, etc ..........................L2.1.2
Procedure – Line Maintenance Control of Defects and Repetitive Defects ..............................................L2.3.3
LL
Procedure – Line Maintenance Procedure Related to Servicing/Fuelling/De-icing etc .............................L2.2.3
Procedure – Line Procedure Control of Critical Tasks ..............................................................................L2.7.2
RO
Procedure – Line Procedure for Completion of Technical Log ..................................................................L2.4.3
Procedure – Line Procedure for Pooled Parts and Loan Parts .................................................................L2.5.3
NT
Procedure – List of Sub-Contractors ...........................................................................................................5.2.3

Procedure – Maintenance Documentation in Use and Completion of the Same ......................................2.13.3
CO
Procedure – Maintenance Instructions and Relationship to Aircraft/Aircraft Component Manufacturers

Instructions ..................................................................................................................................................2.8.3
UN
Procedure – Notification Procedure to the Authority .................................................................................1.10.3

Procedure – Operator Procedures and Paperwork .....................................................................................4.2.3
Procedure – Operator Record Completion ..................................................................................................4.3.3
IS
Procedure – Optional Modification Procedure ...........................................................................................2.12.3

Procedure – Procedures for Notification of Maintenance Data Inaccuracies and Ambiguities, to the Type
NT
Certificate Holder .......................................................................................................................................2.27.3

Procedure – Production Planning Procedures ..........................................................................................2.28.3
EM
Procedure – Qualifying Inspectors ..............................................................................................................3.7.3

Procedure – Qualifying Mechanics ..............................................................................................................3.8.3
CU
Procedure – Quality Audit of Aircraft ...........................................................................................................3.2.3

Procedure – Quality Audit of Organization Procedures ...............................................................................3.1.3
Procedure – Quality Audit Personnel ..........................................................................................................3.6.3
DO
Procedure – Quality Audit Remedial Action Procedure ...............................................................................3.3.3

Procedure – Records for the Operator ......................................................................................................2.17.3
S
Procedure – Rectification of Defects Arising During Maintenance ............................................................2.15.3

I
Procedure – Reference to Specific Maintenance Procedures ...................................................................2.24.2

TH
Procedure – Release to Service Procedure ..............................................................................................2.16.3

Procedure – Repair Procedure ....................................................................................................................2.9.3
Procedure – Reporting of Defects to the Authority/Operator/Manufacturer ..............................................2.18.3
Procedure – Return of Defective Aircraft Components to Store ................................................................2.19.2
Procedure – Sample of Documents ............................................................................................................5.1.3
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Procedure – Shift/Task Handover Procedures ..........................................................................................2.26.3

Procedure – Storage, Tagging and Release of Aircraft Components and Material to Aircraft Maintenance 2.3.2
D
Procedure – Supplier Evaluation and Subcontract Control Procedure .......................................................2.1.3
TE
Procedure – Technical Record Control .....................................................................................................2.14.3
Procedure – Use of Tooling and Equipment by Staff including Alternate Tools ..........................................2.6.2
IN
Procedure for Alert Service Bulletins ......................................................................................................2.11.3.4
PR
Procedure for Customers’ Aircraft/Component ......................................................................................2.11.3.3
Procedure for the Issuance of a Recommendation to the GCAA for Issuance of CAR 66 License .............3.16
Procedures for Notification of Maintenance Data Inaccuracies and Ambiguities, to the Type Certificate Holder
IF
.......................................................................................................................................................................2.27
Procedures to Detect and Rectify Maintenance Errors ................................................................................2.25
ED
Process – Calibration of Tools and Equipment ........................................................................................2.5.3.2
Procurement of Stores .............................................................................................................................2.1.3.5
LL
Production Planning Procedures ..................................................................................................................2.28
Purpose – Acceptance of Tools and Equipment .........................................................................................2.4.1
RO
Purpose – Acceptance/Inspection of Aircraft Components and Material from Outside Contractors ...........2.2.1
Purpose – Aircraft Maintenance Program Compliance .............................................................................2.10.1
NT
Purpose – Aircraft or Aircraft Component Maintenance Tasks Exemption Process Control .......................3.9.1
Purpose – Airworthiness Directives Procedure .........................................................................................2.11.1
CO
Purpose – Calibration of Tools and Equipment ...........................................................................................2.5.1

Purpose – Certifying Staff, Category B1 & B2 Support Staff Qualification & Training Procedures .............3.4.1
UN
Purpose – Cleanliness Standards of Maintenance Facilities ......................................................................2.7.1

Purpose – Concession Control for Deviation from Organisation’s Procedures .........................................3.10.1
Purpose – Contracted Operators/Maintenance Organizations ....................................................................4.1.1
IS
Purpose – Control of Computer Maintenance Record Systems ................................................................2.21.1

Purpose – Control of Man-Hour Planning Versus Scheduled Maintenance Work ....................................2.22.1
NT
Purpose – Control of Manufacturer’s and Other Maintenance Working Teams ........................................3.12.1

Purpose – Defective Components to Outside Contractors ........................................................................2.20.1
EM
Purpose – Human Factors Training Procedure .........................................................................................3.13.1

Purpose – Line Maintenance Control of Aircraft Components, Tools, Equipment, etc .............................L2.1.1
CU
Purpose – Line Maintenance Control of Defects and Repetitive Defects ..................................................L2.3.1

Purpose – Line Maintenance Procedure Related to Servicing/Fuelling/De-icing etc ................................L2.2.1
DO
Purpose – Line Procedure Control of Critical Tasks .................................................................................L2.7.1

Purpose – Line Procedure for Completion of Technical Log .....................................................................L2.4.1
Purpose – Line Procedure for Pooled Parts and Loan Parts ....................................................................L2.5.1
S
Purpose – Line Procedure for Return of Defective Parts Removed from Aircraft .....................................L2.6.1
I
Purpose – List of Sub-Contractors ..............................................................................................................5.2.1

TH
Purpose – Maintenance Documentation in Use and Completion of the Same .........................................2.13.1

Purpose – Maintenance Instructions and Relationship to Aircraft/Aircraft Component Manufacturers
Instructions ..................................................................................................................................................2.8.1
Purpose – Operator Procedures and Paperwork ........................................................................................4.2.1
Purpose – Operator Record Completion .....................................................................................................4.3.1
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Purpose – Optional Modification Procedure ..............................................................................................2.12.1

Purpose – Procedures for Notification of Maintenance Data Inaccuracies and Ambiguities, to the Type Certificate
D
Holder ........................................................................................................................................................2.27.1
TE
Purpose – Production Planning Procedures .............................................................................................2.28.1
Purpose – Qualifying Inspectors .................................................................................................................3.7.1
IN
Purpose – Qualifying Mechanics .................................................................................................................3.8.1
PR
Purpose – Quality Audit of Aircraft ..............................................................................................................3.2.1
Purpose – Quality Audit of Organization Procedures ..................................................................................3.1.1
Purpose – Quality Audit Personnel .............................................................................................................3.6.1
IF
Purpose – Quality Audit Remedial Action Procedure ..................................................................................3.3.1
Purpose – Records for the Operator .........................................................................................................2.17.1
ED
Purpose – Rectification of Defects Arising During Maintenance ...............................................................2.15.1
Purpose – Reference to Specific Maintenance Procedures ......................................................................2.24.1
LL
Purpose – Release to Service Procedure .................................................................................................2.16.1
RO
Purpose – Repair Procedure .......................................................................................................................2.9.1
Purpose – Reporting of Defects to the Authority/Operator/Manufacturer ..................................................2.18.1
Purpose – Return of Defective Aircraft Components to Store ...................................................................2.19.1
NT
Purpose – Sample of Documents ................................................................................................................5.1.1

Purpose – Shift/Task Handover Procedures .............................................................................................2.26.1
CO
Purpose – Storage, Tagging and Release of Aircraft Components and Material to Aircraft Maintenance ..2.3.1
Purpose – Supplier Evaluation and Subcontract Control Procedure ...........................................................2.1.1
UN
Purpose – Technical Record Control ........................................................................................................2.14.1

Purpose – Use of Tooling and Equipment by Staff including Alternate Tools .............................................2.6.1
IS
Q
Qualification of the Store Inspectors ...........................................................................................................2.2.4
NT
Qualification Procedure for Specialized Activities such as NDT, Welding etc ..............................................3.11
Qualifying Inspectors ......................................................................................................................................3.7
EM
Qualifying Mechanics .....................................................................................................................................3.8

Quality Assurance ....................................................................................................................................1.7.2.2
CU
Quality Assurance Management Evaluation ............................................................................................3.3.3.2

Quality Audit .............................................................................................................................................3.1.3.1
DO
Quality Audit of Aircraft ...................................................................................................................................3.2

Quality Audit of Organization Procedures ......................................................................................................3.1
Quality Audit Personnel ..................................................................................................................................3.6
S
Quality Audit Remedial Action Procedure ......................................................................................................3.3

I
TH
Quality Audit Scheduling ..........................................................................................................................3.1.3.3

Quality Bulletins .....................................................................................................................................2.8.3.3.1
Quality Investigation .................................................................................................................................3.1.3.8
Quality System Procedures ...............................................................................................................................3
Quarantine Store Area .............................................................................................................................2.2.3.4
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
R
Record Completion and Retention ...........................................................................................................4.3.3.1
D
Recording .................................................................................................................................................3.1.3.6
TE
Recording of Defects ..............................................................................................................................2.15.3.1
Recording of Maintenance/Operation Data ............................................................................................2.14.3.1
IN
Records for the Operator ..............................................................................................................................2.17
PR
Rectification of Defects ...........................................................................................................................2.15.3.2
Rectification of Defects Arising During Maintenance ...................................................................................2.15
Reference to Specific Maintenance Procedures ..........................................................................................2.24
IF
Register of Components and Material ......................................................................................................2.2.3.8
Relationships with Other Organisations ......................................................................................................0.2.2
ED
Release of Aircraft from Main Base with Deferred Defect ......................................................................L2.3.3.4
Release of Aircraft from Out-Station with Defect Covered Under MEL ..................................................L2.3.3.3
LL
Release of Aircraft from Out-Station with Defect Not Covered Under MEL ...........................................L2.3.3.5
RO
Release of Aircraft with Component not having Appropriate Release Form ..........................................2.16.3.3
Release of Aircraft with Deferred Defects ..............................................................................................2.16.3.2
Release to Service of Maintained Components .....................................................................................2.16.3.4
NT
Release to Service Procedure ......................................................................................................................2.16

Relevant Technical Procedures Identified in the Maintenance Contracts .............................................4.1.3.3.4
CO
Repair Procedure ...........................................................................................................................................2.9

Repair Process .........................................................................................................................................2.9.3.1
UN
Reportable Occurrences ........................................................................................................................2.18.3.4

Reporting ..................................................................................................................................................3.1.3.7
Reporting of Defects ...............................................................................................................................2.15.3.3
IS
Reporting of Defects to the Authority/Operator/Manufacturer ......................................................................2.18

Return of Defective Aircraft Components to Store .......................................................................................2.19
NT
Return of Serviceable Items to Stores ......................................................................................................2.3.2.8

Robbery ..................................................................................................................................................L2.5.3.2
EM
ROSI .......................................................................................................................................................2.18.2.2
ROSI Procedure .....................................................................................................................................2.18.3.2
CU
S
Safety and Quality Policy ...............................................................................................................................1.2
DO
Safety Equipment ..................................................................................................................................2.7.2.2.4

Safety Issues ............................................................................................................................................2.7.2.2
S
Sample of Documents ....................................................................................................................................5.1

I
Scheduled (Planned) Quality Audit ..................................................................................................................1.

TH
Scope of Work ......................................................................................................................................1.9, 1.9.2

Servicing Procedure ...............................................................................................................................L2.2.3.1
Shift/Task Handover Procedures .................................................................................................................2.26
Shop Capability List (SCL) – Scope of Work .........................................................................................1.9.2.2.1
Special Purpose Quality Audit ..........................................................................................................................2.
MAINTENANCE
EXPOSITION
Specialized Services – Scope of Work .....................................................................................................1.9.2.3

Storage of Dangerous Goods ...................................................................................................................2.3.2.9
D
Storage, Tagging and Release of Aircraft Components and Material to Aircraft Maintenance ......................2.3
TE
Subcontracting .........................................................................................................................................5.2.3.1
IN
Supervisor Maintenance Planning & Records ...........................................................................................1.4.15
Supervisor Stores & Inventory Control ......................................................................................................1.4.18
PR
Supplier Evaluation and Subcontract Control Procedure ...............................................................................2.1
Supplier Evaluation Criteria ......................................................................................................................2.1.3.1
IF
Supplier Follow-up ....................................................................................................................................2.1.3.2
ED
T
Technical Cleaning of Aircraft ................................................................................................................2.24.2.4
LL
Technical Record Control .............................................................................................................................2.14
RO
Technical Training Instructors ................................................................................................................1.7.2.10
Technical/Maintenance Records ............................................................................................................2.14.3.2
NT
The Cat C Certifying Staff (BCS) ..............................................................................................................3.5.2.2
Tool Store Inventory Management ...........................................................................................................2.4.3.3
CO
Tooling Modifications ................................................................................................................................2.6.2.6

Toolkit Onboard Procedure ....................................................................................................................L2.6.3.2
UN
Tools and Equipment Procurement ..........................................................................................................2.4.3.1

Training on Tooling and Equipment .........................................................................................................2.6.2.2
Training Policy .............................................................................................................................................1.7.3
IS
Training Procedures for On-the-Job-Experience (OJE) ...............................................................................3.15

NT
Transfer of Maintenance Records ..........................................................................................................2.14.3.6
U
EM
Un-airworthy Conditions Reporting Records ..........................................................................................2.18.3.6

Unserviceable Tooling and Equipment .....................................................................................................2.6.2.5
CU
Use of Alternate Tooling and Individual Toolkits ......................................................................................2.6.2.4

Use of Tooling and Equipment by Staff Including Alternate Tools .................................................................2.6
DO
Using Air Arabia Facility ........................................................................................................................5.2.3.1.1

Using the Subcontractor’s Facility .........................................................................................................5.2.3.1.2
S
V
I
TH
VORSY ...................................................................................................................................................2.18.2.3
W
Warranty Repairs ...................................................................................................................................2.20.3.4
Workshops ...............................................................................................................................................1.7.2.6

MOE Rev 18 DTD 01 - Nov - 2021

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MOE Rev 18 DTD 01 - Nov - 2021

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MOE Rev 18 DTD 01 - Nov - 2021

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

D

DOC No.: ABY/QAM/MOE/032

Effective Date: 01 Nov 2021

This document is published by and property of Air Arabia PJSC.

This Manual is uncontrolled when printed.

© Air Arabia PJSC – Maintenance Organisation Exposition

© Air Arabia PJSC – Maintenance Organisation Exposition

Table of Content for that chapter.

APS UAE GCAA Approval

ROR Record of Normal Revisions

FI Filing Instructions – Normal Revision

L2 Additional Line Maintenance Procedures

3 Quality System Procedures

4 Contracted Operators/Maintenance Organizations

Note 2: Reason for change is defined in Chapter RVH – “Revision Highlights”.

© Air Arabia PJSC – Maintenance Organisation Exposition

© Air Arabia PJSC – Maintenance Organisation Exposition

GCAA Acceptance Sheet Record of Temporary Revisions

Page Rev No Date Page Rev No Date

Page Rev No Date RO Page Rev No Date

N LEP–1 18 01 Nov 2021 FI–1 13 30 Jun 2020

N LEP–3 18 01 Nov 2021

R RVH–1 18 01 Nov 2021

N LEP–8 18 01 Nov 2021 Abbreviations

Page Rev No Date

Page Rev No Date

ABR–3 16 14 Jul 2021

Record of Normal Revisions ABR–5 16 14 Jul 2021

Page Rev No Date ABR–6 16 14 Jul 2021

R ROR–1 18 01 Nov 2021

ROR–2 13 30 Jun 2020

© Air Arabia PJSC – Maintenance Organisation Exposition

DEF–4 14 19 Jan 2021 1–12 14 19 Jan 2021

DEF–6 14 19 Jan 2021 1–14 14 19 Jan 2021

DEF–9 14 19 Jan 2021 RO 1–17 14 19 Jan 2021

DEF–10 14 19 Jan 2021 1–18 14 19 Jan 2021

Page Rev No Date

0–2 13 30 Jun 2020

0–4 14 19 Jan 2021

R 0–5 18 01 Nov 2021

Management 1–28 14 19 Jan 2021

Page Rev No Date 1–29 16 14 Jul 2021

1–1 16 14 Jul 2021 1–30 16 14 Jul 2021

1–2 14 19 Jan 2021 1–31 14 19 Jan 2021

R 1–3 18 01 Nov 2021 1–32 14 19 Jan 2021

R 1–4 18 01 Nov 2021 1–33 16 14 Jul 2021

1–5 13 30 Jun 2020 R 1–34 18 01 Nov 2021

R 1–6 18 01 Nov 2021 1–35 14 19 Jan 2021

1–7 14 19 Jan 2021 1–36 16 14 Jul 2021

1–8 14 19 Jan 2021 1–37 16 14 Jul 2021

© Air Arabia PJSC – Maintenance Organisation Exposition

1–41 14 19 Jan 2021 2–11 14 19 Jan 2021

1–43 14 19 Jan 2021 2–13 14 19 Jan 2021

1–46 14 19 Jan 2021 RO 2–16 14 19 Jan 2021

R 1–47 18 01 Nov 2021 2–17 14 19 Jan 2021

R 1–49 18 01 Nov 2021 2–19 16 14 Jul 2021

R 1–50 18 01 Nov 2021 2–20 14 19 Jan 2021

R 1–51 18 01 Nov 2021 2–21 14 19 Jan 2021

R 1–52 18 01 Nov 2021 2–22 16 14 Jul 2021